LESSONS 


IN     THE 


SCIENCE  OF  INFINITE  SPIRIT, 


A  N  I)     THE 


Christ   .Method   of 


Come  unto  Me,   all  yc  that  labor  and  are  hearv  laden, 
and  1  icill  give  you  rest" 


M.  E.  CRAMER, 

2L~    E 


PRICE,    $1.75. 


C  O  P  Y  R  I  r,  II  T  ,      I  S  9  o  ,      K  V     M  .      K  .      C  R  A  M  K  R 


PREFACE. 


As  the  lighthouse  throws  its  beams  to  guide  the  mari- 
ner through  trackless  waters,  so  upon  the  world's  waste,  this 
book  is  sent  out  to  warn  the  wayfarer  from  time  and 
place,  and  to  guide  him  into  the  secure  peace  and  rest  of 
Infinite  Love.  May  this  chart  of  divine  experience  and 
illumination  guide  all  pilgrims  on  the  path  of  life  into  the 
safe  harbor  of  Infinite  Love,  or  Unity  and  Truth.  As  the 
light  shining  from  the  lighthouse  warns  from  danger — by 
making  clear  the  way  of  safety — and  therefore  directs  into 
safe  harbor,  so  the  truth  set  forth  in  this  book  of  lessons 
will  be  seen  to  be  that  light  manifest  "that  lighteth  every 
man  that  cometh  into  the  world,"  to  make  clear  the  way  to 
the  Christ  consciousness,  thus  guiding  into  safe  harbor  of 
Oneness  with  God,  the  Father. 

\Ye  purpose  in  this  book,  through  the  science  of  Infinite 
Spirit — Mind — Principle — to  make  clear  that  understanding 
which  unites  all,  and  which  alone  reveals  the  true  relation  of 
humanity  to  God,  and  the  purpose  of  God  in  humanity, 
which  is  the  straight  and  narrow  way  that  leads  unto  safety. 

Contained  in  these  pages,  as  in  the  universe,  or  realm 

nature,    is    the  spoken   word   of  the    science    of  God, 

and  of  his  creations  ;   of  the  science  of  Infinite   Spirit,  and 

the  orderly    and  harmonious  method  of  divine   procedure, 

which  clearly  points   the   way   by  which   humanity  may  be 

260155 


IV  PREFACE. 

guided  to  that  perfect  light  of  understanding  and  wisdom 
which  alone  accompanies  the  consciousness  of  truth.  There- 
fore the  record  of  truth  which  this  book  contains  is  the  sure 
beacon  which  points  the  way  to  divine  understanding  of  the 
right  conduct  of  life,  as  experienced,  proven  and  demon- 
strated by  the  author  and  many  of  her  students. 

Divine  Science,  the  truth  of  Infinite  Spirit  and  of  its 
creations,  is  a  knowledge  of  God,  and  of  the  method  of 
generation  and  re-generation.  Natural  science  deals  with 
effects  in  nature's  realm,  and  treats  of  the  relation  of 
things  to  things.  Its  theory  is,  that  various  and  general 
results  proceed  from  particular  causes,  which  causes  are 
themselves  results. 

The  universal  law  of  creation,  or  science  of  expression, 
as  alone  taught  and  strictly  adhered  to  at  HOME  COLLEGE, 
is  as  essential  to  a  perfect  understanding    of  the    detail    of 
science  as  is  the  statement  of  Being  essential  for  the  perfect 
solution  and  demonstration  of  the  science. 

Therefore,  in  order  to  understand  the  height,  and 
depth,  and  breadth  of  the  truth  expressed  in  this  book  and 
in  the  College  teaching,  it  is  necessary  that  the  student  hold 
himself  or  herself  at  one  with  Infinite  Spirit,  and  then  expect 
that  what  they  read  has  been  written  from  the  conscious- 
ness and  realization  of  this  eternal  truth. 

A  knowledge  of  the  way  by  which  the  Father  manifests 
in  earth,  is  a  knowledge  by  which  the  word  is  made  iles'i. 
and  is  a  knowledge  of  generation  from  God — the  formless 


P  R  E  F  A  C  E  .  \ 

Being — to  nature,  the  form,  also  a  knowledge  of  re-genera- 
tion back  from  nature  or  form,  to  God,  the  formless.  As 
in  the  science  of  numbers  an  understanding  of  principle 
secures  a  correct  solution  and  example,  so  in  this  Infinite 
science,  or  truth,  an  understanding  of  Infinite  Spirit  secures 
truthful  conclusion  and  right  word  and  action,  thus  proving 
to  a  certainty  that  we  are  doing  the  Father's  will.  He  who 
is  uncertain,  hesitates,  and  he  icho  hesitates  "is  like  a  wave 
of  the  sea,  agitated  and  tossed  by  the  wind." — James  1-6. 
He  is  like  a  ship  in  thick  darkness,  attempting  to  make  safe 
harbor  without  guidance  from  a  beacon  light,  and  is  at  the 
mercy  of  wind  and  wave.  Perfect  knowledge  of  eternal  life 
is  realization  of  eternal  harmony ;  and  this  is  health,  or 
spiritual  wholeness,  and  is  for  all  who  will  partake  of 
truth. 

Early  one  morning  in  the  beginning  of  the  year  1885, 
during  an  hour  of  earnest  meditation  and  prayerful  seek- 
ing, the  writer  asked  if  there  was  any  way,  means  or  power, 
by  which  she  could  be  healed.  This  question  was  asked 
with  faith,  believing  that  it  would  be  answered,  and  with 
willingness  to  cheerfully  abide  by  the  decision,  whatever  it 
might  be  (many  physicians  having  pronounced  her  case 
incurable);  the  answer  immediately  came  in  the  inmost 
perception  and  understanding,  that  if  she  recovered,  it 
would  be  by  the  power  of  Infinite  Spirit.  She  had  then  been 
under  medical  advice  and  treatment  for  more  than  twenty 
years,  and  had  lost  all  hope  of  obtaining  relief  from  medicine, 
or  from  material  remedies.  Therefore,  when  from  the 


V  1  P  R  E  F  A  C  E  . 

Infinite  One  the  message  was  received,  which  was  the 
intuitive  response  to  her  question,  she  turned  all  thought 
and  attention  to  Infinite  Spirit  for  assistance — for  health, 
knowledge  and  poxver,  and  for  all  that  of  which  she  then 
believed  herself  to  be  in  need.  This  was  the  first  time 
during  her  earthly  experience  that  she  had  given  up  belief 
in,  and  ceased  seeking  relief  from,  external  remedies — ceased 
to  expect  health  and  happiness  from  effects.  Therefore  it 
was  the  first  time  she  had  sought  God,  and  Him  only,  with 
singleness  of  purpose,  expecting  to  realize  that  which  was 
being  sought. 

Great  was  the  faith  before  God,  for  the  thought  was, 
that  if  she  could  be  healed  by  the  power  of  Infinite  Spirit, 
she  must  seek  Spirit  as  the  means  of  health  ;  and  to  the 
silent,  soundless  Presence,  in  which  all  live,  and  move,  and 
have  their  being,  she  said  that  if  she  could  be  thus  healed , 
it  must  be  through  a  knowledge  of  the  truth,  which  alone 
frees,  and  if  worthy  to  know  the  truth,  in  simple,  fervid 
faith,  she  would  endeavor  to  serve  truth  by  adjusting  all  her 
ways  and  conditions  to  it.  At  that  time  she  was  almost 
startled  by  her  thought  of  promise,  for  she  realized  to  whom 
the  promise  was  made.  Day  after  day  to  the  best  of  her 
ability,  as  she  practiced  in  thought,  word  and  deed,  the  truth 
perceived,  she  began  to  realize  and  positively  know  the 
presence,  goodness,  wholeness,  and  perfectness  of  the  One  in 
which  all  live.  Prior  to  this  practice,  the  presence  of  God 
had  been  to  her  a  vague  belief.  Cognition  and  demonstration 


P  R  E  F  A  C  E.  V  1  1 

of  first  and  final  truth  have  gone  hand  in  hand  from  the  time 
of  this,  her  first  perception  from  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  which 
was  a  gleam  of  light  that  animated  hope  of  final  recovery. 
Therefore,  conscious  unity  with  God,  perfect  health,  and  a 
knowledge  of  the  detail  of  science,  resulted  from  faithfulness 
in  practcie. 

Science,  or  Truth,  and  the  Christ  method  of  healing  as 
taught  in  HOME  COLLEGE,  of  which  these  lessons  are 
representative,  has  been  intuitively  perceived,  analyzed, 
systematized,  and  practically  demonstrated  by  the  author. 

When  the  decision  was  willingly  made  to  impart  to 
others  the  truth  perceived,  immediately  Divine  understand- 
ing made  clear  the  truth  that  all  reasoning  must  be  from  the 
plane  of  Infinite  Spirit — all  analysis  must  be  from  the  stand- 
point of  Principle — God  must  be  the  subject  and  cause  of 
all  conclusions,  if  they  be  those  of  truth. 

Since  her  awakening  to  the  consciousness  of  truth,  her 
work  has  been  to  systematize  the  science  of  Infinite  Spirit, 
to  teach  it  in  both  written  and  oral  lessons,  to  demonstrate 
it  by  healing  and  by  imparting  the  knowledge  to  others, 
thus  enabling  them  to  demonstrate  the  same  power  and 
truth  in  healing  by  the  same  means,  proving  the  omni* 
presence  of  the  Spirit  of  Truth. 

In  the  silent,  soundless,  and  formless  Presence,  the 
Giver  of  all  good,  the  science,  including  the  detail,  has  been 
by  her  perceived  and  realized.  Therefore  her  work  has 
been  and  is  that  of  teaching  humanity,  and  pointing  the  war 


PREFACE. 

by  which  all  may  turn,  seek  and  find,  that  God,  the  source 
of  all  power,  wisdom,  and  goodness,  is  no  respecter  of 
person,  pointing  the  way  by  which  all  "may  look  to  the 
Lord  and  Live."  "So,  if  any  one  of  you  be  deficient  in 
wisdom,  let  him  ask  from  God,  who  imparts  liberally  to 
all,  and  does  not  censure,  and  it  will  be  given  to  him." 
We  teach  that  God,  the  Father,  sustains  the  same  relation 
to  each  and  all.  "If  ye  continue  in  my  words,  then  are  ye 
my  disciples  indeed."  "And  ye  shall  know  the  truth,  and 
the  truth  shall  make  you  free." — John  viii :  /j. 

These  lessons  are' intended  to  be  studied  and  applied  ; 
which  means  health,  happiness  and  illumination,  with  the 
consciousness  of  Spirit. 

To  be  healed,  means  a  spiritual  or  normal  condition. 
It  means  ease  instead  of  dis-ease,  love,  not  fear,  charity  in 
place  of  unkindness,  faith,  not  doubt,  truth,  not  error, 
knowledge,  instead  of  opinion,  happiness,  in  place  of  sorrow, 
harmony,  not  discord  ;  that  is,  understanding  takes  the  place 
of  mental  darkness.  To  be  healed,  means  realized  unity 
with  God,  the  ever-present  source  of  all  good. 

These  lessons  have  been  prepared  in  lecture  form  and 
carefully  worded,  that  the  idea  of  the  Father  be  prominent 
in  every  sentence ;  that  you  may  heal  yourselves,  and  teach 
and  heal  others.  For  all  must  have  a  certain  amount  of 
mental  discipline  before  they  can  heal,  or  understand  why 
truth  does  heal.  .  • 

If  these  lessons  be  studied,  understood  and  applied, 
students  will  be  prepared  for  a  College  course;  so  that  with 


PREFACE.  IX 

ie  discipline  of  one  course  of  primary  instruction,  they 
may  enter  the  normal  class,  and  there  demonstrate  under- 
standing, and  go  forth,  bearing  the  message  of  the  gospel 
of  peace,  and  healing  the  sick  of  false  belief. 

We  know  there  are  earnest  seekers  in  all  parts  of  the 
d  who  are  thirsting  for  the  truth  that  is  promised  to 
make  free — persons  who  are  "heavy  laden"  with  mortal 
cares  and  mortal  beliefs — who  cannot  enter  a  HOME  COLLKC  ;E 
of  Science,  or  even  attend  a  course  of  class-teaching  in 
Science  and  healing.  To  these  dear  sisters  and  brothers  this 
book  of  lessons  will  be  a  messenger  of  peace,  giving  rest, 
health  and  happiness. 

They  will  also  prove  of  great  value  alike  to  teachers 
and  healers  who  are  in  this  field  of  work. 

They  who  know  God,  the  Father,  also  know  truth,  the 
son,  both  unmanifest  and  manifest,  for  the  truth  is  the  idea 
or  eternal  word  implanted  within  the  individual,  and  the 
same  is  inherent  in  God,  which  is  the  idea  and  possibility  of 
Himself;  therefore,  Truth  is  God  and  God  is  truth.  "  I  am 
the  way,  the  truth,  and  the  life."  "To  this  end  was  I  born, 
and  for  this  cause  came  I  into  the  world,  that  I  should  bear 
witness  of  the  truth."  Witness  of  myself,  for  I  am  truth. 
' '  Everyone  who  knows  and  understands  that  he  is  of  the 
truth,  hears  and  comprehends  my  words."  They  who 
know  God,  also  know  of  their  own  oneness  with  Him,  and 
of  the  truth  about  His  creations ;  and  they  can  bear  witness 
of  the  same  in  many  ways,  can  demonstrate  freedom,  health 


X  P  R  E  F  A  C  E  . 

and  power.  They  who  do  not  realize  God's  presence,  in 
which  they  live  and  have  their  being,  do  not  realize  the 
truth  of  themselves,  and  such  are  heard  to  exclaim,  What 
is  truth?  as  did  Pilate  to  Jesus,  who  stood  before  him, 
conscious  of  being  God  manifest  in  the  flesh.  To  ask  what 
is  truth,  is  but  to  ask  what  is  God  ;  and  if  truth  be  not  known 
unmanifest  and  when  manifest,  then  God  is  not  known 
unmanifest  or  manifest ;  and  while  He  is  everywhere  an 
invisible  presence,  and  is  also  apparent  in  the  world  of 
effects,  the  unillumined  intellect  continues  to  ask  for  a  sign, 
or  a  symbol  of  His  presence.  A  knowledge  of  truth  is  a 
knowledge  of  the  science  of  God.  God  understanding  and 
consciousness,  and  truth  understanding,  and  consciousness 
are  identical ;  for  it  is  impossible  to  conceive  of  truth  that  is 
not  of  God,  or  conceive  of  God  without  knowing  truth  ;  and 
in  this  oneness  is  love  and  wisdom  conceived  and  realized, 
the  demonstration  of  which  is  healing. 

To  have  a  knowledge  of  God  and  truth,  and  have  faith 
in  and  love  for  Him  of  whom  we  have  knowledge,  is  to  be 
healed  and  to  have  power  to  heal.  Permanent  health  is 
truth  and  infinite  harmony,  understood  and  believed  in. 
Humanity  has  ever  held  and  will  ever  hold  the  same  relation 
to  God,  that  it  does  at  this  time  ;  so  we  have  only  to  perceive 
its  p'resent  relation  to  Him  in  order  to  know  the  truth  of 
both  the  past  and  the  future.  God  is  One,  and  His  method 
is  one  at  all  times;  therefore,  in  science  or  truth,  time  and 
place  are  terms  which  balong  to  appearance  only. 


1  NTRODUCTORY. 


Mathematics  is  that  science  which  treats  of  the  exact 
relations  existing  between  quantities  or  magnitudes,  and  oi 
the  methods  by  which  quantities  sought  are  deducible  from 
other  quantities  known  or  supposed.  And  the  science  oi 
Infinite  Spirit,  or  God,  is  that  science  which  includes  all 
sciences,  or  truth  ;  which  treats  of  the  exact  relations  of 
souls  and  of  nature  to  God  ;  in  other  words,  which  treats  of 
the  true  and  exact  relation  of  all  things  that  are  manifested 
—be  they  invisible  or  visible  to  sense — to  their  parent  source. 

A  mathematical  demonstration  is  one  that  accords  with 
unchanging    law,  or    principle ;    one  which    expresses    and 
-  the  principle.      So   it  is   axiomatic,  that  there  is  an 
unchanging  law  or  principle  which  underlies  mathematical 
demonstration.       A  truthful  conclusion  or  harmonious  ex- 
pression, is  one  that  is  in  exact  accord  with  unchanging  law, 
>r  principle,  one  which  expresses  and  proves  the  law 
of  love  or  Principle  of  Life  ;   so  it  is  axiomatic,  that  there  is 
an  unchanging  law  of  love,  or  Principle  of  Life  underlying 
truthful  conclusion  and  harmonious  expression. 

As  the  Supreme,  Infinite  source  of  Being  is  One,  its 
method  of  demonstration  is  one.  As  in  the  study  of  the 
science  of  numbers,  all  problems  solved  are  in  exact  accord 
with  the  principle,  so  in  the  study  of  the  science  of  Infinite 
Spirit,  all  truthful  conclusions  formed  are  in  exact  accord 


Xll  INTRODUCTORY. 

with  Infinite  Spirit;  and  the  purpose  in  studying  the  science 
of  Infinite  Spirit,  or  Life,  is  that  of  finding-  where  and  what 
Spirit,  or  God,  is — that  which  is  "yesterday,  to-day  and 
ever  the  same  ;" — and  that  we  may  speak  the  word  of  recon- 
ciliation, and  make  manifest  and  demonstrate  Truth  with 
mathematical  precision  and  accuracy ;  also,  that  we  may 
learn  to  work  in  exact  accord  with  Infinite  Spirit,  in  thought, 
word,  and  deed,  by  imaging  its  attributes  and  unchanging- 
truth  in  consciousness  through  correct  and  careful  thinking. 

To  have  no  other  God  before  Me,  is  to  acknowledge 
God  in  all  our  ways,  \vhich  means  to  have  no  ways  that  are 
unlike  and  that  are  not  His  ;  then  He  will  direct  the  path 
which  leadeth  unto  all  wisdom,. to  a  perception  of  all  truth, 
and  thus  the  problem  of  life  is  solved. 

The  science  of  Infinite  Spirit  is  the  way  to  truth  and 
life;  its  teaching  instructs  how  to  express,  according  to 
principle  or  the  law  of  Being,  in  thought,  word,  and  deed  ; 
and  when  thought  and  all  its  decisions  is  according  to  divine 
law,  we  know  that  we  demonstrate  with  mathematical  accu- 
racy in  the  body,  and  in  word,  deed,  and  sensation.  ' '  Mathe- 
matics has  not  even  a  foot  to  stand  upon,  which  is  not  pure- 
ly metaphysical.  All  parts  of  knowledge  have  their  origin 
in  metaphysics,  and  finally,  perhaps,  resolve  into  it. "- 
De  Quincy. 

Mathematics  is  the  science  of  first  principle,  law,  or 
cause  — that  which  precedes  the  physical  ;  for  as  the  principle 
or  problem  is  prior  to  the  mental  solution,  so  the  mental 


INTRODUCTORY.  Xlll 

solution  necessarily  precedes  the  written  or  spoken  example. 
There  cannot,  therefore,  be  an  example  without  the  princi- 
ple ;  for  an  example  is  a  symbol  of  the  perfect  idea,  so  that 
the  senses  may  cognize  it. 

There  cannot  be  an  expression  without  an  expressor, 
nor  a  creation  without  a  creator  ;  there  cannot  be  a  visible 
appearance  without  the  presence  of  the  invisible ;  neither 
can  there  be  a  material  form  of  matter,  or  of  thought,  as  in 
speech,  or  course  of  action,  without  the  presence  of  the 
formless  and  maker  of  forms.  A  form  of  any  kind,  is  a 
symbol  of  an  idea  :  /.  e. ,  an  idea  spoken  that  the  senses  may 
cognize  it — principle  symboled. 

Principle  means  highest,  first ;  that  from  which  anything 
proceeds.  Wisdom  is  the  principle  source  from  which 
knowledge  is  manifest.  As  in  the  science  of  mathematics, 
the  principle  is  the  highest  or  first,  and  is  that  from  which 
the  solution  and  example  proceeds,  so  Infinite  Spirit,  God, 
or  Goodness,  is  highest  and  first,  and  is  that  from  which 
creation  proceeds  ;  and  as  the  principle  of  mathematics  is 
prior  to  and  greater  than  the  example,  so  the  Spirit  of  God, 
or  Goodness,  is  prior  to  and  greater  than  creation. 

Physical  forms  in  nature  hold  the  same  relation  to  God, 
that  examples  in  mathematics  do  to  the  principle.  The 
examples  demonstrated  in  mathematics,  are  symbols  of  the 
possibilities  in  principle,  and  created  forms  demonstrated  in 
nature,  are  symbols  of  the  ideas  of  Infinite  Spirit ;  neither 
arc  life,  knowledge,  or  power,  but  they  are  proof  of  the 


XIV  INTRODUCTORY. 

presence  of  life,  knowledge,  and  power.  We  must  find  our- 
selves as  one  with  that  which  is  prior  to  creation,  and  place 
this  truth  first  and  foremost  in  our  thought,  as  a  basis  for 
thought,  before  we  can  demonstrate  harmoniously  and 
mathematically,  or  interpret  ourselves  truthfully.  l '  As  the 
harmony  of  a  sentence  is  promoted  by  adapting  the  sound 
to  the  sense,"  or  as  the  meaning  of  an  idea  is  fully  expressed 
only  by  adapting  thought,  voice,  and  action  to  its  meaning, 
so  the  harmony  in  our  existence  is  promoted  by  adapting 
thought,  word,  and  deed  to  that  which  is  to  be  expressed, 
and  that  which  is  to  be  expressed,  is  the  Infinite  Spirit  of 
God,  or  Truth. 

Harmony  in  created  things  is  to  be  promoted  by 
perceiving  their  true  relationship  to  their  source,  and  then 
adapting  thought,  word,  and  deed  to  harmonize  with  things 
as  perceived.  Harmonious  expression  and  truthful  inter- 
pretation are  one ;  so  the  truth  of  God,  which  is  wholeness, 
health,  and  happiness,  is  as  simple  as  the  multiplication 
table,  and  as  easily  understood.  Science  understood  is  truth 
ascertained,  which  is  exact  knowledge ;  we  cannot  ascertain 
truth,  or  gain  exact  knowledge,  but  of  that  which  is  exact 
and  unchanging.  So  true  knowledge  consists  in  knowing 
first  cause,  law,  or  absolute  power,  considered  apart  from 
application.  The  practice  of  science,  or  truth,  is  the  adjust- 
ment or  reconciliation  of  thought,  word,  and  act  to  first 
cause,  Divine  Law, .  and  power.  Therefore  the  demonstra- 
tion of  the  science  of  Spirit,  brings  forth  manifestation  from 
that  Spirit  according  to  the  law  of  God,  which  is  love. 


CONTENTS. 


LESSON  L 

Divine  Being,  in  which  we  Live,          .....  77 

LESSON   II. 
Thought ;  The  Ideal  Creation,  and  Creative  or  Imaging  Power  33 

Guide  to  Truth •  45 

Healing  Thought,         .........  46 

LESSON   IIL 

The  Effect  or  Fruit  of  Thought, ^V 

Truth,             49 

Conclusion,         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         •         •  57 

LESSON   IV. 

The  Way  of  Reconciliation, jp 

The  Old  and  the  New, 59 

The  False  and  the  True, 61 

What  to  Deny  and  what  to  Affirm,          .        ....  66 
LESSON    V. 

Preface, 70 

Baptism  by  the  Spirit 70 

Subject :  Science,  the  Prayer  of  L'ndtrstanding,          .         .         .77 
LESSON    VI. 

Preface, 81 

Prayer  of  Understanding  and  Thanksgiving*          .         .         .  81 

Subject :  Faith,  the  Substance  of  things  Hoped  for,     .        .  .83 

LESSON    VII. 

Intuition,  the  Eye  of  Understanding.     Healing  Affirmations,  93 
LESSON    VIII. 

Attributes  of  Infinite  Spirit, 707 

Words  of  Healing,             120 

LESSON   IX. 

Truth's  Practice,             122 

LESSON  X. 

Preface, 739 

Expansion  into  Consciousness, /jp 

Subject :  The  Spoken  Word,  or  the  Purpose  of  Life  in  Creation  143 


xviii  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  XL 

The  Spoken  Word  (Continued}        ....          .  755 

The  Divine  Order,  or  The  Science  of  Expression,         .         .  75^ 

LESSON    XI L 

Conclusion,         ........  .  767 

Questions  and  Answers,         .......  77^ 

SHORT  LESSONS  AND  MEDITATIONS. 

1.  Want,  Love  and  Works, 797 

2.  The  Law,  200 

3.  The  Ever  New,      ........  202 

j.     Divine  Love  and  Unity, 204 

5.  Blessedness,     .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .  208 

6.  Judge  Not, 209 

7.  Witness  of  Truth,  ....  .  210 

8.  Walk  in  the  Light,      .  215 

o.     "With  what  Measure  Ye  Mete" 216 

MED  IT  A  TIONS. 

/.      What  is  Justice  f        .         . 221 

2.  Harmony,       .........  222 

3.  "  There  is  none  good,  but  One,'''1       .....  223 

4.  "  Thy  faith  hath  saved  thee," .  ....  22+ 

5.  Freedom, 225 

6.  "Blessed  are  they  ivhich  do  hunger  and  thirst,'1'1     .         .  226 

7.  Hope, '.  227 

8.  Faith,  or  Divine  Will,     .  228 

9.  How  should  desire  be  overcome  ?        .         .         .         .  230 

10.     "Come  unto  Me" 231 

if.      What  is  Mesmerism  ?  234 

12.  "Jesus  Wept,"  236 

13.  "Seek  and  ye  shall  find,"  237 

14.  Understanding  and  its  Realization,         ....  239 

75.     Great  Religious  Teachers,     .         .         .         .         .         .  2.4.1 

1 6.     "  Take  my  Yoke  upon  You,"    ......  243 

77.     Eternal  Punishment,      ' 24.5 

Paragraphs, •  248 

ILL  UMINA  TION. 

Subject :     The  Way  and  Will  of  Universal  Spirit,         .        .  253 


DIVINE  SCIENCE,  AND  HEALING, 


LESSON     I. 


DIVINE  BEING.  IN  WHICH  WE  LIVE. 


1.  The  science  of  Infinite  Spirit  and  its  application  in 
Christian  healing  consists  in  defining  Spirit  unmanifest,  its 
law  and  method  of  manifestation  ;    also  in    knowledge  of 
how  to  work   with   that   law,  and  \\o\v  to  demonstrate  the 
soul's  true  relation    to  unmanifest  Spirit  or  God,    and  in 
correcting  the  delusive  testimony  of  the  senses — the  object 
of  science  is   to  raise  all  to  God  consciousness,  above  the 
dominion  of  the  senses  to  the  plane  of  reality,  understanding, 
and  perfect  faith. 

2.  The  names,  Theosophy  and  Christian  Science,  when 
given  their  true  and  universal  interpretation,  cover  the  same 
ground  as  does  the  Science  of  Infinite  Spirit  ;    for  there  is 
but  one  science.      ' '  Where  there  is  truth  there  is  no  differ- 
ence."    Christ   Jesus — God  with  us — taught   that    God  is 
Spirit,  and  as  he  taught  God's  truth  he  taught  the  science 
of  Infinite  Spirit.      It  follows  that  all  who  arrive  at  first  and 
final  truth  will  recognize  the  same  central  truth  as  did  he 


I«  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

whenever  and  wherever  expressed,  and  will  in  time  analyze 
and  work  out  that  interior  truth  the  same  in  detail.  All 
personalized  religions  of  ancient  and  modern  times  are  based 
upon  truth,  and  are  included  within  the  one  truth,  or 
science  ;  for  Truth  or  Spirit  is  infinite.  No  individual  religion 
has  all  of  truth  to  the  exclusion  of  another.  God  is  no 
respecter  of  persons.  He  pervades  all  alike  ;  and  has 
informed  all  alike,  who  have  turned  to  Him  in  faith,  believing. 
That  is,  all  who  have  in  mentality  conformed  to  the 
unchanging  principle  or  permanent  good,  have  been 
informed  by  the  Spirit,  of  the  same  truth. 

3.  In  all  things  right  beginning  is  essential  to  a  correct 
ending.      An  infinite  foundation  is  necessary  for  the  erection 
of  the  permanent  mansion  of  Truth.      An  absolute  and  un- 
changing Principle    underlies  all  expression,   by  which  to 
solve  the  problem  of  life  and  produce  correct  and  harmonious 
results.     To  state  a  problem  correctly  we  must  perceive  the 
principle  underlying  it ;  and  in  order  to  work  out  the  prob- 
lem correctly,  the  successive  steps  must  be  taken  in  agree- 
ment with  the  principle.    To  state  Truth  correctly  and  express 
harmony,  it  is  essential  that  we  perceive  the  unchanging 
truth  of  Being  which  underlies  existence,  and  then  proceed 
to  make  our  statements  in  unison  with  Being. 

4.  The  true  method  of  conveying  knowledge  in  Divine 
Science  is  that  of  reasoning  from  the  abstract  to  the  concrete  ; 
from  the  Infinite  to  the  finite  ;  or  from  the  uncreate  to  crea- 


DIVINE    BEING.  19 

tion.  This  method  is  the  key  that  unlocks  the  door  to  the 
chamber  of  Divine  Wisdom  and  Eternal  Life.  Teachers 
can  state  the  truth,  and  give  the  basic  principles  to  their 
pupils  ;  but  the  pupils  must  work  to  prove  the  principles 
for  themselves  by  right  thought  and  action.  Earnest 
application  brings  conviction,  and  conviction  is  realization. 
Teaching,  experience  and  proof  go  hand  in  hand.  When 
truth  is  once  clearly  defined  to  the  student,  the  student 
should  hold  that  consciousness  of  truth,  and  refuse  to 
entertain  its  opposite  until  understanding  comes,  which 
brings  conviction  with  it,  and  erases  error. 

5.  The  Divine,  which  is  silent  and  invisible,  which  was 
and  is,  regardless  of  manifestation,  and  upon  which  all  mani- 
festation  is  dependent,   cannot   be   comprehended   by   the 
intellect.     We  can  only  realize  the  expression  of  the  Divine 
Attributes  by  what  we  recognize  within  our  thoughts,  and 
demonstrate  in  word  and  deed  by  our  thoughts.     Just  as 
much  truth  as  we  acknowledge   do    we    think   and   make 
manifest.      It  is  like  that  perceives  like  ;  so  it  is  Spirit — God 
— which  perceives  its  own  truth — the  things  of  the  Spirit. 

6.  STATEMENT    OF    BEING. 

God  is  Spirit  ;  Mind  ;  Principle  ;  Infinite  Being. 
God  is  Immutable  ;  Indivisible  ;    One. 
God  is   "  Life  ;  Love  ;  Truth  ;"   Omnipresent. 
Therefore  Being  is  the  permanent  good  uncreate,  which 
substands  the  three  divisions  of  time,  the  past,  present  and 


20  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

future.  ' '  There  is  one  God  and  Father  of  all,  who  is  above 
all,  and  through  all,  and  in  you  all."  (Eph.  iv:6.)  The 
limitless  goodness  is  uncreate  Being.  This  excludes  the  possi- 
bility of  there  being  another  Life,  Substance,  or  Power. 
There  are  no  powers  that  are  not  good,  ' '  for  the  powers  that 
be  are  ordained  of  God. ' '  A  belief  in  two  powers,  one  Good 
and  the  other  Evil,  one  warring  against  the  other,  and  a  belief 
that  Matter  is  Life,  and  has  powers  and  laws  that  are  opposed 
to  Infinite  Spirit,  is  the  division  which  causes  all  desolation. 
The  belief  that  we  have  a  lower  and  higher  nature,  one  warring 
with'the  other,  or  that  we  have  a  Lower  self  and  a  Higher  self, 
each  striving  to  rule/ is  as  a  house  divided  against  itself; 
this  belief  has  brought  desolation,  division  and  delusion  upon 
humanity  ;  and  has  engendered  feelings  of  separateness  from 
God  or  Goodness,  resulting  in  jealousy,  hatred  and  enmity, 
one  against  another. 

7.  Intuition — the  eye  of  understanding — perceives  but 
one  power,  God — one  substance,  Faith — and  one  law,  Love. 
Therefore,  we  can  have  but  one  nature  and  one  Self — and 
the  nature  of  that  self  is  good  ;  because  there  is  but  One 
source  from  which  that  nature  can  be  derived.  God  created 
not  in  time,  but  in  thought ;  then  the  ideal  image  is  a  thought 
creation  of  Infinite  Mind  in  the  likeness  of  idea  ever  in  Infi- 
nite Mind,  and  we  as  individuals  are  all  children  of  one 
source.  Not  until  through  divine  understanding  we  come  to 
know  that  there  can  be  but  one  source  and  power,  do  we 
feel  on"  good  terms  with  ourselves,  or  that  we  are  in  harmoni- 


DIVINE    BEING.  21 

ous  relation  with  the  infinite  Source  or  Being  in  which  we 
live.  Ignorance,  or  the  lack  of  understanding  in  expression, 
is  the  source  of  the  erroneous  race  belief  in  two  powers  ;  for 
this  belief  is  judgment  rendered  on  authority  of  what  the 
senses  reveal — intellectual  reasoning.  And  just  the  oppo- 
site of  the  testimony  of  the  senses  is  Divine  Truth. 

8.  Intellect  uninformed  of  the  Spirit  will  oppose  these 
truths  ;  but,  when  serving  the  Spirit  it  will  affirm  them. 
When  intellect  rules  it  argues  in  favor  of  sense-perception, 
for  the  purpose  of  sustaining  differences.  It  places  limits 
upon  goodness  and  doubts  the  power  of  God.  It  perceives 
God  or  goodness  in  the  distance,  which  makes  the  possible 
seem  impossible.  It  argues  that  Divine  Truth  was  once 
understood  and  will  be  again,  but  it  cannot  be  understood 
by  us  at  this  time.  It  holds  all  permanent  good  and  knowledge 
of  the  Divine  at  a  distance,  either  in  the  past  or  in  the 
future.  The  intellectual  unillumined  are  cold,  for  they  feel 
not  the  presence  of  the  Holy  Spirit  or  permanent  Goodness 
within  ;  through  their  efforts  to  sustain  apparent  limitations 
— the  testimony  of  sense — they  make  presumptuous  state- 
ments, some  of  which  are  as  follows  : 

"We  cannot  know  what  God  is. 

'  'We  cannot  come  into  consciousness  of  Him  at  any  time> 
except  through  foreign  agents. 

'  'We  cannot  actually  know  anything  that  is  eternal,  while 
in  the  physical  body." 


22  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

They  conclude  that  God's  present  ability  consists  in 
just  how  much  they  know  and  understand. 

The  above  statements  of  self-placed  limitations  prevent 
the  individual  from  realizing  the  ever  present  God,  and  from 
knowing  His  own  unlimited  power.  Until  pride  in  opinions 
as  to  limitation  and  personality  are  subdued,  there  is  no  intui- 
tive answer,  no  spiritual  truth,  that  can  satisfy  the  questioning 
of  the  intellect. 

9.  As  spirit  absolutely  fills  all  and  is  Infinite,  there 
can  be  no  power  of  evil.  The  belief  of  evil  is  a  mis- 
conception as  to  God  being  Infinite,  All  in  All  ;  it  cannot 
therefore  be  real  or  permanent,  because  that  condition  of 
mentality  is  not  permanent  ;  its  foundation  is  not  truth.  All 
truth  is  real  and  eternal.  The  belief  in  an  infinite  good  and 
an  infinite  evil,  co-eternal,  has  environed  the  mental  expres- 
sions of  average  humanity  with  fear  and  doubt,  and  with  all 
the  sufferings  that  the  sense  of  feeling  when  environed  with 
false  beliefs,  is  heir  to.  It  is  the  underlying  error  of  all 
errors  ;  all  incorrect  judgments  relative  to  first  cause  are 
traceable  to  this  division  in  belief.  It  has  kept  the  thought 
and  memory  fluctuating  between  two  beliefs,  and  this  is 
doubt.  And  where  there  is  doubt  there  is  no  knowledge  ; 
for  knowledge  is  a  certain  perception  of  truth, — one,  whole. 
This  division  has  also  caused  beliefs  of  fear  ;  and  where  there 
is  fear  there  is  not  perfect  love,  for  ' '  Perfect  Love  casteth  out 
fear. ' '  Love  is  Unity ;  and  where  there  is  unity,  there  is  perfect 
love;  where  there  rs  truth  there  is  oneness — not  division. 


DIVINE    BEING.  23 

Where  there  is  division  there  are  beliefs  in  weakness  and 
lack  of  understanding;  where  there  is  belief  in  division, 
perfect  faith  is  not  fully  expressed;  and  without  faith  we 
cannot  come  to  realize  that  perfect  satisfaction  for  which  all 
are  longing  and  thirsting.  It  follows,  that  to  realize  that 
there  is  but  one  power — God — is  the  basis  of  happiness, 
health,  love,  faith,  justice,  knowledge  and  understanding. 

10.  The  first  step  for  the  student  of  truth  to  take,  is  to 
put  away  the  belief  of  an  evil  power,  and  take   his   or    her 
stand  in  the  foundation  of  unity — that  good  is  all   there   is. 
Then  by  forming  all  conclusions  from  that  basis,  permanent 
unfoldment   of  knowledge    and  power  is  assured.      Good- 
ness, or  Spirit,  can  manifest  nothing  from  itself  that  is  not  a 
likeness  of  itself.     This  furnishes  a  basis  from  which  to  see 
how  many  sense  appearances  there  are,  which  are  miscon- 
ceptions  of  truth,  from  which  we   may   free   mentality   by 
refusing  to  credit  them  as  real.      Man,  a  divine  and  living 
soul,  is  not  two,  he  is  one,  a  unit;  complete  in  being;  he  is 
not  a  lack  of  anything.      We  cannot  say  that  Being  lacks 
anything.       Limitation  pertains  to  manifestation.      Man  is 
complete  because  he  has  his  Being  in  God  and  is  infilled  of 
and  informed  by   Him.     Being  is  Spirit.     To  be  is  to  be 
Spirit.     Then  the  Eternal  Being,  or  Spirit,  is  the  I  Am  of 
every  individual.      "Ye  are  gods" — the  Soul  is  inherent 
in  the  living  God. 

11.  To  you  who  read  this  lesson  we  would  say,  study 
it;  and  keep  the  unity  of  absolute  Being,  also  the  oneness  of 


24  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

life  animating  all  things  before  you,  as  a  guiding  star,  by 
which  to  pattern  your  thoughts  and  deeds;  or  from  which 
to  reason.  When  you  once  realize  your  relationship  to 
God  and  to  all  things,  and  can  perceive  God  as  much  in 
one  place  or  thing  as  another,  you  have  entered  the  path, 
and  have  commenced  to  know  what  love  and  faith  are. 
You  know  all  women  and  men  as  your  divine  sisters  and 
brothers,  because  you  know  the  one  parent  source,  which 
includes  all,  and  is  the  connecting  link  whose  presence  binds 
all  together  as  one  family — as  one  body,  with  one  calling. 
This  will  expand  your  inner  consciousness,  and  you 
will  experience  harmony.  You  are  now  free  from  the 
delusive  belief  of  separateness  and  division,  which  limited  the 
expression  of  understanding  and  veiled  the  manifestation 
of  consciousness.  Now  that  you  have  entered  the  path,  if 
the  windows  of  mentality  be  kept  open  to  consciousness,  the 
ever  present  good,  you  will  hear  with  the  ear  of  under- 
standing the  inexpressible  words  of  the  silence,  the  voice  of 
the  Supreme.  The  process  of  awakening  has  commenced, 
and  truth  after  truth  will  unveil  within  your  consciousness; 
and  with  every  truth  made  apparent  an  error  will  flee  before 
it.  We  prophesy  that  in  time  you  will  realize  that  it  is 
not  you  personally  or  individually  who  live,  but  the  Father 
in  you;  that  is,  you  will  realize  He  is  your  light  and  life, 
and  that  He  lives  in  you.  When  the  will  and  thought  is 
that  of  the  Father's,  this  understanding  follows. 

1 2.    If,  while  first  studying  this  lesson  you  think  you 


DIVINE    BEING.  25 

do  not  understand  it,  do  not  argue  with  your  previous 
beliefs  or  with  those  of  another  about  what  you  do  not 
understand;  but  in  calm  meditation  reason  from  the  plane 
of  unity.  Commence  your  calculation  where  all  things 
commence,  in  the  Infinite;  and  base  no  conclusion  on  appear- 
ance or  expression,  and  you  will  know  the  truth  that  frees. 
What  is  truth  ? 

God  is  truth. 

To  perceive  all  things  embraced  within  God  and  per- 
vaded by  Him,  is  truth. 

To  say  that  all  things  are  embraced  within  God  and 
pervaded  by  Him  is  to  speak  the  truth. 

To  know  that  God  is  the  Life  and  Light  of  all  at  all 
times  is  to  know  the  truth. 

To  know  that  there  can  never  be  a  time  when  the 
Holy  Spirit  does  not  fill  full  his  Holy  Temple  not  made 
with  hands,  is  to  know  truth. 

Another  truth  is,  that  all  we  know  and  have  expressed 
of  Spirit,  is  by  perceiving  and  thinking. 

What  naturally  suggests  itself  to  you  at  this  point  in 
our  lesson  ?  Is  it  not  that  the  lesson  of  life  to  be  learned  is 
to  recognize  the  Divinity  that  is  ever  present,  by  conforming 
all  mental  conditions  to  it,  or  by  representing  it  in  all  your 
ways  ?  Is  not  this  the  truth  that  is  life  to  live  ?  And  is 
not  this  the  religion  which  binds  us  to  God — which  Jesus 
practiced — than  which  there  is  no  higher  ? 


26  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

1 3.  The  question  will  arise — what  is  it  that  makes  so  great 
a  difference  between  individuals  in  thought,  feeling,  spiritual 
unfoldment,  and  in  bodily  expression,  in  ease  and  dis-ease. 
All  invisible  appearance  is  expression  ;    and  the   apparent 
difference  between  the  expressions  pertain  to  the  individual 
experience  in  expressing  innate  attributes  in  mentality.     This 
question  will  be  more  fully  treated  in  future  lessons. 

14.  At  the  beginning  of  your  perception  of  truth  you 
will  naturally  think  that,  if  the  all-good  and  all-powerful  is 
about  us  and  through  us,  my  duty  is  to  recognize  it  and  feel 
happy  and  satisfied  ;  and  that  not  to  do  so  would  be  ingrati- 
tude.     You  are  now  unwilling  to  entertain  feelings  of  inhar- 
mony.      When  these  feelings  come  the  shadows  are  dropping 
off ;  the  longings  of  the  heart   are   being  gratified.      When 
the  Infinite  Spirit,  in  which  soul  is  inherent,  is  acknowledged, 
realization   of  the   ever-present  bridegroom — the    limitless 
source  of  being — is  felt,  and  the  two  are  understood  to  be  one, 
and  the  heart  rejoices  in  the  at-one-ment  ;    for  this   is  the 
union  of  Peace  and  Harmony,  eternal  in  the  heavens. 

Recognition  is  the  one  demand  made  by  principle, 
which  must  be  fulfilled  if  the  solution  of  the  problem  be 
correct.  Acknowledgment  is  the  one  demand  that  God 
makes  of  His  children,  which  must  be  fulfilled  if  they  know 
Him  and  express  harmony.  Recognize  Me  in  all  your 
ways — is  the  voice  of  Spirit — the  Bridegroom — to  the  child, 
and  you  will  demonstrate  immortal  power  and  know  that 
I  am  the  Father  of  all  that  live. 


DIVINE   BEING.  27 

Acknowledgment  or  recognition  is  the  way  of  the  truth 
and  the  life — or  Christ.  Mere  feeling  should  never  be  per- 
mitted to  form  a  basis  for  your  judgment  as  to  your  real 
condition.  All  truthful  decisions  of  self  are  based  on  the 
unchanging  and  undying  ;  this  is  righteous  judgment ;  it  is 
doing  the  will  of  the  Father,  which  will  awaken  you  to  the 
truth  that  frees.  Truth,  embodied,  disembodies  error. 

15.  You  will  perceive  with  the  eye  of  understanding 
by    drawing    the    line   between    the   permanent    and    the 
temporal,    the     manifestor     and     the      manifestation,     the 
immortal  and  the  mortal;  thus  you  will  realize  that  the  flesh 
profheth  nothing  as  a  cause;    'tis  the  spirit  that  quickeneth; 
' '  the  words  that  I  speak  they  are  spirit  and  they  are  life. ' ' 

1 6.  We  know  that  you  who  study  this  lesson   will   not 
allow  yourselves  for  one  moment  to  entertain  feelings  of 
separateness  from   the  good;    and  that  you  will  soon  cease 
to  entertain  feelings  of  non-possession  or  doubt;  for  all  your 
affirmations  will  be  upon   the  side  of  wholeness,  possession 
— that  which  is  permanent — and  health  and  harmony  will 
result  therefrom.    You  will  wish  to  change  your  conversation 
concerning  yourself  being  mortal  and  limited,  and  about 
being  environed  by  mortal  things,  which  will  remove  self- 
placed  limitations,  and  free  your  perception.     The  Author 
of  your  existence  places  no  limit  on  your  powers  for  good; 
and  how  foolish  it  is  for  the  individual  to  do  so. 


28  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

17.  The  highest  spiritual  unfoldment  is  to  be  attained 
by  fulfilling  the  command,  ' (  Thou  shalt  have  no  other  Gods 
before  Me;"  by  refusing  to  let  the  senses  speak  in  opposition 
to  the  truth  of  Infinite  Spirit,  thus  turning  the    thought  to 
omnipresent  good.     To  turn  in  thought  from  good  is  to  give 
belief  of  its  opposite  a  place.      The  above  commandment 
means  to  the  scientist  that  the  individual  should  not  allow 
himself  to  indulge  in  negative  thought,  that  is,  in  thought 
which  contradicts  the  ever  present  positive  good.     Not  until 
the  individual  fully  awakens  to  the  understanding  of  his  union 
with  God  and  to  the  truth  that  there  has  never  been  a  separa- 
tion, does  his  love  and  motive  change  :  then  it  becomes  a 
most  sacred  privilege  to  think,  speak  and  act  like  that  which 
he  believes  himself  to  be  and  to  be  surrounded  by.    You  may 
know  the  voice  of  Spirit  by  the  nature  of  its  affirmation ; 
for  it  never  denies  itself,  but  always  affirms  its  true  being. 
We  shall  come  to  know  ourselves   by   the  same  method, 
through   self-perception,  by   affirming  in   thought   and   act 
attributes  of  our  Divine  Being,  thus    demonstrating   them 
in  our  thought  creations.     Thought  being  the  first-born  of 
God — Principle — the  proof  of  the  principle  within  us,  is  its 
manifestation  in  thought. 

1 8.  In  only  one  sense  can  it  be  true  that  our  bodies 
contain  soul  and  Spirit,  inasmuch  as  soul  and  Spirit  pervade 
body.     But  the  new  and  true  interpretation  from  the  stand- 
point  of   Spirit   is,    that   Spirit    contains    both    soul    and 
body,   for  it  is   everywhere,  and   can  only   be  imaged    or 


DIVINE   BEING.  29 

symbolled  in  form,  but  never  divided  or  separated.  In 
Being  we  are  perfect  and  complete;  nothing  lacking;  but  if 
understanding  be  disregarded  in  thought,  our  manifestations 
are  imperfect  and  limited;  for  without  recognition  of  under- 
standing, consciousness  is  believed  to  be  limited  to  mani- 
festation— the  shadow  land. 

19.  That  we  have  not  known   our  real    self    proves 
nothing  against  our  being  real.      We  are  not  that  which  is 
dependent   upon    recognition    for   being,    but    recognition, 
objects  and  expression  are  the  product  and  proof  of  our 
Being.     The  folly  of  not  knowing  self  as  Divine  Being  has 
bound  mentality   in   chains  by  beliefs  in  ignorance,  sorrow, 
pain  and  death.      The  mental   thus   bound  causes  feeling  to 
take  form  or  quality  in  dis-ease.      The  great  delusion  of  the 
world  is  ignorance,  which   consists  in  unsuspectingly  taking 
things  for  what  they  are  not;  e.  g. ,  taking   the   expression 
for  the  expressor,  the  body  for  self,  the  brain  for  mind,  the 
letter    for    spirit.       But    \vhen    in    the    broad    sunlight    of 
truth  we  by  its  light   view  ourselves   as   we   are,  soul  and 
Spirit,  we  realize  the  oneness  and  divinity  of  the  life  of  all 
things.      How  quickly   this   realization  fills  the  heart   with 
universal   love!       Awakening  a   sense  of  universal  justice; 
and  strength  and  harmony  are  the  result. 

T 

PHYSICIAN  AND  METAPHYSICIAN. 

20.  The  physician's    method    of  interpretation    is    as 
follows:     He  believes  his  patient  to  be  a  physical,  visible 


30  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

being,  afflicted  with  a  physical  disease,  resulting  from  a 
material  cause;  and  he  treats  the  body  to  cure  the  patient. 
So,  to  remove  the  disease,  which  both  doctor  and  patient 
believe  to  be  real,  he  applies  a  material  remedy  to  remove 
a  material  cause  from  a  material  body.  The  remedy  and 
body  each  being  material — external  effects  of  an  interior 
cause — to  attempt  to  cure  an  effect  with  an  effect  is  "a 
kingdom  divided  against  itself  which  cannot  stand."  The 
basis  of  interpretation  being  false,  its  practice  can — at 
best — only  change  a  belief  for  a  belief,  postponing 
suffering.  Medicine  can  never  unfold  a  consciousness  of 
the  immortal.  It  does  not  give  us  knowledge  of  ourselves, 
which  is  the  only  permanent  remedy  for  suffering. 

The  scientist  or  metaphysician's  method  of  inter- 
pretation is  :  He  receives  his  patient  as  a  pupil;  and 
perceives  him  or  her  to  be  Spirit  and  invisible — a  living 
soul;  in  a  perfect  state  of  ease  and  rest;  but  holding  beliefs 
in  mentality  that  are  false  of  himself,  which  is  the 
disease  that  he  feels.  There  is  nothing  in  the  body 
or  in  mentality  to  be  removed,  that  is  real;  but  there  is 
something  permanent  for  the  patient  to  recognize  and 
manifest.  The  scientist's  remedy  is  truth.  Truth's  practice 
bears  away  all  suffering.  He  gives  this  truth  in  a  silent 
lesson,  first  correcting  the  patient's  false  judgment  of 
himself.  Then,  by  speaking  the  word  of  Spirit,  he  guides 
the  thought  into  consciousness  of  the  truth  about  his  being; 
and  Spirit  responds  to  its  own  truth.  There  is  but  one 


DIVINE    BEING.  31 

Healer  who,  operating  through  all,  can  heal  all  errors 
permanently.  But  if  I  cast  out  devils  by  the  Spirit  of  God 
(Truth)  then  the  kingdom  of  God  is  come  unto  you,  the 
patient;  which  is  the  permanent  remedy  for  all  suffering, 
and  this  is  what  is  meant  in  the  Bible  by  healing  the  sick 
and  overcoming  evil  with  good. 

PRACTICAL    ADVICE    TO    STUDENTS. 

2 1 .  Renunciation  and  regeneration  mean  work.  With- 
out work  you  cannot  turn  away  from  old  habits  of  belief 
and  conform  to  truth. 

Since  all  that  truly  is,  is  good,  there  is  no  evil. 

You  will  hasten  your  growth  in  understanding  this 
truth,  if  you  study  these  lessons  quietly,  and  without 
debating  about  that  which  you  do  not  understand.  The 
science  of  the  silence  can  only  be  realized  from  passive, 
tranquil  Mind,  which  is  God. 

Do  not  at  first  attempt  to  account  for  special  appear- 
ances of  so-called  sickness,  sin  and  sorrow;  but  stand  firm 
and  unwavering  to  the  truth,  that  the  all  is  good;  that  God, 
Spirit,  is  truly  in  every  place,  at  all  times. 

Refuse  to  compromise  the  statement  of  being  with  intel- 
lectual reasoning  ;  and  you  will  soon  begin  to  realize  the 
unreality  of  the  appearance  of  sickness,  inharmony  and  death. 
As  you  become  conscious  of  eternal  life  and  truth,  you  will 
know  that  there  is  no  death.  You  will  know  that  life  is 
ever  life  and  cannot  die;  and  suffering  will  flee  away. 


32  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

Put  away  each  day  the  trifling  things  that  would  annoy. 
Begin  your  days'  labor  with  a  thought  of  omnipresent 
good;  and  as  you  meet  the  usual  cares  and  vexations  of 
every-day  life,  which  all  have,  say  to  each  one  as  it  comes 
— "it  is  nothing,  it  is  of  no  importance  whether  it  be  this 
way  or  otherwise."  Then  say  to  yourself,  "  I  will  perform 
daily  duties  without  being  annoyed  or  troubled  with  them." 

Think  of  yourselves,  your  children  and  all  persons — 
not  as  they  seem,  but  as  they  are,  as  that  which  is,  was, 
and  always  will  be;  as  that  which  thinks  and  knows;  both 
the  knowing  and  the  knowable;  that  which  manifests,  and 
which  stands  back  of  manifestation.  Think  of  yourselves 
as  "  hid  with  Christ  in  God;"  be  where  He  is  and  what  He  is, 
with  attributes  of  the  eternal.  From  this  standpoint  you 
can  deny  sickness  intelligently,  and  master  all  the  cares  of 
life.  From  this  standpoint  it  is  right  for  you  to  deny  from 
you  all  thoughts  and  feelings  that  are  the  opposite  of  Divine 
Love,  Truth,  Knowledge,  Power,  Strength,  Health  and 
Happiness,  or  Perfect  Harmony. 


LESSON     II. 


THOUGHT  ;    THE  CREATIVE  OR  IMAGING  POWER. 


"/;/  all  thy  ways  acknowledge  Him.  and  He  will  direct  thy 
paths. "  —  Proi:  Hi :  6. 

1.  These  lessons  are  written  in   the    natural   order  of 
divine  expression  or  unfoldment.      In  giving  the  Statement 
of  Divine  Being  as  our  first  lesson,  we  commenced  where  all 
things  commence.    So  Thought,  being  the  first-born  of  Being, 
comes  next  in  divine  order,  to  be  followed    by  the   spoken 
word,  the   effect  of  thought.      As   there  is  but  One  Infinite 
Mind,  or  One  All,  in  which  are  all  souls,  we    cannot   solve 
the    problem    ot   life    if  we  lose   sight   of  the    principle  of 
Unity.      To    know  Infinite    Mind  and    the  orderly   method 
in  which   it  works  in  manifesting  nature,  is  divine  science, 
or  to  know  the  relation  of  objects  in   nature   to  each  other, 
and  to  the  Creator,  is  the  truth  of  Spirit.      The  law  of  God 
working  in    what    is    called  natural  expression,  is    the  law 
of   Divine    Love    in    the  regular  and    orderly    method   of 
divine  thinking. 

2.  In  Section  10  of  first  lesson,  the  student  is  instructed  to 
put  away  the  belief  in  an  evil  power  and  come  upon  the  basis 
of  unity  as  a  preparatory  step  for  a  permanent  awakening  to 
Divine  Truth.      Not  until  this  division  in  belief  is  dispelled, 


34  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

and  the  eternal  truth  of  unity  established,  will  the  student 
become  illumined  with  understanding  and  absolute  conscious- 
ness. When  we  know  that  there  is  but  one  Source  and 
Power,  the  thought  ceases  to  fluctuate  between  two  beliefs: 
the  one  of  good,  and  the  other  of  evil ;  then  fear,  which  is  its 
outgrowth,  ceases.  Fear  is  the  one  error  which  weakens  the 
expression  of  Faith,  causing  it  to  yield  or  submit  to  delusion. 

3.  "If  thine  eye  be  single,  thy  whole  body  shall  be  full  of 
light."       Perfect  faith   means  to   be   undivided;  and  to  be 
undivided  is  certainty;   and  certainty  is  knowledge;  and  this 
is  wisdom.      Then   wisdom's  way  is  unity  or  harmony.      So 
divine  wisdom  and  perfect  faith  cannot  be  attained  so  long 
as  there  is  a  lingering  belief  in  evil  or  sickness  as  a  reality; 
and  not  until  we  know  that  there  is  but  One  All,  which  is  the 
perfection  and  goodness  of  the  universe,  can  we  fully  realize 
the  truth  that  all  misery  is  ignorance  of  the  One. 

4.  In  this  lesson  we  will  consider  that  you  have  cleared 
away  the  mists   of  illusion   by   correcting  false   beliefs,  and 
are   undivided   in    faith   and   perception,    and  that  you   are 
holding    to   the   truth    that  there   is   but  One   Life,    which 
fills  you  with   the  light  of  understanding  and  perfect  faith. 
The  times  are  ripe  for  a  complete  change  of  thought,  a  spiritual 
awakening.      The  greatest  need  of  humanity  is  knowledge, 
certainty ;    a    fixed    and   unwavering  faith  in  goodness  ;    a 
certainty  of  where  to  turn  for   health   and   happiness  ;    and 
how  to  realize  the  peace  and  rest  for  which  all  are  longing  and 
thirsting.       Recognition  is  the  method  by  which  the  ever 


THOUGHT.  35 

present  kingdom  of  God  is  realized  ;  we  can  only  realize  the 
kingdom,  power  and  glory  in  which  we  live,  by  recognizing 
it  in  our  own  perfected  thought. 

5.  Thought  is  the  creative  power,  or  formative  energy, 
and  sustains  a  causal  relation  to  sensation  and  to  all  external 
expression.  "To  think  is  to  prove  that  we  are.  I  am, 
therefore  I  think."  Thought  is  the  proof  or  evidence  of 
being,  for  there  cannot  be  a  thought  without  a  thinker  ;  there 
cannot  be  an  expression  without  an  expressor  ;  there  cannot 
be  a  form  without  the  formless.  Expressions  of  Universal 
Love  are  the  proofs  of  an  Infinite  Expressor  ;  for  the  expres- 
sion, be  it  ever  so  perfect,  cannot  be  as  great  as  the  Expres- 
sor. The  relation  of  Principle  to  Idea,  or  of  God  to  the  Soul, 
is  that  of  oneness  ;  God  is  the  governing  principle,  the  I  Am 
of  every  individual.  The  act  of  thinking  is  the  act  of  forming 
decisions;  and  decisions  rendered  are  mental,  and  express,  on 
the  sense  plane.  So,  thought  is  that  power  which  embodies 
and  reveals  the  Unrevealed,  which  manifests  the  Unmanifest. 
The  subject  of  greatest  value  for  the  World's  consideration  is 
that  of  correct  thinking,  and  how  to  think,  in  order  to  evoke 
and  bring  forth  into  manifestation  the  wealth  of  power  and 
goodness  in  which  all  rest.  This  question  of  correct  thinking 
interests  equally  every  man,  woman  and  child  in  the  invisible 
and  visible  spheres.  How  to  think  that  our  thoughts  may 
truthfully  represent  Deity,  is  of  equal  value  to  all. 

The  true  idealistic  teaching  is  that  thought  is  the  first 
expression  of  God  ;    the  highest  and  most  substantial  ex- 


36  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

pression  in  the  Universe.  Visible  creation  is  thought  made 
apparent  to  sense;  invisible  creation  is  idea  made  apparent  to 
Mind;  both  are  in  Divine  Mind.  Thought,  says  the  Cabala, 
is  the  source  of  all  that  is  visible  ;  the  first-begotten  of  the 
great  Unknown.  The  Hermetic  philosophy  defines  thought 
as  the  Son — that  is,  the  first-born.  Correct  thinking  brings 
harmonious  results — the  right  word  and  deed  in  the  right 
time  and  place.  Ideas  are  possibilities  of  principle.  Truthful 
conceptions  of  ideas  are  living  images — formed  in  infinite 
Mind  in  its  likeness;  they  belong  to  Soul  and  are  immortal, 
for  Truth  expressed  is  God  manifest — the  Christ  revealed. 

6.  Truth  is  that  which  never  changes  ;  it  is  the  same 
yesterday,  to-day,  and  forever  ;  it  appears  alike  to  all  persons, 
at  all  times,  in  all  places  ;  it  is  good  for  all  at  all  times.  In 
the  beginning  God  alone  was  ;  that  which  was,  is,  and  ever 
will  be.  The  first  chapter  of  Genesis  is  an  account  of  the 
generations  of  the  heavens  and  the  earth  when  they  were 
created  (in  Infinite  Mind,  by  thinking)  ;  in  the  day  that  the 
Lord  God  made  the  earth  and  the  heavens,  and  every  plant 
of  the  field  before  it  was  in  the  earth,  and  every  herb  of  the 
field  before  it  grew.  This  truth  is  expressed  in  various  alle- 
gories in  the  ancient  books  of  wisdom.  "  At  the  beginning 
of  a  day  of  creation,  Brahm,  awakening  from  his  sleep,  begins 
to  think,  and  his  thoughts  call  worlds  into  existence."  The 
sacred  writings  of  the  ages  teach  that  all  things  are  first  crea- 
ted ideal,  the  image  of  God's  idea  ;  for  His  works  represent 
Him.  His  method  is  one;  therefore,  before  anything  can 


THOUGHT.  37 

appear  on  this  outer  plane,  it  must  have  pre-existed  as  an 
ideal  creation  or  mental  picture.  You  are  to  consider  this  as 
an  established  or  fixed  law  of  creation.  Thought  is  the 
ancestor  of  word,  deed  and  sensation  ;  it  precedes  speech, 
whether  the  language  be  perfect  or  imperfect ;  it  precedes 
sensation,  whether  it  be  pleasurable  or  painful.  All  external 
appearances,  seemings  and  reflections,  that  we  sense,  are  the 
result  ot  subjects  thought  about  and  decisions  rendered  and 
held  in  mentality. 

7.  The  Infinite  Mind,  in  which  all  things  are  formed, 
live  and  move,  is  termless  and  impersonal.  To  image  Spirit 
is  to  be  impersonal  and  be  universal  in  our  thoughts  and  acts. 
Truthful  and  permanent  ideas  are  imaged  and  given  form  in 
the  Mind  by  the  action  of  will  and  the  power  of  thought, 
according  to  the  law  of  love.  When  love  is  embodied  in 
the  ideal,  the  mental  reflection  is  that  of  universal  harmony. 
As  all  expressions  in  Nature — forms  of  mineral,  vegetable, 
animal,  or  human — are  the  result  of  the  force  or  action  of 
thought,  we  may  say  they  are  effects  of  the  working  of  mind 
through  faith,  which  is  the  substance  of  things. 

Perception  cognizes  thought ;  therefore  ( '  God  saw  every- 
thing that  He  had  made,  and  behold  it  was  very  good."  As 
there  is  but  one  method,  we  see  the  result  of  our  thoughts  in 
our  beliefs,  conditions  and  environments.  Thought  shapes  our 
whole  existence  and  determines  our  course  in  life,  whether  it 
be  that  of  success  or  failure.  Therefore,  it  follows,  that  to 
change  physical  form,  or  feeling,  or  any  external  condition^ 


38  SCIENCE   AND   HEALING. 

success,  or  habit,  we  are  first  to  change  our  thought  and 
belief  relative  to  ourselves  and  conditions ;  and  if  we  would 
externalize  the  perfect  we  must  have  the  perfect  idea  apparent, 
which  is  in  absolute  consciousness;  if  we  would  externalize 
health,  we  must  perceive  that  health  is  an  idea  to  be  made 
apparent  by  holding  it  in  memory.  If  we  would  have 
harmonious  conditions,  we  must  perceive  them  and  hold  them 
in  thought.  If  we  would  heal  humanity  of  their  beliefs,  and 
do  good,  we  must  perceive  the  truth  and  speak  it  forth  by 
works  of  faith,  by  holding  to  the  perfect  idea  of  the  immortal. 

8.  What  the  senses  reveal  to  us  as  self  is  not  self.  We 
can  find  ourselves  only  by  seeking  in  the  depths  of  Divine 
Being  (see  Sec.  18,  Lesson  No.  i);  so  our  most  important 
work  is  that  of  transferring  the  action  of  thought — which 
many  believe  to  be  understanding — from  the  temporal  and 
limited  to  the  permanent  and  limitless,  from  matter  to  Spirit, 
and  thus  awaken  to  the  wealth  of  love  and  goodness  that 
clwelleth  there.  By  knowing  this  good  we  give  it  expression, 
and  baptise  the  body  with  the  living  waters  of  eternal  truth. 
"  Thought  germs  grow  in  mind  as  the  seeds  of  plants  grow 
in  the  soil  of  the  earth;"  the  latter  are  quickened  by  the 
light  of  the  sun,  the  former  by  the  light  of  Divine  Wisdom. 
The  spoken  word  of  truth  is  Truth  called  into  appearance, 
or  outer  showing;  its  possibility  or  being  is  ever  resting  in  its 
source,  Divine  Spirit.  Few  persons  have  known  that  it  was 
possible  to  exert  power  over  their  own  thoughts;  but  all  must 
learn  to  control  their  thoughts  before  they  can  become  master 


THOUGHT.  39 

.of  their  expressions  or  conditions.  This  can  be  accomplished 
only  by  denying  a  place  to  thoughts  that  are  not  in  unity 
with  Divine  Being  and  your  real  self.  For  it  is  a  law,  as  fixed 
as  the  eternal  law  of  mathematics,  that  as  a  man  or  woman 
thinketh  in  their  heart  so  is  he  or  she  in  manifestation.  The 
nature  of  the  beliefs  which  we  hold  in  memory  and  dwell 
upon,  bring  to  us  the  experiences  of  our  earthly  lives,  either 
of  pain  or  pleasure,  sunshine  or  shadow.  So  it  is  by  our 
own  thoughts  and  recognitions,  that  our  conditions  are 
pleasant  or  unpleasant.  We  receive  from  Infinite  Justice, 
full  payment  for  services  rendered. 

9.  The   Divine  attributes   of  Mind    are   winged     with 
aspiration,    ever     ready,    when    recognized,     for     outward 
manifestation.    When  we  cleanse  mentality  by  denying  their 
opposites  a  place,  we  are  no  longer  ignorant  of  this  truth. 

10.  The  science  of  expression  reveals    the   truth  that 
all  mental   conditions  sustain  a  causal  relation   to  a  more 
external  reflection.     Unless  our  ideals  be  based  in  truth  we 
cannot  expect  harmonious  effects,  for  Health  is  the  evidence 
of  harmoniously  arranged  thought;  and  appearance,  called 
disease,  is  the  evidence  of  mharmoniously  arranged  thought. 
Let  the  thought,  that  the  all  is  good,  possess  you. 

God's  ideas,  which  are  souls  or  sons,  are  perfect;  all 
His  works  are  done  in  truth.  Then,  not  until  our  decisions 
of  each  other  and  of  self  be  perfect,  are  we  working  in 
concert  with  and  doing  the  will  of  God;  and,  not  until  \ve 


4O  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

think  the  thoughts  of  Spirit  is  there  a  conscious  at-one-ment, 
or  true  atonement.  And  not  until  this  state  be  reached  will 
there  cease  to  be  mental  conflict  and  confusion  in  existence. 
So,  if  we  form  the  perfect  idea  of  Divine  Humanity,  perceiving- 
Spirit  only,  where  there  is  nothing  lacking  morally,  men- 
tally or  spiritually,  we  shall  manifest  power  over  all  external 
conditions.  The  question  naturally  arises,  can  we  so  frame 
our  thoughts  ?  We  often  hear  about  people  changing  their 
minds;  we  certainly  can  change  our  thoughts  and  pattern  after 
the  perfect,  if  we  but  make  the  effort;  mental  training  is 
required  in  order  to  expand  thought  unto  consciousness  and 
know  the  light  of  unchanging  Truth — the  Spirit;  and  thus 
reveal  and  know  more  and  more  of  the  life  and  truth  in 
which  we  live,  until  we  express  or  speak  forth  harmony  divine. 

ii.  Truth  is  the  one  remedy  that  heals  all  error. 
Where  harmony  or  health  is  absent  in  expression,  truth 
recognized  makes  it  manifest;  which  changes  belief  into 
knowledge;  truth's  practice  brings  into  expression  the  silent 
attributes  of  the  idea  of  God;  it  frees  all  who  are  heavy-laden 
with  error  of  belief,  and  gives  peace  and  rest.  Truth 
frees,  because  it  is  free  and  limitless. 

St.  Paul,  the  great  Christian  Healer,  said,  the  good 
that  I  would  I  do  not,  but  the  evil  that  I  would  not,  that  I 
do.  Now,  if  I  do  that  wrhich  I  would  not,  it  is  no  more  I  that 
do  it,  but  evil  that  dwelleth  in  me.  As  the  Spirit  is  all  that 
can  truly  say,  I  Am,  unless  we  act  in  concert  with  Spirit,  it 
is  no  more  I  that  act,  but  error  of  the  personality  acting  in 


THOUGHT.  41 

opposition  to  the  impersonal  Spirit.  Such  is  the  government 
of  sense  (carnal  mind),  that  to  be  carnally  minded  is  death; 
because  we  identify  ourselves  with  matter,  which  has  no 
life,  and  believe  it  can  give  us  satisfaction  or  dissatisfaction, 
ease  or  dis-ease,  which  is  death  in  belief  unto  truth.  But 
to  be  spiritually  minded  is  life  and  peace.  To  be  spiritually 
minded  is  to  be  in  truth,  and  to  practice  it.  This  is  the  work 
of  faith,  which  renews  us  in  the  Spirit  of  our  Mind,  by  which 
we  know  wholeness. 

12.  Decisions  rendered  upon  authority  of  mere  appear- 
ance  are   false,   and   are   negations  of  the  living  and   true 
Spirit;    they  are  the  confusion,  dissatisfaction  and  general 
discomfort  that  we  feel;  all   know  that  many  persons  have 
passed  through   the  change  called  death,  from   fear  of  what 
are  called   contagious   diseases;  fright  has  turned  white  the 
hair  in  a  single  hour;  fright  may  mark  and  disfigure  the  form, 
or  destroy  the  expression  of  life  in  the  unborn  child;  thoughts 
cause  and  cure  disease.       Fear  invites   the  condition  feared. 
If  we  fear  sickness,  sorrow,  evil,  or  anything,  we  virtually  say 
to  the  condition  or  thing  feared,  You  have  power  over  me; 
thus  are  the  mental   and  physical  conditions  disturbed,   and 
we  decide  that  we  are  subject  to  the  condition  feared.      Fear 
comes  from  not  knowing  that  which  is  real  and  permanent, 
and  by  not  being  able  to  trust  the  temporal,  which  is  all  that 
the  senses  know. 

13.  That  which  is  seen  and  is  called  evil  is  in  seeming 
only,  because  the  good  is  not  known  and  realized  ;  all  dis-ease 


42  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

is  an  unconsciousness  of  ease  resulting  from  negation  of  Spirit 
— the  Infinite  power.  Thought,  which  is  the  opposite  of 
Spirit,  darkens  mentality  and  veils  it  from  understanding. 
Grief  is  the  mental  side  of  many  diseases,  so-called.  A 
reflection  of  anger  is  inflammation.  Anxiety  and  doubt  are 
fear  ;  they  are  at  the  root  of  every  disease.  Conditions  that 
represent  beliefs  called  hatred,  envy,  jealousy,  malice,  cruelty, 
revenge,  prejudice,  aversion,  uncharitableness,  are  not  born 
of  the  Spirit,  and  are  cause  for  suffering. 

Spirit,  being  the  All,  its  opposite  must  be  falsehood  ;  for 
this  reason  we  feel  uncomfortable  under  adverse  believing  ; 
but  if  beliefs  represent  that  which  truly  is,  harmonious 
conditions  result  therefrom.  To  the  awakened,  fear  and 
doubt  are  an  injustice  to  the  ever-present  Spirit.  We  do 
not  change  the  attributes  of  Divine  Mind  by  holding  their 
opposites  in  consciousness  ;  we  cannot  change  the  unchang- 
ing principle ;  but,  thought  being  the  means  by  which  we 
manifest,  we  do  distort  and  limit  our  external  manifestations 
by  our  error  of  thought  and  perception.  All  conditions  of 
inharmony  revealed  by  us  are  the  externalizations  of  race- 
beliefs,  that  have  found  lodgment  in  our  beliefs.  Condemna- 
tion and  fault-finding  would  not  be  entertained  for  a  moment, 
if  we  fully  realized  and  trusted  the  ever-present  good.  These 
race-beliefs  are  the  result  of  selfness  or  personality,  by  which 
individuals  virtually  attempt  to  take  things  in  their  own  hands 
and  judge  what  should  and  should  not  be,  and  pass  judgment 
upon  the  power  of  good  according  to  their  temporal  or  carnal 


THOUGHT.  43 

beliefs  ;  this  condition  represents  one  whose  attention  is  fixed 
in  effect — the  letter ;  resulting  from  personal  desire,  made 
paramount  over  all  else.  As  we  perceive  within  ourselves 
the  love,  goodness,  and  justice  of  the  Life  in  which  we  live, 
these  errors  drop  away,  and  we  realize  that  the  great  weight 
of  afflictions  maintained  by  us  were  false  beliefs. 

14.  False  beliefs  about  ourselves  are  the  delusions  which 
darken  the  intuitive  vision,  and  when  we  lift  the  veil  of 
delusion  and  see  ourselves  as  we  are  (v.  Sec.  10,  Lesson 
No.  i),  thus  putting  away  error  of  thought  and  perception, 
then  pain  and  discomfort  drop  from  us  as  naturally  as  leaves 
in  autumn  drop  from  trees. 

One  of  the  fundamental  truths  of  the  Science  of  Spirit 
is,  that  all  thought  that  is  not  in  harmony  with  the  omni- 
present Spirit,  is  negation  of  it,  and  is  the  cause  for  in- 
harmonious sensation.  ' '  He  that  is  not  against  us  is  for 
us. ' '  Our  moods  of  thought  relate  mentality  to  a  like  class 
of  thought  wherever  expressed.  So,  truthful  thinking  is  the 
only  protection  or  safeguard  against  the  erroneous  race- 
beliefs  in  sickness  and  sin.  As  long  as  we  believe  that  good 
and  evil,  health  and  disease,  are  equally  real,  we  shall  some- 
time succumb  to  one  belief,  sometime  to  another.  But  when 
once  the  eye  of  understanding  is  singled  to  Spirit,  and  Truth 
alone  is  embodied  in  our  ideal,  all  seeming  burdens  and  in- 
harmonies  fall  away.  A  house  that  is  built  upon  sand,  or  a 
castle  in  air,  a  structure  with  a  sandy,  or  without  foundation, 


44  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

must  of  necessity  fall.  So  all  sensuous  illusions  or  opinions, 
when  exposed  to  the  light  of  the  Science  of  Infinite  Spirit, 
lose  place  and  disappear  from  memory. 

15.  Knowledge  manifest,  is  expanded  thought  or  broad- 
ened recognition.     When  we  come  into  knowledge  of  that 
which  truly  is,  we  have  not  changed  anything  except  our 
mental  conceptions,  which  we  have  done  by  taking  on  the  truth . 
To  know  the  truth  is  to  know  the  permanent  and  unchang- 
ing ;   knowledge  does  not  consist  in  knowing  that  temporal 
things  are,  and  thinking  them  real.      Then,  it  follows,  that 
to  speak  the  truth  of  yourself,  is  to  speak  truthfully  of  that 
which  is  permanent  and  unchanging.      Speak  this  truth,  and 
it  will  make  you  free. 

1 6.  To  think  and  feel  yourselves  united  with  all  human- 
ity as  one  in  hope,  purpose  and  destiny  (as  you  are  in  the 
source  of  being),  will  determine  the  Universal  Good  to  your 
aid  in  all  your  works  ;    for  in  action  you  have  asked,   and 
will  receive ;    you  will  externalize  your  own  thoughts.     To 
express  a    permanent    condition    of   harmony,    you   must 
acknowledge  the  knowledge  of  Spirit,  and  work  with  it  in  all 
your   ways.       First  acknowledge  that  all  that  truly  is,   is 
Spirit.     Then,   that  all  creations  are  within   Infinite  Mind 
and  are  perfect  expressions  of   its  ideas.       To  consciously 
unite  yourselves  with  the  Infinite  Source,   you  must  have 
ideas  that  will  pattern  the  attributes  of  Spirit.     And  Spirit 
will   guide  you  into  all  wisdom.      "Being  then  made  free 


THOUGHT.  45 

from  sin.  we  become  servants  of  righteousness."  (Rom. 
vi :  1 8).  When  you  believe  yourselves  perfect  in  Divine 
Being,  your  thoughts  and  needs  will  conform  with  what  you 
perceive  yourselves  to  be.  That  is,  if  your  feelings  be 
harmonious,  the  perception  and  thought  relating  to  self  must 
represent  your  Being  as  divine.  Then,  if  you  perceive 
yourselves  pervaded  by  the  one  Infinite  Spirit,  and  possess- 
ing possibilities  Divine,  you  are  in  condition  to  represent 
Being  in  all  your  ways  ;  it  is  only  through  unwavering  faith 
that  we  perceive  and  manifest  truth  and  knowledge. 

To  arrive  at  Truth  we  must  find  the  opposite  of  what 
the  senses  reveal.  So  do  not  attribute  power  or  quality  to 
disease  ;  do  not  name  any  appearance  of  inharmony  ;  do  not 
think  or  say  that  the  body  can  environ  or  limit  you  in  any 
way,  nor  claim  to  be  subject  to  feelings,  sensations,  or  effect 
of  any  kind. 


GUIDE  TO  TRUTH. 


Broad  is  the  Way  that  Xarroic  is  the   Way  that 
Icadeth  to  destruction.  leadeth  unto  Life. 

The  belief  in  Affirm  that  you  are 

Death  or  Ignorance,  Life,  Truth  and  Understanding, 

Hate  or  Weakness,  Love  and  Strength, 


46 


SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 


Doubt  or  Fear,  Knowledge  and  Faith, 

Prejudice  or  Aversion,  No  respecter  of  persons, 

Revenge  or  Cruelty,  Justice  and  Mercy, 

Disease  or  Evil,  Harmony  and  Goodness. 

Is  the  result  of  a  belief  in  All  that  you  show  forth  cr 
separateness  from  God,  and  manifest  of  these  qualities 
the  cause  of  all  appearances  represent  you.  This  is  speak- 
of  sin,  sickness  and  sorrow,  ing  the  word  of  Spirit  and  clc- 
Therefore  deny  it  from  you.  ing  the  Will  of  the  Father. 
"If  thy  right  hand  offend  "The  words  that  I  speak  unto 
thee,  cut  it  off  and  cast  it  you,  are  spirit  and  are  life." 
from  thee." 

What  appears  on  the  left  hand  is  a  misconception  of 
what  we  are  in  Truth  ;  and  what  appears  on  the  right 
hand  is  a  truthful  representation  of  what  we  are  in  Truth, 
or  Being.  Therefore,  keep  the  above  before  you  as  a 
guide  out  of  belief  into  knowledge,  out  of  darkness  into 
light. 

In  giving  the  following  treatment  you  are  to  realize 
that  your  patient  and  yourself  are  what  you  affirm,  and  not 
what  you  deny. 


HEALING  THOUGHT. 


Matter    is    not    sensation,   intelligence,    nor    substance. 
The  race  belief  in  sickness,  sin  and  death,  cannot  affect  Spirit, 


THOUGHT.  47 

which  is  alone  real.  I  am  Spirit,  or  Life  in  action.  I  image 
Spirit  in  thought,  and  live  in  the  likeness  of  Life.  That 
through  which  God  works  to  will  and  to  do,  cannot  be  im- 
perfect. Truthful  expressions  are  in  the  image  of  God,  and 
are  one  with  the  Father — the  Expressor.  It  is  the  will  of 
the  Father  that  none  should  suffer.  His  ideas,  which  are 
souls,  are  perfect.  Therefore  I  deny  all  beliefs  of  imper- 
fection, weakness  and  limitation  from  me,  and  affirm  whole- 
ness, strength  and  power  for  myself.  I  affirm  that  the  king- 
dom is  within,  and  that  there  is  nothing  wrong,  no  lack  of 
power,  within  me.  No  false  belief  environs  or  limits  me, 
no  shadow  darkens  my  mental  vision.  God  pervades  his 
holy  temple  at  this  time.  I  cannot  get  out  of  harmony,  for 
where  the  Father  is,  there  is  perfect  peace  and  rest.  I  cannot 
get  out  of  health,  for  the  Father  is  in  me,  around  me,  above 
me,  and  everywhere.  This  is  speaking  the  word  and  doing 
the  will  of  the  Father.  I  am  at  rest  in  him. 


LESSON     III. 


THE  EFFECT,  OR  FRUIT,  OF  THOUGHT. 


Those  who  are  working  for  effect  are  virtually  striving 
to  make  this  plane  of  existence  a  plane  of  cause,  for  it  is 
both  the  subject  and  object  of  their  consideration  ;  subject, 
because  they  believe  that  effects  can  produce  effects,  and  it 
is  the  object,  because  they  are  working  to  produce  effects. 
The  fact  that  they  are  thus  striving  is  evidence  of  ignorance, 
and  this  in  a  two-fold  sense. 

Firstly:  through  this  error  they  have  mistaken  creations 
for  themselves ;  e.  g. ,  they  have  identified  themselves  with 
the  body ;  and  this  identification  has  led  them  to  conclude 
that  they  are  something  that  can  be  young  or  old,  sick  or 
well,  alive  or  dead ;  whereas  they  are  perfect  and  immortal 
in  Divine  Being — in  the  Father. 

Secondly:  through  a  lack  of  understanding  they  have 
concluded  that  as  they  have  the  power  to  affect  and  effect 
results,  so  have  results  the  power  to  effect  themselves  or  be 
causes  for  other  results.  They  argue  thus,  thinking  they 
are  effects  or  results  affecting  other  results.  Hence  the 
World  has  a  science  (so  called)  built  upon  the  theory  that 
various  and  general  results  proceed  from  particular  ' '  causes' ' 
— which  supposed  causes  are  themselves  results. 


EFFECT    OF   THOUGHT.  49 

No  effect  can  ever  be  cause,  for  the  simple  reason  that 
all  effects  are  results  of  past  thoughts  and  conclusions  ;  there- 
fore they  belong  to  the  past  and  are  things  dead  and  done 
with.  But  on  the  other  hand,  consciousness,  the  cause  of 
thought,  is  always  present — even  presence  itself;  always  liv- 
ing— even  life  itself;  cause  is  always  the  doer,  never  the  work 
done  ;  the  thinker,  not  the  thought  expressed.  Hence,  all 
who  identify  themselves  with  effects — work  done  or  thought 
expressed — identify  themselves  with  opinions  rendered  and 
conclusions  formed,  which  are  the  dead.  And,  if  they  identify 
themselves  with  the  dead,  what  else  are  they  in  their  own 
thought  than  dead  ?  The  result  of  identifying  one's  self  with 
the  past  is  death,  or  unconsciousness,  and  there  is  no  other 
death.  To  go  away  from  God  and  identify  ourselves  with 
effect,  is  going  away  from  consciousness,  and  identifying 
ourselves  with  unconsciousness. 

Cease,  then,  from  striving  to  make  the  visible  world  pro- 
duce true  happiness  for  you — from  seeking  to  make  sensation 
a  cause  of  real  joy.  Place  not  your  heart,  dear  student,  upon 
eirthly  things,  or  your  consciousness  upon  the  things  of  the 
past ;  but  live  in  the  presence  of  the  one  that  is  ever 
present,  for  this  is  Life  eternal. 


TRUTH. 


There  is  but  one  life,  which  is  Infinite  Spirit ;   Infinite 
Spirit  is  the  one  Substance,  which  is  Infinite  Mind. 


50  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

There  is  but  one  Law,  which  is  Infinite  Love. 

There  is  but  one  Method  of  Creation  or  manifestation, 
which  method  is  the  act  of  Divine  thinking. 

The  Life  of  the  One  is  the  Life  of  all. 

The  Substance  of  the  One  is  the  Substance  of  all ;  and 
produces  all  things. 

That  power  which  forms  one  thing  forms  all. 

That  which  loves  one  loves  all.  All  are  in  and  of  One 
source.  As  the  One  Spirit,  which  is  no  respecter  of  person, 
loved  one,  even  our  great  Master,  so  does  it  love  and  respect 
all,  even  the  smallest. 


"Every  good  tree  bringeth  forth  good  fruit;  but  a 
corrupt  tree  bringeth  forth  evil  fruit.  A  good  tree  cannot 
bring  forth  evil  fruit,  neither  can  a  corrupt  tree  bring  forth 
good  fiuit.  Every  tree  that  bringeth  not  forth  good  fruit 
is  hewn  down  and  cast  into  the  fire.  Wherefore  by  their 
fruits  ye  shall  know  them.  Not  every  one  that  saith  unto 
me,  Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven  ; 
but  he  that  doeth  the  will  of  the  Father  which  is  in  heaven. ' ' 
— Matt,  vii:  ij-22. 

i.  As  there  is  but  one  method  of  manifesting  the  Infinite 
Spirit;  idea,  thought  and  effect  of  thought,  is  the  Trinity  which 
includes  the  problem,  solution  and  example  of  life  ;  therefore 
thought  is  the  means  which  must  necessarily  precede  the  ex- 


EFFECT    OF    THOUGHT.  5! 

pression  of  truth  on  the  sense  plane.  And  by  the  word,  deed 
and  sensation  we  can  know  whether  the  nature  of  our  thoughts 
and  beliefs  are  atone  with  the  Spirit  or  at  one  with  the  letter; 
whether  they  are  truth  or  error.  Every  good  tree  bringeth 
forth  good  fruit ;  but  a  corrupt  tree  evil  fruit.  Good  thoughts 
are  at  one  with  Spirit,  or  the  Divine  Attributes.  (See  Guide 
to  Truth,  Lesson  II.)  Their  opposites  are  the  errors  that 
bring  forth  fruits  opposite  to  the  good. 

There  is  no  unclean  or  evil  thing.  Habits  that  are 
called  corrupt,  or  deeds  called  evil,  are  misconceptions  rela- 
tive to  good ;  they  result  from  not  knowing  God  as  the  All. 
Study  well  on  this  subject  Sections  6,  7,  9,  10,  of  Lesson  I. 
Until  we  know  what  it  is  to  be,  we  cannot  bear  truthful  wit- 
ness of  being ;  nor  does  life  with  all  its  cares  become  sacred 
and  pleasurable  to  us. 

2.  God  in  creation  is  a  trinity  in  unity — Mind,  Mental 
and  Visible,  or  Thinker,  Thought  and  Word.  God — the 
Creator — Individual,  the  Ideal,  or  the  permanent  thought  of 
Truth,  Body — the  spoken  Word  or  symbol.  As  all  ideals 
sustain  a  causal  relation  to  a  more  external  effect,  and  the 
Soul — being  the  idea  in  Infinite  Mind  or  Spirit — it  is 
idea  which  externalizes  form.  Therefore  bodies  are  effects 
and  not  cause,  and  are  not  intelligence,  or  power.  They 
being  effect  are  subject  to  and  operated  upon  by  thought ; 
and  according  to  the  line  or  nature  of  our  thought  and  belief, 
so  is  the  body.  Therefore,  if  we  hold  ourselves  in  Truth — 


52  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

our  thoughts  being  truthful — our  expressions  are  harmonious 
The  condition  of  the  body  is  wholly  dependent  upon  the 
quality  of  thought  and  the  line  of  belief  held  in  memory  by 
us. 

3.  Three  facts  are  necessary  for  all  expression  ;  there 
must  be  the  trinity,  viz.,  the  thinker,  the  thought,  and  the 
thing  thought  about.  The  purpose  of  creation  is  that  God 
may  become  manifest ;  and  the  purpose  of  individual  expres- 
sion is  that  God  may  be  manifest  in  the  individual.  Truth's 
thought,  being  the  first  expression  of  the  thinker,  or  the  first 
production  of  Mind,  is  that  which  produces  all  visible 
Creation,  and  upon  which  it  is  dependent.  Unless  our 
thoughts  be  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  the  Spirit,  or  unless 
they  express  the  attributes  of  Divine  Mind,  their  fruit  will  be 
delusion.  Infinite  Mind  gives  power  to  mentality  to  think, 
but  does  not  compel  one  line  of  thought ;  therefore,  all 
thought  does  not  represent  the  attributes  of  the  Infinite  Mind 
or  Spirit.  When  thought  looks  upon  effects  without  know- 
ing or  understanding  its  own  source,  it  accepts  appearances 
as  a  basis  from  which  to  reason.  Thoughts  which  are  the 
opposite  of  the  attributes  of  Divine  Mind  are  the  inharmony 
known  as  dis-ease.  Thought  forms  and  constructs  ;  it  grows 
the  tree  that  brings  forth  sweet  or  bitter  fruit — that  is,  harmc- 
nious  or  inharmonious  expression.  All  forms,  being  the 
product  of  thought,  are  ever  changing,  according  to  the 
thought.  As  a  man  thinketh  in  his  heart,  so  is  his  expres- 
sion., If  we  seek  to  lay  up  treasures  on  earth,  it  is  because 


EFFECT    OF    THOUGHT.  53 

we  are  attracted  to  the  temporal ;  and  where  the  thought 
is  attracted  there  will  the  attention  be  centered.  So,  if 
mentality  be  limited  to  form  or  expression,  it  is  based  in 
appearance,  which  is  neither  intelligence,  life  nor  power ;  so, 
to  be  carnally  minded  is  death.  Thoughts  or  beliefs  based 
upon  appearances  bring  forth  bitter  fruit.  If  we  look  upon 
the  letter  or  form,  and  place  our  affections  upon  it  or  temporal 
things — be  they  money,  houses  or  lands,  they  being  mortal 
must  pass  from  us,  or  we  from  them — and  we  shall  bring 
sorrow  upon  ourselves  because  we  do  not  know  or  love  the 
permanent.  Seek  to  know  and  love  the  Immortal  (Spirit), 
for  it  is  alone  real. 

4.  The  science  of  Spirit  will  give  you  a  knowledge  of 
the  Immortal ;  it  transfers  the  attention  and  affection  to  the 
Immortal,  and  thought    becomes  one  with   Infinite  Spirit. 
You  cannot  love  the  Immortal  until  you  find  and  know  your- 
self as  immortal ;  you  cannot  love  that  of  which  you  have 
no  understanding.     The  Invisible  is  alone  real ;  so  until  you 
know  yourself  as  such  you  cannot  understandingly  think 
the  thought  that  will  represent  Being,  and  express  the  Trin- 
ity in  Unity,  which  is  perfect  expression.     To  hold  self  in 
Truth  is  to  hold  self  in  Principle. 

5.  As  all  visible  things  are  first  in  idea,  which  is  in  the 
Mind,   and  are    builded    by    thought,   they  are  subject  to 
change  by  the  change  of  thought ;    for  nothing  but  effect 
can   be   affected    by  thought ;     the  thinker  is    above    and. 


54  SCIENCE   AND   HEALING. 

beyond  change — at  one  with  the  Father.  This  is  the  Law, 
nor  ever  is  it  otherwise.  This  should  do  away  with  the 
sensitiveness  beginners  have  upon  hearing  that  their  suffer- 
ing is  not  real,  but  a  belief;  also  upon  hearing  that  their 
suffering  is  the  result  of  so-called  evil  thought.  "Memory 
is  the  only  friend  that  grief  can  call  its  own. ' '  To  let  go  of 
the  past  and  live  in  the  present,  and  in  the  presence  of  Spirit, 
is  to  live  in  life.  To  let  go  of  all  thought  of  non-possession 
and  recognize  the  perfect,  now,  is  to  live  in  the  fulness  of 
Spirit — the  kingdom  of  heaven.  Now  is  the  eternal,  present ; 
what  we  do  not  recognize  as  being  present  we  do  not  enjoy. 
Then,  recognize  health,  power,  knowledge,  good — in  short, 
recognize  wholeness  that  now  are  you  complete,  in 
the  Infinite  Good,  and  you  will  enjoy  it  and  have  peace  and 
rest.  The  living  God  is  around  you,  above  you,  and  through 
you  all ;  so  you  are  protected  and  shielded  by  the  perfect 
good  at  all  times.  In  this  consciousness  we  find  ourselves 
above  the  plane  of  expression  and  limitation.  Recognize 
this  truth,  and  it  will  make  you  happy  and  free. 

6.  Thoughts  of  fear  paralyze  our  expression  and  darken 
the  mental  vision.  Fear,  when  indulged  in,  limits  all  effort 
on  the  sense  plane.  Anxious  thought  about  persons,  times, 
places  or  conditions,  will  produce  fever,  nervousness,  and 
almost  every  ailment  that  error  can  produce.  Anxiety  is  a 
form  of  fear,  which  almost  every  one  justifies  themselves  in 
holding ;  they  believe  it  to  be  a  duty  they  owe  to  their 
families  and  friends.  Hurry  is  fear,  and  should  not  be  in- 


EFFECT    OF    THOUGHT.  55 

dulged  in.  Fretfulness  and  faultfinding  are  a  lack  of  faith, 
which  means  a  lack  of  understanding.  Perfect  faith  in  or 
love  for  omnipresent  good  is  the  remedy  for  fear.  The  line 
of  thought  based  upon  opinion,  which  is  the  opposite  of  God, 
is  the  tree  which  is  hewn  down  and  cast  into  the  fire ;  for  as 
soon  as  the  facts  of  Spirit  are  stated  according  to  the  attri- 
butes, the  opposite  thought  and  opinion  is  cast  into  the  fire 
of  Spirit  and  consumed.  Truth  recognized  and  held  in 
thought  consumes  the  cause  of  discord  and  suffering,  hence 
there  is  no  more  bitter  fruit. 

7.  Christ  came  into  the  world  to  teach  the  way  to  truth 
and  life,  and  to  teach  what  being  is  and  the  purpose  of  crea- 
tion, and  what  thought  is  and  the  power  of  thought,  and 
the  fruits  of  thinking.  He  demonstrated  the  power  of  under- 
standing. "  Be  ye  perfect,  even  as  your  Father  in  heaven 
is  perfect.''  The  belief  of  imperfection  is  misconception. 
The  Infinite  creates  everything  within  itself ;  and  all  that  it 
makes  is  good,  for  there  is  naught  but  good  from  which  to 
create  or  in  which  to  produce.  Then,  put  from  you  all 
beliefs  of  imperfection  from  time  to  time,  when  they  would 
arise,  that  you  may  keep  in  remembrance  the  truth  that  God 
is  all  in  all.  If  you  have  believed  yourself  to  be  sinful — the 
opposite  in  being  from  God — you  have  been  in  error ;  the 
proof  that  you  were  in  error  is  the  suffering  and  misery  that 
it  brought  you.  You,  being  the  thinker,  can  change  your 
thought  and  believe  yourself  divine,  a  child  of  God — and 
that  He  is  your  life.  Then,  think  of  your  life  as  a  perfect 


56  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

one,  for  there  is  but  one  life ;  this  is  the  truth  that  free?, 
and  brings  peace,  that  passeth  understanding.  Understand- 
ing is  perfect  seeing  and  hearing.  Truth  grows  the  tree  of 
life  in  consciousness. 

8.  "Not  every  one  that  saith,  Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter 
the  kingdom  of  heaven  ;    but  he  that  doeth  the  will  of  the 
Father,  which  is  in  heaven."      We  know  that  if  our  thoughts 
be  at  one  in  quality  with  the  attributes  of  Spirit,   we  are 
doing  the  will  of  the  Father,  which  is  our  life.     There  can 
be    but    one    purpose   in  creation  ;    so,   the  purpose  of  the 
Father  and  the  purpose  of  His  children  are  one.     To  work 
in  concert  with  the  Father  is  to  be  conscious  of  the  kingdom 
of  heaven.     God  measures  not  His  spirit  to  His  children  ; 
so,  if  we  work  in  concert  with  Him  by  thinking  His  thoughts 
and  obeying  His  law — love,  there  is  no  limit  to  the  power 
for  good  or  to  our  knowledge ;   to  do  this  is  to  do  what  we 
see  the  Father  doing,  and  be  what  we  conceive  Him  to  be. 
"Be  ye  perfect,"  was  spoken  by  the  Spirit,  a  command  to 
the  individual  to  recognize  the  Truth  ;  see  ye  perfect — is  to 
understand  things  as  they  are  relative  to  God.     To  find  the 
permanent  is  to  find  ourselves,  and  to  know  what  we  shall 
ever  be. 

9.  As  the  Thinker  is  one  and  is  capable  of  all  thought, 
so  thought  is  capable  of  being  expressed  in  myriad  forms  of 
\vord,  deed  and  sensation.      "Ye  shall  know  them  by  their 
fruits."      Every  unalterable  truth  spoken  within  conscious- 


EFFECT  OF  THOUGHT.  57 

ness  helps  to  grow  the  tree  of  Eternal  Life  within  you,  and  to 
bring  forth  illumination  and  power.  This  is  doing  the  will 
of  the  Father,  the  fruit  of  which  is  manifested  good,  peace 
upon  earth,  and  good  will  to  men. 

Dear  students,  the  Infinite  Spirit  is  the  I  or  life  of  our- 
selves ;  therefore  we  cannot  live  a  separate  life  from  God,  or 
good.  They  who  try  to  live  a  separate  life  by  believing 
that  they  are  mortal,  and  apart  from  God,  live  in  darkness, 
because  they  do  not  draw  nigh  unto  the  place  of  understand- 
ing, and  to  that  which  is  inseparable  and  impersonal.  Not 
until  we  acknowledge  the  Infinite  Source  as  the  "I  "  of  self, 
are  we  in  a  condition  to  think  and  act  divinely ;  for  we  shall 
always  think  and  act  just  like  what  we  believe  ourselves  to 
be  and  to  be  related  to.  Not  until  we  hold  ourselves  indi- 
vidually at  one  with  the  divine  Being,  which  pervades  us, 
can  we  solve  the  problem  of  life  correctly,  nor  do  we  enter 
the  way  that  leadeth  to  a  knowledge  of  eternal  life,  and  which 
Jesus  gave  to  the  world.  This  attitude  is  the  position  of  a 
master,  in  which  we  may  understand  all  things. 

CONCLUSION. 

10.  Appearances,  the  effect  of  thought,  which  we  have 
been  dealing  with  in  the  lesson,  should  be  studied  from  the 
plane  of  knowledge,  which  is  Spirit — the  Creator,  not  from 
the  plane  of  effect.  If  this  be  done,  the  student  will  learn 
their  nature,  that  they  are  merely  appearances  of  thought  ; 
and  that  through  which  we  recognize  them  is  nothing  other 
than  thought.  Thought  recognizes  its  own  appearances  ; 


58  SCIENCE   ANt>    HEALING. 

how  could  an  appearance,  which  is  nothing  real,  recognize 
anything! — truly  it  is  without  power  to  do  so;  therefore, 
when  we  say  that  we  see,  hear,  feel,  or  in  any  way  sense 
effect,  we  mean  that  we  recognize  it  in  thought,  and  it  is 
held  in  consciousness  by  thought ;  and,  if  we  have  no 
thought  about  it,  we  have  no  recognition  of  it. 


LESSON     IV. 


THE  WAY  OF  RECONCILIATION. 


"  If  so  be  that  ye  have  heard  him  and  have  been  taught 
by  him,  as  the  truth  is  in  Jesus,  that  ye  put  off  concerning 
the  former  conversation  the  old  man,  which  is  corrupt 
according  to  the  deceitful  lusts,  and  be  renewed  in  the  spirit 
of  your  mind,  and  that  ye  put  on  the  new  man,  which  after 
God  is  created  in  righteousness  and  true  holiness.  Where- 
fore, putting  away  lying,  speak  every  man  truth  with  his 
neighbour,  for  we  are  members  of  one  another. " — Ephesians, 
ii' :  21-26. 

THE  OLD  AND  THE  NEW. 

i.  The  great  lost  secret  is  the  knowledge  of  God,  and 
his  relation  to  Nature  and  Man.  The  loss  of  this  knowledge 
is  due  to  the  deception  of  sense.  To  be  guided  by  the  senses 
is  to  be  under  their  dominion  in  belief;  and  whatever  we 
yield  ourselves  servants  to  obey,  their  servants  we  are.  To 
obey  the  senses  in  thought  and  action,  is  disobedience  to  the 
Spirit :  to  be  guided  by  the  senses  is  not  to  be  guided  by 
understanding ;  and  not  to  be  guided  by  understanding 
is  to  be  in  confusion  or  outer  darkness.  To  fall  from 
consciousness  of  truth  is  to  lose  knowledge  of  God,  and  of 
the  soul's  union  with  him.  The  science  of  Divine  Spirit 
reveals  the  fact  to  us  that  the  old,  old  truth,  is  the  new,  for 


60  SCIENCE   AND   HEALING. 

truth  never  changes ;    that  which  was,  is  now  and  ever  will 
be. 

In  this  lesson  we  shall  present  Truth,  and  the  method 
whereby  you  may  cease  to  partake  of  the  tree  of  the  knowl- 
edge of  good  and  evil,  and  partake  of  the  tree  of  life,  or  gain 
consciousness  of  first  and  final  truth  of  Being. 

2.  As  God  always  was,  is  now,  and  always  will  be  omni- 
present— perfect  good  always  was,  is  now,  and  always  will 
be  omnipresent.  Therefore  that  which  always  was,  is  now, 
and  always  will  be  omnipresent,  should  be  recognized  and 
acknowledged  now.  To  acknowledge  and  live  in  the  pres- 
ence of  God  is  to  live  in  an  undivided  consciousness  of 
good. 

Now  is  the  time  to  reap,  "that  both  he  that  soweth 
and  he  that  reapeth  may  rejoice  together."  If  we  do  not 
acknowledge  the  omnipresent  good  now,  we  shall  not  rejoice 
with  him  that  soweth  ;  and  he  that  soweth  is  eternal  joy. 
We  do  not  receive  wages  of  joy  until  we  reap.  We 
cannot  find  rest  unto  our  souls  by  recognizing  or  reaping 
that  which  is  continually  changing  and  passing  from  us. 
That  which  is  continually  being  made  is  corruptible  ;  and 
those  who  place  their  affections  upon  the  corruptible  reap 
disappointment.  That  which  is  made  but  once  (the  ideal) 
is  eternal ;  that  which  is  unchangeable  (the  Spirit)  is  eternal. 
It  is  Spirit  which  says  to  that  which  it  makes — I  am,  and 
because  I  am,  thou  art  ;  for  thou  art  my  very  self  manifest ; 
and  thou  shalt  ever  be  what  thou  -art.  By  penetrating  to 


WAY    OF    RECONCILIATION.  6 1 

the  depths  and  centre  of  consciousness  we  come  to  know 
that  Spirit  or  God  is,  and  that  He  is  the  I  am,  or  life  of  the 
soul.  Then  no  longer  is  God  concealed  from  us  to  be  re- 
vealed in  the  remote  future,  but  is  to  us  the  living,  present 
good  ;  and  no  longer  is  our  path  dark  and  dreary,  shadowed 
by  the  delusions  of  sense.  "If  we  find  not  God  within  our- 
selves, we  may  seek  in  vain  elsewhere."  First  seek  and  find 
Him  there,  and  you  will  find  Him  everywhere.  Seek  the 
Spirit  in  truth  and  you  shall  find  that  you  possess  the  King- 
dom. Meditate,  dear  students  and  children  of  Spirit,  and 
read  between  the  lines  ;  and  you  will  know,  that  to  speak 
and  act  the  truth  is  to  worship  in  spirit  and  in  truth. 

THE  FALSE  AND  THE  TRUE. 

3.  Dear  students,  if  it  be  that  we  are  taught  by  the 
Christ  as  the  truth  was  in  Jesus;  and,  if  we  speak  the  truth 
as  he  spoke  it,  we  shall  cease  conversation  about  the  body, 
and  cease  identifying  ourselves  with  sensation  and  effect  of 
thought,  for  thought  spoken  is  the  letter,  and  the  letter  is  a 
mere  symbol  or  appearance  of  past  thought.  To  be  centered 
in  the  letter  is  to  be  centered  in  the  result  of  thought,  which 
is  passed,  hence  is  dead.  Life  is  present  goodness.  There- 
fore, to  identify  ourselves  with  the  letter  or  effect  is  to  identify 
ourselves  with  that  which  is  dead,  and  to  identify  ourselves 
with  the  dead  is  a  cause  for  feeling  of  limitation,  which 
results  in  pain  and  separation  from  the  physical  body.  Sc, 
if  it  be  that  we  speak  the  truth  as  Jesus  spoke  it,  we  shall 
refuse  to  let  the  senses  speak  in  opposition  to  the  Spirit;  and 


62  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

through  faith  we  shall  assume  our  true  position  as  a  Divine 
Soul,  or  the  Father's  idea;  we  shall  hold  ourselves  in  truth 
by  thinking  of  ourselves  as  being  what  true  being  is,  and  by 
ceasing  to  make  excuses  for  our  shortcomings  and  errors, 
beause  Adam  partook  of  the  tree  of  knowledge  of  good  and 
evil,  and  fell  into  doubt  and  desire.  They  who  are  guided 
by  sense  partake  of  the  forbidden  fruit,  and  are  dead  to 
spiritual  truth;  all  who  are  separated  in  consciousness  from 
the  ever  present  first  and  final  truth,  seek  out  many 
inventions  by  which  to  be  saved  from  error,  and  come  into 
a  multiplicity  of  beliefs.  While  thoughts  are  fluctuating 
between  two  or  more  opposite  beliefs  they  constitute  a  state 
of  doubt.  To  doubt  is  to  stand  still;  and  to  stand  still  is 
mental  stagnation,  which  is  the  fall. 

4.  Through  speaking  the  truth  with  love  we  may  grow 
into  a  consciousness  of  the  Father,  even  of  the  fountain-head 
of  all  good.  Through  daring  to  bear  witness  of  our  divine 
self-hood,  and  that  God  is  our  Father,  and  that  we  have  no 
other,  and  tiint  He  is  our  life,  and  that  we  have  no  other; 
and  through  daring  to  declare  the  unalterable  truth,  that  it 
ij  not  we  that  live  but  the  Father — which  is  the  life — in  us, 
and  that  there  can  be  no  separation  of  the  living  from  the 
source  of  life,  we  shall  arise  and  go  to  the  Father.  To 
acknowledge  these  truths  with  love  is  to  fulfil  our  duty  to 
God,  and  do  His  will.  This  true  relationship  must  be 
recognized  by  the  children  of  God  before  they  can  become 
conscious  of  working  with  him.  To  be  renewed  in  the  Spirit 


WAY    OF    RECONCILIATION.  63 

of  your  mind  is  to  awaken  from  the  dream  of  sense.  Until 
the  senses  are  enlightened  they  alienate  us  from  the  under- 
standing of  these  truths.  When  the  senses  are  enlightened 
they  serve  the  mind,  and  we  see  with  understanding;  and  to 
see  with  understanding  is  to  destroy  the  cause  of  inhar- 
monious expression.  To  speak  the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus 
enables  us  to  grow  up  into  truth  in  all  things,  even  Christ. 
When  once  the  intellect  and  reason  is  raised  above  sense, 
and  we  realize  true  being,  we  shall  cease  to  say  impossible 
to  anything,  or  claim  weakness  or  limitation  for  ourselves. 
To  know  things  as  they  are,  and  to  live  the  truth,  is  to  be 
spiritually  minded,  which  is  life  and  peace.  To  be  in  truth 
is  to  be  in  heaven ;  to  be  out  of  truth  is  to  be  out  of  heaven. 
To  live  the  truth  is  to  bring  heaven  upon  earth,  or  make  it 
manifest.  The  thought  and  deed  can  never  be  as  great  as 
the  thinker  or  actor;  if  we  think  the  thought  and  do  the  will 
of  the  Father,  it  is  necessary  that  we  be  one  with  the  Father, 
and  speak  and  act  from  the  Spirit.  \Vhen  we  think  the 
thoughts  of  the  Father,  and  know  our  purpose  to  be  His 
purpose,  and  our  will  His  will,  Christ  has  arisen  in  us — we 
are  born  again.  When  freed  by  the  truth  there  is  no  more 
strife. 

5.  We  shall  put  away  the  false  by  ceasing  our  efforts 
to  make  this  physical  plane  a  plane  of  cause;  and  by  ceasing 
to  express  in  thought,  word  or  act,  as  if  we  were  mortal. 
Do  not,  then,  think  and  speak  of  physical  strength  and 
physical  weakness,  or  as  if  the  body  were  life,  intelligence 


64  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

and  power;  or  as  if  it  had  sensation  or  feeling.  Reckon  as 
if  the  body  were  dead,  or  as  profiting  nothing;  and  reckon 
as  if  you  were  life  eternal,  as  did  Christ;  and  the  mists  of 
illusion  will  roll  away,  and  you  will  discover  that  the  body 
does  not  limit,  trouble,  or  environ  you  in  any  way.  Put  off 
the  false  conversation,  that  you  are  something  that  can  die 
— that  can  be  dead  at  one  time,  and  alive  at  another,  or  that 
can  be  sick  at  one  time  and  well  at  another — and  clothe 
yourselves  with  the  truth  of  true  being,  and  your  whole  body 
will  be  full  of  light,  radiant  with  truth.  Then  put  off  the 
false  conversation  about  changeable  weather  affecting  you, 
and  about  it  being  good  and  bad  ;  and  about  the  wind  being 
agreeable  and  disagreeable  ;  and  about  food  being  digestible 
and  indigestible  ;  the  belief  that  we  can  be  affected  by  these 
things  is  an  admission  that  we  believe  ourselves  to  be  mortal, 
and  that  we  can  thereby  be  made  miserable,  sick  or  well, 
dead  or  alive,  by  the  climate,  the  weather,  or  material  food. 
All  conversation  of  this  nature  belongs  to  the  old  man,  and 
is  according  to  the  deceit  of  sense  ;  it  is  based  upon  mortal 
appearances,  and  is  therefore  false.  Such  thoughts  produce 
appearances  in  the  body  which  we  name  disease,  or  pain. 
This  and  all  like  conversation  is  not  based  upon  principle; 
hence  is  not  true.  Then  all  false  conversation  about  self  is 
the  expression  of  the  one  race  belief,  that  we  are  mortal  now, 
but  will  be  immortal  when  we  die;  and  that  as  we  are  mortal 
now,  we  are  subject  to  physical  things,  and  are  dependent 
upon  them  for  life,  power  and  happiness;  but  when  we  die, 
we  shall  have  eternal  life.  To  be  in  truthful  thought  is  to 


\VAY    OF    RECONCILIATION.  65 

think  that  you  are  yourself  the  life,  power  and  happiness 
you  want  to  manifest  or  show  forth ;  that  you  are  forever  at 
one  with  the  Infinite,  for  there  is  but  one  all. 

The  body  is  not  you,  but  your  spoken  word  ;  it  is  a 
symbol  which  you  retain  in  your  consciousness  by  partaking 
of  material  food,  or  like  symbols  ;  otherwise  you  could  not 
express  yourself  (which  is  invisible)  in  this  world  of  symbol. 
It  is  an  error  to  believe  that  food  gives  life,  or  that  external 
things  produce  health  or  happiness.  The  giver  is  God,  and 
there  is  no  other  ;  all  life  is  God,  and  there  is  no  other. 
Effect  cannot  become  the  cause  ;  the  mortal  cannot  give 
life,  matter  cannot  evolve  mind  or  spirit. 

The  law  of  expression  is  from  Infinite  Spirit  or  mind  to 
mental,  then  to  material  form  ;  or  from  the  Thinker  to 
Thought,  to  Word  ;  and  never  is  it  otherwise.  It  works 
not  from  material  form  to  Spirit — from  the  Word  to  the 
Thinker  ;  hence  it  is  absolutely  false  to  believe  that  effects 
or  external  things  can  re-act  and  affect  Being. 

This  false  belief  is  the  only  inlet  for  outside  error  ;  which 
is  spoken  of  as  taking  on  conditions  and  being  affected  by 
the  thought  of  others.  This  false  belief  is  the  only  means 
by  which  we  can  relate  our  bodies  to  what  is  called  miasmal 
or  poisonous  atmospheres. 

6.  Unchanging  truth,  dear  student,  is  eternal  freedom. 
All  that  is  bound  in  seeming  will  be  freed  by  it.  All  who 
live  and  know  the  truth  are  free.  To  gain  the  truth  is  to 


66  SCIENCE    AND    HEALINCi. 

break  the  bonds  of  sense.  To  accept  the  truth  of  the  pres- 
ence of  God,  is  to  accept  the  truth  of  the  presence  of  all 
goodness  ;  and  this  it  is  to  gather  fruit  unto  everlasting  life. 
Acknowledgment  of  The  One  is  acknowledgment  of  all. 

St.  Paul  says — give  no  place  to  the  Devil.  We  should 
not ;  for  God  fills  heaven  and  earth.  Hence  it  is  an  offense 
against  God  to  believe  in  the  opposite  of  His  being.  His 
words  to  His  children  are — represent  me  in  all  your  thoughts, 
and  I  will  guide  you  into  all  wisdom  ;  believe  in  nothing  but 
me,  and  you  will  find  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven. 

To  put  away  error  by  speaking  the  truth  is  to  overcome 
evil  with  good;  "that  we  henceforth  be  no  more  children 
tossed  to  and  fro,  carried  about  by  every  wind  of  doctrine. 
That  is,  to  be  no  more  acted  upon  in  belief  by  the  weather, 
or  by  the  opinion  or  sleight  of  friends  ;  but  by  speaking  the 
truth  to  them  in  love  we  hold  the  reins  of  freedom  in  our 
grasp,  which  shields  from  all  harm.  Error  cannot  disturb 
the  truth  ;  it  is  forever  above  and  beyond  disturbance  ;  and 
all  who  hold  themselves  in  truth,  know  that  they  are  not 
acted  upon  by  mortal  conditions.  As  Christ  led  captivity 
captive,  and  gave  gifts  unto  men,  so  when  we  awaken  to 
truth  we  lead  the  senses  captive,  and  ascend  in  understand- 
ing to  the  Spirit.  The  Spirit  sees  and  bears  witness  through 
us  ;  and  we  express  its  power,  which  is  the  gift  of  Spirit. 

WHAT  to  DENY  AND  WHAT  TO  AFFIRM. 
7.    God  is  infinite,  indivisible  and  unalterable  goodness. 
Goodness  includes  life,    truth,  love,    power,    understanding, 


WAV    OF    RECONCILIATION.  67 

and  strength,  knowledge,  faith,  presence,  justice,  mercy. 
harmony,  and  chanty. 

As  God  is  infinite  and  unalterable  goodness,  then  all 
>  Iness  must  be  eternal;  and  the  opposite  must  be  false 
appearance. 

As  life,  truth  and  understanding  are  eternal,  death. 
falsehood  and  ignorance  must  be  false  appearance. 

As  love,  strength,  knowledge  and  faith  are  eternal,  hate, 
weakness,  feur  and  doubt  must  be  false  appearance. 

As  God  is  love,  and  everywhere  at  all  times,  and  no 
respecter  of  persons,  then  prejudice  and  aversion  are  false 
appearances. 

As  justice,  mercy,  harmony  and  charity  are  eternal,  then 
revenge,  cruelty,  disease  and  envy  are  false  appearances. 

As  that  which  is  eternal  is  truth,  temporary  appearances 
are  false. 

As  that  which  is  eternal  is  real,  temporary  appearances 
must  be  unreal. 

As  that  which  is  eternal  is  substance,  temporary  appear- 
ances must  be  shadow. 

Then  the  new  man  is  the  man  of  truth  :  the  old  man  is 
the  man  of  falsehood. 

The  new  man  is  the  real  man,  the  old  man  is  the  unreal. 
The  new  man  is  the  man  of  substance,  the  old  man  is  the 
man  of  shadow. 

To  put  off  the  old  man  is  to  cease  thinking  that  you 
are  that  which  is  temporary  ;  to  put  on  the  new  man  is  to 
think  that  vou  are  that  which  is  eternal. 


68  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

To  put  off  the  old  man  is  to  cease  thinking  death,  false- 
hood, ignorance,  hate,  or  weakness ;  to  put  on  the  new  man 
is  to  think  life,  truth,  and  understanding,  love  and  strength. 

To  put  off  the  old  man  is  to  cease  thinking  fear,  doubt, 
prejudice  and  aversion ;  putting  on  the  new  man  is  thinking 
knowledge,  faith,  and  universal  love — without  respect  to 
person. 

To  put  off  the  old  man  [is  to  cease  thinking  revenge  or 
cruelty,  disease  or  evil ;  putting  on  the  new  man  is  thinking 
justice,  mercy,  harmony  and  charity. 

To  put  off  the  old  man  is  to  refrain  from  judging  accord- 
ing to  the  senses  ;  to  put  on  the  new  man  is  to  judge  accord- 
ing to  the  Spirit. 

To  put  away  lying  is  to  put  away  all  conversation  about 
being  temporary  and  mortal. 

To  speak  the  truth  with  each  other,  is  to  converse  about 
being  that  which  is  eternal. 

To  be  in  error  is  to  believe  that  we  are  mortal. 

To  be  in  truth  is  to  know  that  we  are  the  immortal. 

The  Infinite  and  Unalterable  Good  says :  believe  in 
nothing  but  the  Infinite  and  Unalterable,  and  you  will  find 
the  truth  that  frees,  and  the  peace  that  passeth  under- 
standing. 

The  deceitful  senses  say  :  believe  in  all  appearances,  and 
you  shall  become  as  gods;  this  promise  believed  in  leads  to 
unconsciousness,  ignorance  and  desolation,  because  belief  is 
centered  in  feeling  or  sense. 


WAY    OF    RECONCILIATION.  69 

8.  Put  off  this  primitive  condition,  or  the  old  man,  and 
let  your  childhood  pass   by ;    assume    the   true  position   of 
a    Son  of  God,   and  express  the  truth  in  wholeness.      All 
perfection,  that  has  been,  and  that  ever  will  be,  is  now.     To 
recognize  it,  is  to  receive  it;   or  to  acknowledge  it,   is  to 
awaken  to  a  realization  of  Being,  which  will  enable  you  to 
speak  the  truth  as  it  was  in  Jesus.    Truth  is  the  daily  baptism 
for  the  awakened.      So  the  scientist  renders  thanks  hourly 
for    good    received,     for    knowledge    gained,     for    health 
expressed,   for  truth  perceived,  for  love  manifest,  for  God 
revealed,  for  the  ever  present  Goodness. 

9.  If  it  be  that  we  have  had  ears  to  hear  what  the  Spirit 
saith,   and    have   heard,   we   have   put  off  all   conversation 
concerning  the  old  man,  and  we  have  taken  on  the  new  man, 
which  after  God  is  created  in  righteousness  and  true  holiness  ; 
we  have  reckoned  temporary  things  as  dead,  and  ourselves 
as  alive  with  Christ  unto  God  ;   we  have  identified  ourselves 
with  the  One,  which  is  Creator  and  life  of  all  things,  and  are 
renewed  in  the  spirit  of  our  mind  in  understanding.     Accord* 
ing  to  the  measure  of  your  truth  have  you  expressed  Christ 
as  it  was  in  Jesus.     To  express  the  truth  is  to  express  im- 
mortality ;  and  it  is  truth  which  i.s  the  permanent  remedy 
for  all  disease. 


PREFACE    TO    LESSON    V. 


BAPTISM  BY  THE  SPIRIT. 


Infinite  Spirit's  instruction  to  the  individual :  Thon 
art  iiiv  verv  self  manifest.  I  am  thy  life,  power  and 
substance ;  I  live  in  thee,  and  thoit  by  Me ;  and  we  can 
never  be  separated.  Thou  hast  not  at  anv  time  fallen  or 
wandered  away  from  Me.  My  being  tin1  life  is,  and  thou 
hast  no  other  life  or  being ;  for  I  am  everywhere,  and  in- 
clude all  within  Myself. 

Thou  art  good,  because  I  am  goodness ;  tlwu  art  living, 
because  I  am  life  ;  thou  art  loving,  for  I  am  love  ;  thou  art 
true,  for  I  atu  truth  ;  thou  art  impersonal,  for  I  am  infinite 
and  no  respecter  of  persons ;  thou  art  created  in  righteous- 
ness and  true  holiness,  for  thou  art  created  within  Mvself, 
and  art  Myself  manifest. 

Dear  child  of  My  being!  speak  My  word  for  thyself, 
by  claiming  wholeness  for  thyself.  Awake  from  thy  dream 
of  sense,  and  know  that  thou  art  within  Mv  kingdom  at  this 
time,  and  know  that  thou  art  radiant  within  and  without 
with  My  Being;  thou  art  clothed  with  the  Sun  of  Truth 
now.  Make  thine  eye  single  to  Me,  and  thou  wilt  know 
that  thou  art  full  of  light.  Believe  in  Jlfe,  and  manifest 
Me  in  all  thv  wavs,  and  J  will  direct  tin  'path.  Recognize 
absolute  goodness  and  see  naitght  but  goodness,  and  thou 


SPIRIT    BAPTISM.  7 1 

shalt  hare  dominion  over  all  manifestation;  for  he  that  doeth 
My  will  cometh  to  Me,  and  shall  do  the  things  that  I  do, 
and  realize  the  peace  which  passeth  understanding,  which  I 
alone  possess.  Thou  art  at  this  time  whole  and  complete 
and  lack  nothing,  for  I  am  thy  sufficiency. 

All  who  realize  the  truth  of  these  instructions  may  use 
them  successfully  as  a  baptism  to  bless  others,  and  help 
those  who  need  to  realize  their  union  with  God.  Let  your 
blessings  rest  upon  all  alike;  be  ye  doers  of  the  word  and 
not  hearers  only,  and  your  way  will  be  made  clear. 


LESSON    V. 


SCIENCE — THE  PRAYER  OF  UNDERSTANDING, 


As  a  short  introduction  to  this  and  following  lessons,  we 
deem  it  profitable  to  give  a  condensed  statement  of  the  basic 
principles  of  science  contained  in  the  foregoing  lessons. 

i.  To  students  of  the  Science  of  Infinite  Spirit,  we 
would  say,  that  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  spirit  of  unity 
before  you  as  a  basis  for  your  conclusions  in  solving  the 


72  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

problem  of  life.  '  As  there  can  be  but  one  All  or  Infinite, 
One  is  unity,  and  unity  is  for  ever  the  absolute  state  of  one  ; 
one  is  not  division.  God  and  His  creation  is  a  trinity  in 
unity,  which  truth  is  as  capable  of  demonstration  as  is  the 
truth  of  mathematics.  So,  to  solve  the  problem  of  life  three 
facts  only  are  necessary,  namely  :  the  Thinker,  the  Thought, 
and  the  Thing  thought  about.  To  find  the  true  relation  of 
the  Creator  to  the  creation  of  heaven  and  earth,  is  to  find 
that  they  are  contained  within  the  Creator ;  and  that  they 
are  a  trinity  in  unity.  The  closer  we  hold  to  unity,  the 
nearer  we  are  to  absolute  truth  ;  and  the  closer  we  hold  to 
the  teachings  of  the  Christ,  the  nearer  are  we  to  unity  ;  and 
the  further  we  are  from  unity  and  the  Christ  teachings,  the 
further  are  we  from  the  absolute  Truth,  and  the  more 
complicated  does  the  problem  of  life  seem  to  us. 

2.  Man  has  sought  out  many  inventions  in  his  efforts 
to  unravel  the  mysteries  of  self  psychology  and  delusion. 
All  mysticism  is  bewilderment  relative  to  detail  of  expression. 
When  we  extend  effort  beyond  the  trinity  of  truth — in 
analyzing  the  Law  of  Creation — which  embraces  all,  we  lose 
sight  of  the  unity  of  life,  and  understanding  becomes  be- 
wildered with  detail,  which  proves  nothing.  God  and  crea- 
tion is  the  simple  trinity  of  Thinker,  Thought  and  Word. 
As  our  thoughts  and  words  are  included  within  us,  so  the 
possibility  of  all  bodies  are  included  within  Spirit.  When 
our  thoughts  and  words  are  true  of  truth,  or  when  they  are 
those  of  Spirit,  then  the  unity  of  the  trinity  is  knowingly 


PRAYER    OF    UNDERSTANDING.  73 

manitest  in  us ;  therefore,  by  thinking  the  thought  of  Spirit 
and  speaking  as  it  speaks,  we  demonstrate  the  problem  of  life 
within  ourselves.  Demonstration  makes  all  clear.  The 
things  that  are  made  are  not  made  of  things  which  do 
appear. 

3.  Matter  is  said  to  contain  sixty-four  elements,  each 
and  all  of  which  it  is  claimed  are  reducible  to  the  one  ele- 
ment, that  of  hydrogen  gas  ;  then  to  look  at  matter  as  sixty- 
four  different  elements,  is  confusion  or  unnecessary  detail. 
Division  is  weakness  and  delusion  ;  unity  is  strength   and 
clearness  of  understanding,  because  it  is  truth. 

The  individual  and  body  are  respectively  the  thought 
and  word  of  Spirit,  and  belong  to  it.  As  it  is  with  one,  so 
it  is  with  all,  there  is  no  difference  in  truth.  Thoughts  are 
produced  by  the  thinker,  and  words  by  thought.  Universal 
Matter  being  the  spoken  word  of  the  Infinite,  it  comes  forth 
as  a  diminution  of  power.  Spirit  is  power  itself;  the  thought 
is  a  manifestation  of  power — is  powerful — the  word  is  an 
appearance  of  power.  Hence  Matter  is  not  life,  intelligence, 
or  substance  ;  and  it  is  not  creative  power,  but  is  the  proof 
or  example  of  power. 

4.  The  question  is  often  asked — is  matter  perfectable  or 
transmutable  into  Spirit  ?     Matter  being  an  effect  can  never 
be  anything  other  than  an  effect.      It  is  a  perfect  symbol, 
but  in  no  other  sense  is  it  perfect  or  imperfect.     Our  bodies 
being  thought  made  apparent,  when  our  thoughts  are  perfect 


74  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

symbols  of  Divine  Spirit  and  are  unwavering  in  truth — that 
is,  when  we  think  truth  without  omission — our  bodies  will 
be  luminous  as  are  our  thoughts. 

Then  as  God  is  Infinite,  the  Universe  is  a  grand  whole, 
and  the  things  which  are  made  visible  on  this  plane  are 
proofs  of  invisible  thought.  And  invisible  thought  is  proof 
of  the  more  invisible  thinker.  Herein  lies  the  one  method 
of  manifestation,  the  method  for  the  solution  of  the  problem 
of  life. 

PRAYER  OF  UNDERSTANDING. 

5.  The  Scientist's  prayer  of  understanding  is  that  of 
rendering  thanks  by  acknowledging  that  which  has  been 
received.  Turning  from  the  letter  to  Spirit,  and  recogniz- 
ing the  presence  of  all  goodness,  reconciles  thought  to  good- 
ness ;  and  through  faithfulness  in  thought  to  goodness, 
understanding  becomes  manifest.  Faithfulness  is  the  sub- 
stance of  all  good  hoped  for. 

True  prayer  is  seeking ;  and  true  seeking  is  finding  ; 
for  true  seeking  is  the  recognition  of  God.  And  to  recog- 
nize Him  is  to  know  that  we  have  what  we  recognize ;  and 
this  is  finding  or  receiving  Him.  Prayer  does  not  change 
divine  law.  The  infinite  law  is  one,  and  may  be  defined  in 
one  word — love.  Love  is  the  law  of  being,  or  of  all  that  is; 
it  is  unchanging  and  cannot  be  broken.  The  law  of  the 
infinite  cannot  be  changed  to  any  opinion  of  the  individual, 
but  individual  opinion  must  be  set  aside  for  infinite  law. 
This  is  the  prayer  of  the  Scientist.  So  prayer  is  not  in- 


PRAYER    OF   UNDERSTANDING.  75 

tended  to  change  the  divine  order  or  plan,  but  is  an  earnest 
seeking  to  adjust  and  reconcile  all  mental  conditions  to  the 
spirit  of  understanding.  It  is  the  earnest  desire  to  be 
conscious  of  oneness  with  good,  or  to  know  God  and  be 
relieved  from  bondage  to  sense.  Prayer  and  Faith  go  hand 
in  hand  ;  so  if  we  pray  for  health  or  happiness,  or  to  have 
any  condition  removed,  that  we  may  realize  that  we  are  at 
one  with  all  goodness,  we  must  have  faith  that  the  condition 
hoped  for  is  possible  ;  thus  faith  is  the  substance  of  that 
which  we  pray  for. 

6.  Many  persons  pray  for  health,  believing  more  in  the 
appearances  of  disease  than  they  do  in  health  ;  they  pray  to 
the  Father  to  be  relieved  from  suffering,  but  they  decide  to 
take  some  medicine  in  order  that  they  may  feel  sure  of 
getting  well.  And  if  they  be  not  relieved  either  by  medi- 
cine or  by  prayer,  they  conclude  that  they  are  unworthy  to 
be  answered  ;  the  true  reason  why  their  prayer  appears  to 
be  unanswered  is  because  of  their  division  in  faith ;  in  reality 
it  is  not  unanswered,  for  they  receive  according  to  their 
measure  or  divided  faith.  If  their  faith  in  medicine  is  strong 
enough  to  re-establish  an  equilibrium,  it  is  the  substance  of 
what  they  hoped  for.  But  such  cures  (so-called)  only 
change  one  belief  for  another,  and  are  not  permanent,  be- 
cause they  do  not  bring  the  patient  into  knowledge  of  truth. 
But  if  they  are  relieved  from  pain  by  their  faith  in  medicine, 
they  think  no  more  of  the  efficacy  of  prayer.  What  we 
have  faith  in  we  pray  to,  or  yield  our  thoughts  to  obey. 


76  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

7.  "  If  any  man  lack  wisdom  let  him  ask  of  God,  that 
giveth  to  all  men  liberally,  and  it  shall  be  given." — James 
i :  5.  But  we  must  believe  that  wisdom  is  for  us.  Then 
true  seeking  is  acknowledging  that  what  you  wish  to  re- 
ceive ?s,  and  is  for  you  to  manifest.  If  then  we  acknowledge 
the  truth  that  all  good  is  omnipresent  and  is  our  life,  and 
that  we  have  no  other,  we  shall  learn  to  glorify  God  in  our 
bodies — as  St.  Paul  said  ;  and  we  shall  find  our  life  to  be 
the  infinite  life,  and  we  shall  lose  all  thought  of  separateness 
between  ourselves  and  others.  And  this  is  Divine  love.  So 
he  that  finds  his  life  shall  lose  it.  Then  let  us  seek  in  faith, 
believing,  not  wavering,  and  we  will  become  stable  in  our 
thoughts  of  truth,  and  cease  to  be  "tossed  to  and  fro  by 
every  wind  of  doctrine. ' '  Let  not  that  man  who  doubts  or 
is  "double-minded"  think  that  he  shall  receive  any  thing 
from  the  Lord.  Why?  Because  as  long  as  we  are  waver- 
ing in  our  thoughts  we  are  not  truly  asking  of  God  ;  that  is, 
we  are  not  manifesting  God  in  our  thoughts. 

It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  the  efficacy  of  prayer  is 
destroyed  because  of  unbelief;  and  that  we  hold  conditions 
of  suffering  because  of  our  belief  in  them  !  Persons  who  are 
in  doubt,  would  be  surprised  if  they  did  receive  what  they 
prayed  for.  They  who  pray  with  understanding  will  pray 
in  faith,  believing  that  what  they  pray  for  is,  and  is  for  them, 
and  that  ' '  God  is  a  rewarder  of  them  that  diligently  seek 
Him."  God,  the  giver  of  all  good,  being  our  life,  we  will 
receive  goodness  by  manifesting  it  in  our  thoughts.  And 


PRAYER    OF    UNDERSTANDING.  77 

according  to  our  faithfulness  in  thought  to  goodness,  so  will 
it  be  to  us  in  expression.  Unless  we  watch  and  pray 
continually  we  shall  not  overcome.  Unless  we  face  the 
good  and  acknowledge  its  presence  continually,  we  shall  not 
be  able  to  put  away  erroneous  belief;  the  faithful  in  thought 
to  goodness  will  wear  the  crown  of  spiritual  knowledge  and 
power. 

<S.  Prayer  is  usually  a  recognized  need,  and  is  an 
expressed  desire  to  have  that  need  supplied;  true  prayer  is 
the  act  of  doing,  which  is  rendering  thanks  lor  what  has 
been  received.  True  prayer  is  made  apparent  or  expressed 
in  all  nature.  With  unwavering  energy  every  Soul  in  nature 
prays,  or  strives  to  manifest  itself.  The  Divine  Mind,  which 
pervades  all,  acts  in  all;  and  the  substance  of  that  action  is 
faith  pressing  the  possibilities  of  Soul  onward  and  outward 
into  manifestation  of  itself.  The  answer  to  prayer  may  be 
said  to  be  divine  faith  unfolding,  or  speaking  forth  words  or 
forms  in  Nature  representative  of  ideas,  pressing  onward  and 
upward,  which  is  growth  and  expansion.  Therefore,  true 
prayer  is  seeking  or  the  act  of  revealing  the  inner  and 
invisible  life  of  God  in  the  seed,  the  plant,  the  animal,  and 
man;  causing  the  seed  to  struggle  in  the  darkness,  as  it 
were,  to  burst  the  ground  apart  and  face  the  sunlight.  The 
plant  or  tree  is  the  answer  to  or  result  of  that  prayer  or 
seeking;  it  is  the  experience  of  that  soul  or  outgrowth  of  its 
effort  to  manifest  invisible  life.  All  things  in  nature  are 
obeying  the  Divine  injunction  placed  upon  them  by  the 


78  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

Father.  Let  thy  faith  be  as  that  of  a  mustard  seed.  '  'Through 
faith  we  understand  that  worlds  were  framed ;  so  that  the  things 
which  are  seen  were  not  made  of  things  which  do  appear. ' ' 
All  that  is  formed  and  is  visible  is  a  symbol  in  and  of  the 
silent,  formless  and  invisible.  All  power  is  formless — "the 
kingdom  of  God  is  not  in  word  but  in  power. " — /  Cor.  iv:  20. 

9.  We  are  commanded  to  overcome  evil  with  goodness. 
"Be  not  overcome  of  evil,  but  overcome  evil  with  good." 
"He  that  loveth  another,  fulfilleth  the  law."     Then  to  fulfil 
the  law  by  loving,  is  true  seeking.      As   there  is  no   power 
but  God,   to  overcome  evil  with  goodness,  is  to  recognize 
the  truth,  that  there  is  nothing  but  Goodness.      Then  think 
and    act    accordingly.        This    recognition    is    the    absolute 
method  of  seeking;  and   is   the   method  that  will  bring  the 
highest  unfoldment;  for  you  will  manifest  what  you  recognize. 

Darwin  suggests  that  the  way  the  eagle  got  his  wings 
was  from  his  inward  impulse  to  soar.  This  inward  impulse 
is  the  silent  prayer  inherent  in  Being,  and  seeking  expression 
in  all  nature;  that  is,  prayer  is  the  silent  impulse,  which 
moves  alike  in  the  blade  of  grass  and  in  the  man,  moving 
onward  and  upward  to  a  realization  or  truthful  understanding 
of  itself.  Thus  soul  is  demonstrated. 

10.  Pray  without  ceasing;  but  let  your  prayer  be  one 
of  acknowledgment,  a  prayer  of  Spirit  and  of  understanding; 
such  an  one  will  be  an  acknowledgement  of  Goodness  in  all 
your  ways.      "  Happy  is  the  man  who  getteth  wisdom;  she 


PRAYER    OF    UNDERSTANDING.  79 

is  the  tree  of  life  to  them  who  lay  hold  upon  her. "  "  Through 
wisdom  the  Lord  hath  formed  the  earth."  To  pray  under- 
standingly,  enter  the  silence;  and  there  found  the  mansion 
of  truth  in  your  consciousness,  and  live  in  it.  And  when 
you  enter  the  silence,  close  the  door  of  sense,  and  commune 
with  infinite  Spirit.  Then  the  mansion  of  truth  which  you 
have  founded  in  consciousness  in  the  silence  will  become 
your  habitation  on  this  plane;  that  is — "thy  father  which 
heareth  in  secret  will  reward  thee  openly."  The  omni- 
present Spirit  is  the  closet,  the  place  which  God  hath 
guarded  with  silence  most  profound.  So,  when  ye  enter 
this  closet  to  pray,  forgive  if  ye  have  aught  against  another, 
that  your  Father  may  forgive  your  trespasses.  This  shows 
us  that  to  be  forgiven  is  to  correct  our  own  errors,  and  that 
true  prayer  is  adjusting  our  thoughts  to  God,  which  is 
fulfilling  the  law;  and  in  so  doing  we  prove  our  faith  with 
works.  "Therefore  I  say  unto  you,  what  things  so  ever 
ye  desire,  when  ye  pray,  believe  that  ye  receive  them,  and 
ye  shall  have  them."  So.  according  to  our  faith,  shall  we 
receive.  Then  we  should  be  careful  in  what  we  put  our 
trust.  Let  us  not  put  our  faith  in  beliefs;  for  false  beliefs 
are  obsessing  opinions  which  will  not  be  turned  out,  but  by 
the  prayer  of  understanding,  or  by  a  knowledge  of  the 
truth  that  God  is  all  in  all.  With  thoughts  adjusted  to  this 
all  inclusive  truth,  whatsoever  ye  ask  in  faith,  by  speaking 
the  truth,  ye  shall  receive  or  manifest  on  this  plane.  Then 
always  pray  by  speaking  the  truth,  and  it  will  make  you 
free.  "Pray  for  them  which  despitefully  use  you,"  by 


80  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

holding  them,  in  your  thoughts,  in  love  and  truth;  and  you 
will  fulfil  the  law  of  being,  which  is  reconciliation  to  God. 
Love  is  the  angel  of  Peace  that  guides  out  of  darkness,  and 
Truth  is  the  light  accompanying  Love,  which  illumines 
mentality  and  frees  from  bondage  to  sense.  Love  and 
Truth  will  free  from  all  limitation  and  unconsciousness. 


PREFACE    TO    LESSON    VI. 


PRAYER  OF  UNDERSTANDING  AND  THANKSGIVING. 


Our  Father,  which  art  all,  and  which  art  Infinite 
Spirit,  ice  glorify  Thee  as  One,  and  seek  to  serve  Thee  in 
single,  fervid  faith. 

]Ve  thank  Thee  for  the  knowledge  thai  Thou  art  all 
Being,  Creator,  and  manifestor  of  all. 

1 1^  thank  Thee  for  the  knowledge  that  we  arc  thine 
own  :  that  Thou  art  our  Father,  and  that  we  have  no  other. 
And  that  Thou  hast  made  us  whole,  and  like  unto  Thyself, 
good,  holy  and  entire. 

]Ve  thank  Thee  for  the  knowledge  that  Thy  decisions 
are  not  for  time,  but  for  eternity ;  that  all  things  are  good, 
for  Thv  word  cannot  be  altered  by  mortal  belief.  \Ve  know 
it  is  Thy  will  that  we  should  think  as  Thou  thinkest ;  and 
abide  Thy  decision,  knowing  naught  but  Thyself. 

ITe  thank  Thee  for  all  experiences  which  come  from 
t'ic  light  of  Thv  truth. 

[[?  thank  Thee  that  Thou  hast  rolled  the  stone  from 
the  sepulchre  of  materiality  and  limitation,  and  that  we  are 
raised  from  the  unconsciousness  of  matter  to  the  consciousness 
of  Thv  eternal  Life,  Love  and  Truth. 

\Vc  thank  Thee  for  the  knowledge  that  Thou  art 
omnipresent  life,  love  and  truth,  all-goodness;  and  that  we 


82  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

can  never  be  separated  from  Thee  or  Thy  attributes.  \\\' 
love  to  speak  Thy  word  by  loving  all.  We  love  to  speak 
Thy  word  by  being  faithful  in  love  to  Thy  children,  and  to 
all  things,  even  as  Thou  art  faithful  to  all.  We  love  to 
speak  Thy  word  by  bearing  witness  of  Thee  in  our  secret 
thoughts.  We  love  to  recognize  and  love  Thy  holy  presence 
in  all  places,  at  all  times,  in  all  things.  We  love  to  be  what 
7ir  conceive  Thee  to  be.  We  are  in  love  with  Thy  life,  love 
and  truth;  and  we  love  to  look  upon  all  with  Thy  thong  hi 
of  perfection.  We  love  to  say,  that  to  the  pure  all  things 
are  pure ;  and  to  goodness  all  things  are  good.  We  love 
to  see  as  Thou  seest,  that  there  is  no  shadow;  that  Thou 
shinest  in  what  seems  dark.  We  love  to  face  absolute 
goodness,  and  realize  that  Thou  art  all ;  and  say  that  our 
peace  passeth  understanding.  We  thank  Thee  that  ice  arc 
in  love  with  life,  with  love  and  truth. 

These  words,  when  used  understandingly,  may  be  used 
to  heal  yourself  and  others  !  Let  your  recognition  be  of 
perfection  only,  and  let  your  words  apply  to  all  alike. 
While  speaking  these  words  make  no  reference  to  appear- 
ances that  you  may  be  desirous  of  removing. 


LESSON    VI. 


FAITH,  THE  SUBSTANCE  OF  THINGS  HOPED  FOR. 


'  Xo\v  faith  is  the  substance  of  things  hoped  for,  the 
evidence  of  things  not  seen.  For  by  it  the  elders  obtained  a 
good  report.  Through  faith  we  understand  that  the  worlds 
were  framed  by  the  word  of  God,  so  that  things  which  are 
seen,  were  not  made  of  things  which  do  appear." — Heb. 
xv:  1-3. 

i.  As  the  unmanifest  and  uncreate  Being,  which  fills 
the  universe,  is  all  life,  all  law,  substance  and  power,  all 
Mind,  Principle  or  Spirit,  it  is  axiomatic  that,  if  we  speak 
the  truth  which  frees,  we  are  to  speak  the  word  of  the  all  ; 
therefore,  as  all  Being  is  uncreate,  all  life,  law,  substance 
and  power  are  unmanifest,  silent  and  invisible,  until  through 
thought  they  are  spoken  and  made  manifest.  To  base  our 
faith  aright  is  to  base  it  in  the  unseen  and  Unmanifest  Spirit ; 
and  as  it  is  the  only  Being,  we  cannot  be  faithful  but  by 
speaking  its  word  ;  and,  as  there  is  but  one  Cause  or  Crea- 
tor, to  speak  the  word  of  the  one  is  to  speak  the  word  of 
all,  and  that  word  is  truth  to  each  one  at  all  times,  and  in 
every  place.  To  base  our  faith  in  material  things — things 
that  are  seen — is  to  base  it  in  effect  or  shadow,  which  is 
neither  life,  law,  substance  nor  power.  As  temporal  things 


84  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

pass  away,  the  foundation  upon  which  we  have  builded  is 
as  sand  ;  disappointment,  sorrow  and  pain  follow  such  build- 
ing, as  the  wheels  of  the  carriage  follow  him  who  draws  the 
carriage.  We  are  to  realize  that  the  unseen,  uncreate 
Spirit  of  Goodness,  is  that  which  creates  and  manifests  all ; 
so,  if  our  faith  be  based  aright,  we  shall  place  ourselves  in 
thought  at  one  with  Spirit,  and  work  to  manifest  the  faith  of 
Spirit.  Jesus  called  forth  an  expression  of  faith,  or  recog- 
nized it  manifest  by  those  he  healed,  before  he  spoke  the 
words,  ' '  Be  healed,  sin  no  more.  Thy  faith  hath  made 
thee  whole.  According  to  thy  faith  be  it  unto  thee. ' '  The 
word  of  faith  called  forth  and  acknowledged  by  him  united 
their  thought  and  consciousness  with  his,  in  order  that  the 
evidence  of  the  unseen  power  of  the  Spirit  might  be  made 
manifest  in  them  instantly.  God  rewards  openly  by  mani- 
festing in  us  the  condition  hoped  for. 

2.  "Through  faith  we  understand  that  worlds  were 
framed  by  the  word  of  God. ' '  This  text  teaches  us  that 
faith  is  power,  and  that  it  is  the  substance  of  the  thought 
which  precedes  the  word  or  outward  manifestation.  Faith 
is  the  power  and  substance  which  frames  planets.  Then 
should  not  our  every  thought  be  based  as  the  thought  of 
Spirit  is  based?  For  if  it  be  the  power  and  substance  of 
planets,  it  is  the  power  and  substance  of  all  things  that  are 
seen,  of  all  that  is  made  manifest ;  therefore,  planets  and  'all 
that  is  manifest  are  the  proofs  of  the  faith  of  the  unseen,  the 
Unmanifest  Spirit.  So  it  is  written,  That  he  that  cometh  to 


FAITH.  85 

God  must  believe  that  He  is,  and  that  He  is  a  rewarder  of 
them  that  diligently  seek  him.  So  he  that  cometh  to  a 
consciousness  of  life,  law,  substance  and  power,  peace  and 
harmony,  must  believe  that  they  are ;  and  that  they  are  the 
Spirit  or  Being,  the  only  Creator.  If  we  do  not  believe  that\ 
life,  law,  substance,  peace  and  harmony  are,  and  are  for  us,  ! 
it  is  useless  to  attempt  to  pray  or  ask  for  them.  We  cannot 
expect  to  manifest  that  which  is  not,  or  that  which  is,  if  we 
believe  it  is  not  for  us.  If  we  ask  without  believing  we  ask 
without  faith,  and  we  do  not  receive  or  manifest  truth  because 
we  ask  amiss ;  if  we  do  not  have  faith  in  the  unseen  or  uncreate, 
we  ask  amiss.  All  that  is,  was  and  ever  will  be,  is  real ;  and  all 
reality  is  unseen.  That  which  is  seen  is  the  mathematical 
demonstration  of  the  Principle  which  is  not  seen.  The  seen 
is  effect,  not  cause  ;  it  is  death,  and  not  life,  it  is  the  letter 
and  not  the  Spirit.  So  that  which  is  seen  is  not  life,  law, 
substance  nor  power.  There  is  but  one  cause  of  manifesta- 
tion ;  manifestation  cannot  become  cause.  Here  the  ques- 
tion so  often  asked  will  arise,  Whence  comes  the  seeming 
inharmony,  sickness,  sin,  and  all  imperfect  manifestation  ? 
All  that  is  called  inharmony,  sickness,  sin  and  imperfect 
manifestation  comes  from  mentally  facing  the  wrong  way> 
and  from  trying  to  make  matter  a  cause,  and  believing 
that  it  can  bring  us  pleasure  or  pain  ;  that  is,  all  so-called 
imperfect  manifestation  is  due  to  or  is  the  result  of  the  false 
belief  or  position  from  which  we  calculate.  When  we  calcu- 
late this  plane  to  be  a  plane  of  cause,  it  is  placing  the  letter 
where  the  Spirit  should  be ;  that  is,  mistaking  the  example 


86  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

lor  the  Principle.  We  are  thus  trying  to  solve  the  problem 
of  life  according  to  the  letter  or  example,  /.  c. ,  matter,  and 
thus  ignoring  Principle  or  Spirit.  The  result  is,  that  the 
forms  of  our  words,  deeds,  and  sensations  show  forth  many 
mistakes,  because  our  mental  solutions  and  pictures  are 
simply  copies  of  previously  solved  examples. 

3.  As  Spirit  is  all,  we  are  just  what  we  are  by  virtue  of 
Spirit  being  what  it  is — the  only  Being.  Then  it  is  not 
sufficient  that  we  have  faith  in  Spirit,  but  that  we  express 
the  faith  of  Spirit.  If  we  truthfully  represent  our  Being  in 
our  every  thought  and  deed,  we  shall  truthfully  represent 
Spirit  in  every  thought  and  deed.  There  is  no  limit  to  the 
life,  substance,  power  and  harmony  of  Being;  the  more  we 
give  of  life,  power,  substance  and  harmony,  the  more  we 
have  or  manifest.  Then,  dear  students,  it  is  clear,  that  as 
there  is  but  one  Spirit  or  manifestor,  that  inharmonious 
appearances  are  simply  mistakes  of  wrong  calculation  made 
apparent  in  the  body  or  on  the  blackboard  of  nature.  Such 
out-picturing  as  neuralgia,  headache,  rheumatism,  dyspepsia, 
etc.,  should  be  regarded  as  mistakes  made  in  working  out 
the  problem  of  life,  and  that  the  remedy  is  that  of  turning 
from  the  out-picturing  and  erasing  it  by  denying  it  a  place 
in  thought;  then  thinking  or  working  according  to  the  Prin- 
ciple. A  thoughtful  child  would  not  look  upon  the  mistake 
made  in  working  the  example,  and  expect  it  to  become  a 
cause  for  future  consideration;  he  would  erase  it  and  com- 
mence again,  and  in  future  consult  the  principle  every  step 


FAITH.  87 

of  the  way.  This  is  our  simple  method ;  we  erase  all 
imperfect  examples  or  sensations  from  our  consciousness, 
and  consult  the  principle  or  Spirit  every  step  of  the  way  by 
thinking  its  thoughts,  or  as  it  thinks.  As  the  principle  of 
mathematics  knows  no  error,  the  Spirit  of  absolute  Goodness 
knows  naught  but  its  own  good  manifest ;  to  erase  false 
belief  is  to  speak  the  truth ;  and  to  speak  the  truth  is 
Goodness  manifest,  the  Christ  revealed.  To  the  pure  all 
things  are  pure ;  perfection  knows  no  imperfection ;  so  the 
science  of  Infinite  Spirit  leads  out  of  all  belief  of  imperfection. 
The  scientist  calculates  that  the  Spirit  is  infinite,  the  only 
creator  or  manifestor ;  to  calculate  according  to  truth  is  to 
do  away  with  all  error  or  belief,  and  is  to  express  truth, 
which  is  knowledge,  freedom  and  harmony.  Having  based 
our  faith  in  things  seen  or  temporal,  and  in  sensation, 
permitting  them  to  form  a  basis  for  our  judgment,  we  have 
shown  forth  in  sensations  of  disease  or  lack  of  ease  our  false 
beliefs  and  erroneous  method  of  thinking.  And  when  a  lack 
of  ease  is  made  apparent  in  sensation,  we  name  that  sensation 
and  claim  it  as  a  cause  for  further  results,  holding  it  in 
thought  and  memory  where  Spirit  should  be  held  ;  by  thus 
ignoring  Spirit  and  accepting  appearance,  we  add  error  to 
error.  The  way  out  of  all  imperfect  manifestation  is  clear; 
truth  is,  whether  we  express  it,  or  not ;  truth  heals  ;  truth 
makes  free.  To  express  truth  is  to  be  free  from  limitation 
and  suffering.  Do  not  believe  there  is  another  cause  than 
God,  and  you  will  not  base  your  faith  or  love  in  temporal 
things,  nor  meet  with  sorrow,  disappointment  or  pain. 


SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

Cease  trying  to  serve  two  masters,  and  you  will  cease  trying 
to  make  effect  cause,  and  your  expressions  of  truth  will  be 
perfect  ones,  or  your  demonstrations  will  be  correct.  When 
the  eye  is  single  to  truth — the  Infinite  One — the  body  will 
be  seen  to  be  full  of  light. 

4.  Let  not  your  inmost  thought  lead  you  into  the  error 
of  thinking  that  any  external  thing  or  effect  can  affect  you, 
or  have  power  over  you.  Let  not  yourselves  think  that  the 
body  or  sensations  of  pain  or  pleasure  can  be  a  cause; 
regard  them  as  effects  over  which  you  have  control.  As  it 
is  an  unalterable  truth  that  Spirit  is  infinite  and  indivisible, 
so  we  can  only  regard  the  forms  that  do  appear  as  finite, 
and  as  the  orderly  and  mathematical  demonstrations  ol 
Spirit.  Forms  appear  and  disappear  in  matter,  a'  kasa,  or 
the  astral  light,  at  the  dictates  of  Spirit,  as  examples  on  the 
board  at  the  dictates  of  the  thinker ;  forms  of  themselves 
have  no  more  life  than  the  figures  on  the  board ;  bodies 
hold  precisely  the  same  relation  to  Spirit  that  the  example 
demonstrated  upon  the  board  holds  to  Principle.  When 
this  is  thoroughly  understood,  we  are  ready  to  serve  one 
master;  when  we  are  ready  to  serve  one  master  we  are  ready 
"to  walk  in  wisdom's  way,  rejoicing  in  the  habitable  parts 
of  the  earth;"  that  is,  rejoicing  in  all  bodies,  our  delights 
are  with  the  children  of  God,  that  which  is  born  in  and 
of  Him.  God  is  continually  saying,  "Let  there  be  light;" 
and  when  we  awaken  to  the  light  of  truth  and  wisdom, 
which  is  ours,  we  shall  rejoice  as  one  conscious  of  the  Spirit, 


FAITH.  89 

as  one  brought  up  with  it.  Through  perfect  faith  in  the 
One,  we  shall  serve  it  by  faithfully  manifesting  its  truth. 
When  the  thought  is  perfect,  the  word  will  be  perfect. 
Spirit  saith  to  the  Soul,.  Walk  in  wisdom's  way,  by  the 
light  of  truth  ;  undivided  faith  based  aright  leadeth  to  all 
truth  and  to  the  fulfilling  of  the  law — Love.  ' '  Be  ye,  there- 
fore perfect,  as  your  Father  in  heaven  is  perfect,"  means  to 
bear  perfect  witness  of  the  Spirit — that  is,  to  speak  the 
truth  of  that  which  is  ;  to  do  so  is  to  find  the  Kingdom. 

5.  That  which  we  have  faith  in  we  are  faithful  to.  To 
have  faith  in  Spirit,  the  All,  is  to  be  faithful  to  Spirit — the 
All.  But  to  be  Spirit  is  to  be  faith,  and  manifest  it 
without  doubt.  Obedience  is  the  straight  and  narrow  path 
that  leadeth  to  Spirit  and  Faith.  As  by  faith  worlds  were 
framed  by  the  word  of  God,  faith  is  the  substance  or  power 
of  the  thought  spoken;  it  invests  the  thought  with  power 
to  manifest  in  the  body.  If  thought  be  without  faith,  it  is 
without  substance.  ' '  According  to  our  faith  so  is  it  with 
us."  '-'Verily  I  say  unto  you,  whosoever  shall  not  receive 
the  kingdom  of  God  as  a  little  child  shall  in  no  wise  enter 
therein."  But  not  until  we  lay  aside  personality  and  as 
children  acknowledge  the  present  source  or  Spirit,  through 
being  obedient  to  truth,  can  we  know  understanding  and 
come  to  see  with  the  eye  of  Spirit.  To  speak  truth  is  to 
speak  that  which  is  true  of  all  for  all ;  it  is  truth  alone  that 
brings  us  near  to  God  ;  yes,  even  unto  Him. 


90  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

"Renouncing-  self  for  Me,  full  of  Me,  fixed 

"To  serve  only  the  highest,  night  and  day  ; 

' '  Musing  on  Me — him  will  I  swiftly  lift 

"Forth  from  life's  ocean  of  distress  and  death, 

"Whose  soul  clings  fast  to  Me,  Cling  thou  to  Me! 

' '  Clasp  me  with  heart  and  mind  !  so  shalt  thou  dwell 

"Surely  with  Me  on  high.     But,  if  thy  thought 

"  Droop  from  such  height;  if  thou  be'st  weak  to  set 

"  Body  and  soul  upon  Me  constantly, 

' '  Despair  not !    Give  Me  lower  service  !  seek 

"To  reach  Me!" 

He  who  is  faithful  by  speaking  the  truth,  doeth  the 
will,  and  beareth  the  fruit  of  knowledge,  power  and  harmony. 
But,  if  you  cannot  speak  the  whole  truth,  if  you  cannot  clasp 
the  Spirit  heart  and  soul  in  every  hour,  despair  not ;  every 
truth  spoken  is  an  acknowledgement  of  the  Spirit,  it  will 
bear  its  fruit.  But,  dear  student,  remember — the  peace  of 
God  is  nigh  thee,  and  by  renouncing  form,  the  manifest,  for 
Spirit,  the  unmanifest,  you  will  find  the  Kingdom  of  Spirit ; 
through  faithfulness  to  truth  all  come  into  God  consciousness. 
All  who  live  the  life  in  full  devotion,  fixed  to  serve  the  Spirit 
night  and  day  will  knowr, 

"'Tis  life  to  live 

"  In  single  fervid  faith  ancLlove  unseeing, 
"Drinking  the  blessed  Amrit  of  My  Being  !" 

How  \vell  we  know 'tis  life  to  live  in  undivided  faith! 
To  live  in  the  Spirit  of  unity  is  to  know  that  the  One  is  all  ; 


FAITH.  91 

to  fully  realize  this  is  to  feel  as  safe  and  secure  as  Being  is 
safe  and  secure.  To  know  that  the  one  Spirit  links  all 
together  with  its  unchanging  love  and  life,  is  to  realize  the 
true  meaning  of  the  fatherhood  of  God  and  the  brotherhood 
of  Man. 

6.  If  it  be  that  we  have  ears  to  hear,  and  hear  the  still 
small  voice,  we  will  hear  it  say,  ' '  I  am  the  way,  the  truth 
and  the  life  ;  my  faith  is  thy  faith,  my  word  is  thy  word  ;  bear 
witness  of  me,  and  thou  shalt  know  health,  harmony  and 
power."  If  we  be  ready  to  serve  the  Highest,  night  and 
day,  in  our  thoughts,  swiftly  are  we  lifted  above  the  ocean 
of  distress,  the  stones  of  limitation  are  rolled  away,  and  we 
witness  a  great  flight  of  afflictions.  He  who  lives  in  single 
or  undivided  faith  or  love, 

' '  Who  hateth  nought 
"  Of  all  which  lives,  living  himself  benign, 
' '  Compassionate,  from  arrogance  exempt, 
11  Exempt  from  love  of  self,  unchangeable 
11  By  good  or  ill;  " 

is  doing  the  will  and  expressing  the  Father.  And  the 
expressions  of  the  Father  or  Spirit  prove  that  the  Father 
or  Spirit  is,  and  that  it  is  the  being  which  is  expressing. 
Through  faith  do  we  see  or  perceive  the  Spirit ;  and  as  we 
cannot  see  God  except  with  the  eye  of  understanding,  and 
as  we  cannot  hear  Him  except  with  the  ear  of  understanding, 
to  see  or  to  hear  is  knowledge.  To  get  knowledge  is  to  be 
faithful  and  live  the  life  of  being. 


92  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

7.  Faith  is  the  prayer  by  which  we  receive,  for  it  is  the 
substance  of  all  manifestation  ;  it  is  the  prayer  \vhich  brings 
health,  peace  and  harmony,  for  it  is  the  recognition  of  all 
goodness,  and  must  precede  thought  and  word.  In  healing 
you  should  realize  that  as  all  truth,  and  only  truth,  as  all 
power,  and  only  power  dwells  in  Spirit  ;  and  as  Spirit  is 
everywhere  (omnipresent)  at  all  times,  there  can  be  no  other 
presence  at  any  time  than  truth  and  power.  All  belief  of  an 
opposite  nature  is  false — there  is  no  weakness.  You  should 
affirm  the  truth  of  Spirit  for  your  patient  ;  speak  your  word 
with  perfect  faith,  for  truth  spoken  is  Spirit  manifest.  God 
is  manifest  in  His  words  ;  His  word  or  manifestation  is  One  ; 
the  word  is  God  revealed  ;  it  is  Harmony  and  Peace  upon 
earth.  When  healing,  consult  the  prayer  of  understanding 
- — the  preface  to  this  lesson. 


LESSON    VII. 


INTUITION,  THE  EYE  OF  UNDERSTANDING. 


The  word  God  is  an  Anglo  Saxon  word,  meaning  all 
good,  as  "the  Good  One."  We  do  not  see  God,  the 
Infinite  One,  whom  Christ  declares  to  be  the  Father  of  all, 
but  we  do  intuitively  perceive  and  understand  Him.  It  is 
no  more  true  that  no  man  has  seen  God  at  any  time,  than 
that  no  man  has  seen  man  at  any  time.  Both  are  alike 
invisible. 

Tuition  is  the  particular  watch  of  a  tutor  or  guardian 
over  his  pupil,  and  the  act  of  teaching  the  various  branches 
of  learning.  Tuition  refers  to  an  individual  teacher,  instruct- 
ing the  pupil  from  the  plane  of  sense  in  sensible  things.  The 
difference  between  tuition  and  intuition  is,  that  in  the  latter 
the  teacher  is  not  an  individual,  but  is  the  Infinite  Spirit  in- 
structing the  pupil  by  the  still  small  voice  in  the  understand- 
ing of  truth  ;  it  is  the  thought  of  the  Father  expressed  in  the 
son.  Then  to  be  intuitional,  is  to  be  receptive  to  Infinite 
Spirit,  and  to  be.  taught  by  it ;  to  be  receptive  to  Spirit  is  to 
surrender  personality  and  desire,  and  serve  truth  only.  As 
like  perceives  like,  that  which  is  spiritually  perceived  is 
perceived  by  the  Spirit  ;  it  is  Spirit  perceiving  its  own  Truth 
and  the  expression  thereof,  in  the  Soul  consciousness.  In- 
tuition is  direct  apprehension  or  cognition  of  first  and  final 


94  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

truth,  a  perception  of  the  principle  upon  which  creation  is 
based,  and  upon  which  all  conclusions  must  be  based,  if  they 
be  truthful.  We  cognize  first  and  final  truth  when  we  make 
our  thought,  love  and  will,  that  of  Spirit ;  we  become  intui- 
tional by  turning  from  the  problem  to  the  principle — that  is, 
by  turning  from  the  letter  or  spoken  word,  to  the  Spirit,  and 
by  obeying  the  Spirit  of  truth  with  perfect  faith,  trusting  it 
for  all  need  as  a  little  child  trusts  its  mother.  Intuition 
heeded  is  obedience,  and  knowledge  gained ;  or  it  is  seeing 
with  understanding.  When  the  Spirit  is  represented  in  our 
thoughts,  that  is,  when  we  think  truth  of  the  Spirit,  we  blend 
the  intellect  and  reason  with  its  source.  So  it  is  by  truthful 
thought,  that  we  realize  the  real,  and  know  what  it  is  to  b>3, 
and  look  upon  external  things  as  mathematical  demonstra- 
tions of  Being.  When  thought  is  elevated  above  sense, 
it  is  above  delusion,  and  we  are  free  from  the  psycho- 
logical influence  of  the  senses.  The  teaching  of  intuition 
enlightens  the  senses,  and  under  its  instruction  we  see  the 
divine  reason  for  sensible  things.  '  To  yield  our  thoughts 
servants  to  obey  the  senses,  is  sense  psychology,  and  hence- 
forth we  build  upon  an  inverted  foundation,  which  is  to  fall 
from  God  to  mammon. 

2.  To  discover  first  and  final  truth  is  to  awaken  from 
the  dream  of  sense.  "Come  unto  me  all  ye  that  labour, 
and  are  heavy  laden,  and  I  will  give  you  rest."  Come  unto 
Spirit  in  understanding,  means  obedience  to  Spirit,  which 
is  rest  and  peace  which  passeth  understanding.  To  be 


INTUITION.  95 

transformed  and  "renewed  in  the  spirit  of  our  minds," 
means  that  we  are  to  practice  truth  ;  truthful  thoughts  are 
things  which  we  need  in  every  hour  to  keep  the  mental 
atmosphere  free  from  the  mists  of  error.  It  is  not  possible 
to  free  the  mental  from  sense,  and  dispel  the  desires  which 
attach  the  thought  and  reason  to  temporal  things,  and  see 
with  the  eye  of  understanding,  without  first  taking  the 
preliminary  steps  to  find  the  real,  and  then  distinguish 
between  the  real  and  the  unreal.  When  this  is  accom- 
plished, it  is  necessary  to  retain  the  real  in  thought,  until 
you  awaken  to  a  knowledge  of  yourself  as  the  real,  and  of 
the  body  as  profiting  nothing.  An  external  effect  can  never 
become  the  cause.  We  can  believe  that  effects  are  causes, 
and  sense  the  confusion  of  our  false  belief;  but  we  cannot 
change  the  truth  by  our  false  belief.  The  race  belief  that 
sickness,  sin  and  death  are  real,  or  that  they  are  natural 
effects,  cannot  make  them  real  or  true  examples  of  the 
Spirit.  But  all  that  are  heavy  laden  with  mortal  care  and 
mortal  desire  and  beliefs,  and  are  suffering  therefrom,  will 
find  rest  and  peace  through  the  truth,  for  it  alone  frees. 
14  Know  the  truth,  and  the  truth  shall  make  you  free  ;"  to 
know  the  truth  is  intuition.  Think  and  speak  the  truth  of 
yourself,  and  you  will  find  wholeness,  health  and  happiness 
f<  >r  yourself.  It  is  an  unalterable  truth  that  the  opposite  of 
sense  perception  is  spiritual  truth,  and  we  cannot  awaken  to 
a  knowledge  of  God,  which  is  a  knowledge  of  eternal  life, 
and  know  things  as  they  are,  unless  we  be  guided  in  our 
conclusions  of  one  another  by  the  Spirit  of  God,  or  the 


96  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

attributes  of  Divine  Mind — viz..  Love,  Truth,  Justice, 
Power,  Knowledge,  and  all  goodness  which  we  perceive  as 
belonging  to  uncreate  Being.  The  way  of  obedience  and 
intuition  is  that  of  recognizing  God  as  our  instructor ;  or  it 
is  to  understand  that  His  being  is  our  being,  and  to  recog- 
nize His  mind  and  attributes  as  our  mind  and  attributes,  and 
that  we  have  no  other.  The  way  of  knowledge  and  power 
is  to  make  God's  method  and  purpose  our  method  and 
purpose,  His  thought  and  word  our  thought  and  word, 
by  speaking  the  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth  of  Him. 
Thus  the  individual  becomes  the  willing  instrument  of 
Spirit ;  this  is  intuition.  In  the  silence  is  contained  all 
power  and  truth  ;  so  in  the  silence  we  find  the  truth  and 
learn  to  know  ourselves.  To  perceive  the  truth  is  not  to 
create  it,  or  change  it.  It  is  to  awaken  from  unconscious- 
ness to  consciousness  of  that  which  is,  was,  and  always 
will  be. 

3.  The  truth  of  which  these  lessons  bear  witness,  reveals 
to  you  the  basic  principle  of  the  great  sum  of  truth  ;  and  you 
may  demonstrate  Harmony  within  yourselves,  by  speaking 
the  word  with  perfect  faith  in  passive  expectation.  If  you 
consult  Spirit  and  upon  it  base  all  your  conclusions  as  you 
would  base  the  solution  of  problems  upon  principle,  Spirit 
will  guide  you  into  all  truth.  It  will  instruct  you  to  believe 
in  itself  and  in  nothing  else.  It  will  tell  you  not  to  believe 
that  you  are  sick,  weak,  and  in  pain,  or  that  you  fear  or 
doubt,  or  that  you  are  perverse.  It  will  not  instruct  you  to 


INTUITION.  97 

hate  persons,  times  or  places,  or  to  have  an  aversion  for  the 
weather  or  the  daily  duties  of  life.  The  word  of  Spirit  is 
like  unto  Spirit ;  it  being  Infinite,  there  is  nothing  else  for  it 
to  represent  but  itself.  So,  when  it  speaks  it  necessarily 
represents  itself.  To  overcome  and  blend  the  thought,  will 
and  desire  with  Spirit,  means  renunciation  of  personality. 
"Very  near  to  renunciation,  very  near  dwelleth  eternal 
peace."  Ask  yourselves  daily  and  hourly,  is  this  conclu- 
sion true  of  Spirit,  or  is  it  true  of  appearance  ?  Seek  in  this 
way  and  you  shall  find.  From  the  silent  depths  of  your 
soul,  ask  to  realize  that  life  and  light  that  lighteth  every 
soul  that  cometh  into  the  world.  This  light  is  the  Spirit  or 
God,  which  pervades  you,  and  is  the  guide  to  all  truth  ; 
take  your  position  as  one  with  your  Maker.  From  this 
plane  you  can  see  with  the  spirit  of  understanding.  Then 
S2ek  in  the  depths  of  your  soul,  by  recognizing  God's 
presence  there,  and  you  will  find  and  realize  the  real,  and 
come  to  know  your  Maker  and  yourself.  This  is  intuitive 
knowledge  sought  and  gained. 

"Do  you  ask  what  I  found  in  the  valley? 
' ' '  Tis  my  trysting  place  with  the  divine  ; 

' '  And  I  fell  at  the  feet  of  the  holy ; 

' '  And  around  me  a  voice  said,  be  mine. 

"Then  arose  from  the  depths  of  my  soul, 
"An  echo,  my  heart  shall  be  thine." 

4.   God's  word  to  the  individual  is — you  are  my  very- 
self  manifest,  and  you  have  no  other  being  than  my  own. 


98  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

Then  with  all  sacredness  and  holiness  you  should  regard 
yourself  whole,  and  pure,  and  Divine — feel  yourself  united  to 
all  life,  and  have  a  love  for  all  things,  at  all  times.  When 
you  have  done  what  the  Father  doeth,  by  being  universal 
in  your  thoughts  and  deeds,  you  are  a  son  with  whom  the 
Father  will  be  well  pleased.  To  reach  this  exalted  state  is  to 
act  from  the  Spirit  within  you.  None  can  realize  their  union 
with  God  as  long  as  there  is  prejudice  against,  or  a  dislike 
for  God  manifest ;  that  is,  for  anything  in  creation.  ' '  Love 
thy  neighbor  as  thyself."  Those  who  would  perceive 
themselves  as  they  truly  are  in  being,  must  drop  from  their 
consciousness  the  thought  or  belief  of  dislike  and  prejudice, 
of  evil,  sickness  and  sorrow,  as  real ;  there  are  no  such  attri- 
butes in  Spirit,  which  is  all  reality,  the  only  Maker  or  mani- 
festor.  It  is  an  offence  against  God  to  believe  in  that  which 
is  the  opposite  of  His  being.  These  destructive  beliefs  which 
we  erroneously  call  sickness,  sin,  and  death,  destroy  the 
body.  Then  think  and  believe  in  goodness,  health,  and  life 
only,  and  you  will  preserve  the  body  in  harmony.  First 
seek  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  all  else  will  come.  You  can 
master  your  thoughts  because  you  are  greater  than  thought ; 
for  the  reason  that  you  are  the  mind,  which  thinks.  You 
can  control  the  body  perfectly,  because  you  are  its  life.  You 
are  cause,  and  it  is  an  effect  or  spoken  word  of  being.  When 
mentality  is  free  from  the  illusions  of  the  senses,  it  knows  that 
physical  things  are  not  its  master,  but  that  it  is  the  God  in 
us,  which  lives  and  is  master  of  all. 


INTUITION.  99 

5.  All  conclusions  based  upon  the  truth  that  God  is 
Infinite,  are  divine ;  the  results  may  be  likened  unto  flowers 
budding  forth  in  spring-  time.  They  are  buds  of  health, 
harmony  and  love,  springing  forth  from  the  depths  of  soul. 
They  \vho  are  faithful  in  their  recognition  of  self  as  one 
with  the  Omnipresent,  and  with  earnest  effort  and  sacred 
endeavour  try  to  express  and  realize  their  union  with 
Infinite  Goodness,  will  define  the  true  terms  of  their  relation 
or  union  with  it.  If  you  cling  earnestly  to  truth,  and  assert 
that  you  are  immortal  now,  you  will  manifest  immortal 
power  in  thought,  hence  in  the  body. 

To  recognize  yourself  as  eternal  now,  is  true  adoration. 

To  attempt  to  realize  yourself  as  one,  with  the  Father, 
is  true  meditation. 

To  declare  this  truth  in  thought,  word  and  act,  is  true 
Faith.  It  is  speaking  the  word  which  makes  God  manifest. 
Denial  of  error  and  affirmation  of  truth,  is  the  method  of 
turning  from  falsehood  to  truth  ;  of  ignoring  the  senses,  and 
recognizing  the  spirit.  To  be  carnally  minded  is  death ; 
that  is,  to  mind  the  things  of  sense  is  to  serve  them,  which 
is  disobedience  of  Spirit.  But  to  be  spiritually  minded  is 
peace  and  life,  because  it  is  consciousness  of  life  and  truth. 
To  speak  truth  we  are  to  refuse  to  recognize  self  as  mortal 
or  changeable,  or  as  being  anything  that  is,  or  can  be  sick, 
unhappy  or  dissatisfied.  If  you  speak  truth  only,  you  assert 
in  thought  that  you  are  good,  unchangeable  and  immortal, 
by  reason  of  your  relations  to  that  which  is,  was.  and  ever 


100  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

will  be,  and  that  all  is  permanent  good.  To  attain  clear 
and  deep  intuitive  perception,  we  recognize  our  teacher  by 
thinking  his  thougths.  To  state  in  another  way — unless  we 
think  according  to  the  Principle  or  Spirit  underlying-  all 
manifestation  or  creation,  we  are  not  solving  our  problem 
according  to  that  Principle,  nor  are  we  mentally  obeying  the 
command  of  our  teacher,  the  law  of  Being. 

6.  Clear  sight  comes  from  drawing  the  line  between 
yourself  and  thought,  and  its  product — the  body;  between 
yourself  and  your  feeling ;  between  the  mortal  and  the 
immortal;  between  the  manifestor  and  the  manifested — by 
ignoring  sense,  and  affirming  the  truth. 

Beginners  inquire  what  the  science  teachers  would  do 
if  they  had  pain,  which  they  could  not  remove.  Would 
not  they  say  they  were  sick?  No.  We  deny  its  reality, 
as  we  would  deny  the  reality  of  a  shadow.  Why  should 
we  turn  from  truth  in  time  of  need,  truth  is  never  sick.  It 
is  but  the  shadowing  forth  of  erroneous  beliefs.  So  we  do 
not  compromise  with  what  we  know  is  not  real ;  but  we 
ignore  and  deny  it,  by  affirming  that  it  is  false  show,  and 
then  affirming  the  truth  of  Spirit  for  ourselves — thus  we 
restore  the  mental  expression  to  health.  To  declare  the 
truth  of  Divine  Spirit  for  ourselves,  is  to  manifest  it  by 
obeying  the  Law.  .The  truth  that  frees  should  be  spoken  in 
faith,  and  with  understanding.  Do  not  allow  your  sensa- 
tions of  pleasure  or  pain  to  form  a  basis  for  your  judgment 


INTUITION.  101 

as  to  your  real  condition ;  not'until  we  live  the  life,  do  we 
know  the  power  of  good  that  is  at  hand.  Goodness  yields 
not  to  our  beliefs  or  self  placed  limitations,  but  it  is  ready  at 
any  hour  to  give  to,  or  manifest  itself  in  us,  when  we  step 
from  behind  the  bar  of  selfish  limitation. 

' '  So  the  soul  receives  its  message 

"  By  a  route  we  may  not  trace, 
' '  From  the  deeps  where  fathomless  silence 

' '  Broods  ever  in  endless  space. 

' '  Where  the  finite  may  not  measure 

' '  With  its  puny  rule  and  rod, 
' '  The  truths  which  the  soul  receiveth 

' '  Direct  from  the  heart  of  God. ' ' 

7.  Christ  said,  "I  say  unto  you,  love  your  enemies; 
bless  them  that  curse  you  ;  do  good  to  them  that  hate  you ; 
pray  for  them  that  despitefully  use  you  and  persecute  you, 
that  you  may  be  the  children  of  your  father,  which  is  in 
heaven  ;  for  he  maketh  the  sun  to  shine  on  the  evil  and  on 
the  good,  and  sendeth  the  rain  upon  the  just  and  the 
unjust."  To  manifest  as  sons  of  God,  we  must  fulfill  these 
commandments.  Our  thought,  word,  and  act  are  to  be 
pure,  and  extend  equally  to  the  just  and  seeming  unjust,  to 
the  good  and  seeming  evil.  This  can  be  accomplished 
only  by  ceasing  all  negation,  and  by  living  a  life  of  absolute 
truth.  Those  who  labour  under  the  delusion  that  they  are 
an  enemy  to  any  person,  or  that  any  person  is  an  enemy  to 


102  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

them,  can  be  blessed,  only,  by  removing  the  delusion. 
The  power  of  truth  alone  can  do  this.  The  true  practitioner 
of  the  Science  of  Infinite  Spirit  will  hold  all  alike,  in  truth, 
and  loving  thought,  as  brothers  and  sisters,  regardless  of 
their  thought  and  deed.  So,  if  any  have  the  false  belief, 
that  they  are  our  enemies,  or  that  we  are  theirs,  we  should 
not  allow  their  false  belief  to  change  our  thoughts  and 
feelings  toward  them ;  thus  we  continue  to  perceive  our 
union  with,  and  to  retain  our  love  for  them.  To  give  hate 
or  revenge  in  return  is  to  permit  their  erroneous  thought 
and  deed  to  form  a  basis  for  our  thought  and  deed ;  hence, 
we  are  guilty  of  what  we  condemn  ;  that  is,  we  are  doers  of 
what  we  hate.  To  be  true  to  ourselves  and  to  them,  we 
should  not  change,  but  regard  this  as  their  hour  of  need  and 
as  our  opportunity  ;  then  we  shall  not  be  found  wanting  in 
time  of  need.  Not  to  be  wanting  in  time  of  need,  is  to 
supply  them  with  thoughts  of  truth  and  love  at  the  time 
their  mentality  is  darkened  with  error.  If  we  mentally 
analyze  Spirit,  Soul  and  Body,  we  find  that  all  life,  power, 
and  substance  is  of  God  ;  and  as  those  holding  false  beliefs 
do  not  know  this  truth,  and  realize  what  they  are  in  being 
— and  as  we  do  know — it  becomes  our  duty  and  good 
pleasure  to  hold  them  in  truth  and  love.  We  perceive  them 
as  divine  in  being,  but  misrepresenting  themselves  in  their 
beliefs.  We  speak  to  them  in  silent  thought,  saying  :  THE 
FOLLOWING  WORDS  OF  LIFE.  There  is  no  reality  or  truth 
in  the  belief  that  you  feel  revengeful,  or  that  you  hate,  or 
would  like  to  illy  use  me.  You  do  not  think  such  thoughts; 


INTUITION.  103 

//  is  no  more  you,  who  think,  for  your  thoughts  do  not 
represent  you  ;  belief  of  hate  and  revenge  are  not  even  a 
shadow  or  symbol  of  your  being.  There  is  no  attribute  of 
hate  or  revenge  in  being.  These  beliefs  are  a  misrepre- 
sentation of  yourself .  You  have  your  being  in  God,  and 
are  divine.  You  understand  this  truth,  for  in  Spirit  you 
hear  what  I  tell  you.  You  know  that  you  have  love  for  all 
persons  and  things;  you  are  my  divine  brother  or  sister, 
and  as  such  I  love  and  bless  you.  The  Infinite  Being,  or 
Spirit  of  Goodness,  is  your  life,  substance  and  power,  and 
the  same  is  mine ;  and  we  have  no  other.  You  are  blessed 
with  the  same  consciousness  of  truth  as  am  I.  You  under- 
stand mt\  dear  brother  or  sister ;  your  false  beliefs  are 
dispelled  by  the  light  of  my  truthful  thought ;  you  now 
realize  that  you  are  free,  fearless  and  loving,  and  that  love 
abideth  in  you,  for  all  humanity  and  for  me.  We  speak 
not  to  the  patient  to  destroy  the  law,  but  that  it  may  be 
fulfilled. 

This  treatment  and  similar  thought  should  be  given 
freely  to  all  who  believe  they  are  enemies,  or  have  enemies, 
or  to  anyone  whose  understanding  is  darkened  with  the 
belief  of  envy,  jealousy,  malice,  cruelty,  revenge>  etc.  By 
sending  truthful  thought  with  love,  we  adjust  their  thought 
to  the  law  of  Being,  and  fulfill  the  command,  ' '  Love  your1 
enemies,  and  do  good  to  those  who  despitefully  use  you  and 
persecute  you. ' ' 

It  is  not  sufficient  for  us  to  think  about  the  goodness 
of  God  ;  we  are  here  to  bear  witness  of  the  Spirit  of  truth, 


104  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

as  did  Jesus  the  Christ,  by  thinking  its  thoughts,  and  doing 
its  work  in  Earth. 

It  is  not  sufficient  that  we  know  that  truth  frees,  but  it 
is  necessary  that  we  think  the  truth  in  order  to  realize  the 
freedom  of  truth. 

It  is  not  sufficient  for  us  to  think  about  getting  well, 
but  in  order  to  know  the  truth,  that  we  are  well,  it  is 
necessary  to  affirm  health  for  ourselves.  To  affirm  the  truth 
of  Infinite  Being,  to  which  we  are  eternally  sealed — in 
thought,  word  and  deed,  is  to  manifest  peace  and  harmony 
upon  Earth.  As  we  cannot  be  separated  from  Infinite 
Being,  and  as  it  cannot  become  less  than  itself,  our  duty  and 
privilege  is  to  recognize  and  identify  ourselves  with  it.  To 
do  this,  is  to  know  freedom  and  eternal  life,  and  realize  the 
peace  of  Being.  Each  and  every  individual  has  the  power 
to  perceive  the  truth  of  the  Infinite  Source;  that  is,  they 
have  the  ability  to  truthfully  interpret  it,  which  is  intuition. 
We  can  only  realize  ourselves  as  divine,  by  expressing  the 
divine.  As  our  thoughts  ascend  toward  the  Infinite  Source 
in  resemblance  to  it,  we  ascend  in  consciousness  toward  the 
Infinite.  We  are  to  know  freedom,  and  save  ourselves  from 
all  difficulty  by  truthful  thinking ;  for  as  we  think,  so  do  we 
manifest. 

8.  Do  not  argue  upon  the  Science  of  Spirit  with  one 
another.  The  still  small  voice  cannot  be  heard  ;  neither  is 
it  known  to  speak  in  argumentative  tones,  for  such  is  not 
the  resemblance  of  the  stillness  of  Spirit.  To  hear  the 


INTUITION.  105 

unutterable  voice  of  the  Supreme,  it  is  necessary  to  attain 
a  peaceful,  tranquil  habit  of  thought.  The  highest  con- 
sciousness can  be  manifest  by  appropriating  and  trusting 
the  truth  of  Being  in  all  our  experiences,  be  they  agreeable 
or  disagreeable.  They  who  live  the  life  will  know  the 
truth;  it  is  necessary  that  we  be  the  law — love,  in  order  to 
express  it  in  thought  and  deed.  Correct  your  habits  of 
thought  by  adjusting  them  to  the  principle  of  the  Most 
High,  and  you  have  controlled  all  expression.  Do  not 
believe  that  the  trifling  things  which  have  annoyed  you, 
can  annoy  or  have  power  over  you.  For,  how  can  circum- 
stance or  a  thing  of  time  and  place  that  is  past,  hence  dead, 
annoy  or  trouble  you  ?  If  you  believe  it  can,  then  it  is  your 
belief  that  troubles  you,  and  not  the  circumstance  or  thing. 
All  troubles  are  the  result  of  misinterpretation  relative  to 
Being,  a  lack  of  knowledge,  or  faith  in,  and  love  for,  the 
ever  present  Being.  The  remedy  is  to  know  and  to  live 
the  Truth. 

Do  not  listen  to  recitals  by  your  friends  of  sin,  sickness 
and  sorrow,  without  denying,  in  thought,  their  reality ;  this 
will  prevent  you  from  sympathizing  with  beliefs  held  and 
expressed  by  them.  Give  thoughts  of  love  and  truth  in 
return.  Speak  not  of  any  person's  belief  in  sickness,  as 
having  power  over  them.  Cease  the  idolatrous  thought, 
that  form  has  power  over  the  formless  Spirit ;  for  all  who 
believe  it  has,  or  that  form  is  life,  substance  or  power,  do 
suffer.  It  has  been  written  that  Truth  is  a  jealous  god- 


106  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

dess,  and  suffers  no  rival.  They  who  love  her,  will  serve 
her ;  she  does  not  compromise  with  false  thinking.  Not 
until  we  serve  the  truth,  and  fulfill  the  unchanging  law 
(love)  of  Being,  or  put  away  lying,  and  speak  the  truth 
(see  Lesson  IV,  Sec.  7,)  are  we  free  from  subjection  to  the 
law  and  its  chastisement ;  but  when  we  fulfill  the  law,  we 
are  one  with  it. 

9.  They  who  select  Wisdom  for  their  bride,  must  woo 
her  with  all  their  heart  (with  undivided  affection)  ;  and  dis- 
miss false  belief  or  perverse  thought  from  the  bridal-chamber 
of  their  Soul  (their  consciousness).  This  chamber  must  he 
furnished  with  truth,  and  ornamented  in  the  order  of  simple 
faith.  Wisdom,  the  bride  of  Love,  is  modest,  and  only  ap- 
pears in  the  presence  of  her  bridegroom — Love,  when  the 
bridal-chamber  or  consciousness  is  thus  adorned  or  furnished. 
They  who  turn  from  the  letter  to  the  Spirit,  with  love  and 
attention  fixed  therein  to  serve  the  Spirit  or  Truth  day  and 
night,  will  unite  themselves  with  wisdom.  They  who  love 
to  serve  the  truth  with  unwavering  faith,  will  find  Me — 
Wisdom  ;  for  I  am  easily  found  by  a  constant  devotion  to 
Me — and  love  for  truth.  I  am  united  and  wedded  to  Love 
by  the  Supreme  One,  and  they  whom  God  hath  sealed  to- 
gether cannot  be  separated.  In  whomsoever  the  love  of 
God  is  manifest,  the  same  is  the  Bride. 


LESSON     VIII. 


ATTRIBUTES  OF  INFINITE  SPIRIT. 


Where  is  the  one  wisdom  Spirit  or  Mind — the  all  know- 
ing, to  be  found?  Shall  we  in  thought  soar  to  some  un- 
known realm,  or  are  we  in  thought  to  reach  to  some  far 
away  sphere,  or  central  sun,  that  the  light  of  truth  may 
shine  upon  us?  Is  this  One  Spirit  or  Mind  which  is  all 
wisdom,  and  all  power,  limited  to  time  or  located  in  place? 
Is  it  unchangeable  or  changeable?  Infinite  or  finite? 

2.  The  substance  of  the  Bibles  of  the  Ages  is  contained 
within  the  truth  that  God  is  Spirit,  and  is  all  knowing,  all 
powerful  and  all  pervading,  all  knowledge,  all  power,  all 
presence.  This  central  truth  contains  the  detail  of  our 
Science,  and  is  the  one  truth  or  principle  from  which  the 
problem  of  life  is  solved,  and  by  which  the  truth  is  demon- 
strated in  each  individual  consciousness ;  and  it  is  the  one 
truth  from  which  if  we  deviate,  or  in  thought  wander  away, 
we  form  erroneous  conclusions,  or  false  beliefs.  If  absent  in 
thought  from  the  Eternal  Spirit,  when  forming  conclusions, 
reason  is  robbed  of  principle  for  the  time  being,  and  to  prin- 
ciple the  conclusion  is  meaningless.  Unless  Spirit  or  God 
be  the  basis  of  reasoning  mentality  becomes  darkened,  and 
we  believe  ourselves  to  be  that  which  is  seen  with  the  eye, 


108  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

viz.,  flesh  or  effect,  instead  of  Spirit  or  Cause.  This  is 
perversion  of  the  premise  from  which  we  draw  conclusions, 
and  all  effort  from  this  direction  is  darkness  to  mentality. 

3.  The  all  embracing"  truth  of  the  omnipresence  of  Spirit 
or  Mind,  has  been  but  vaguely  and  indifferently  presented  to 
humanity  as  something  to  believe,  but  not  to  be  realized  or 
demonstrated.    Science  or  truth  says,  as  God  is  omnipresent, 
there  can  be  no  other  presence  ;  then  it  is  axiomatic  that  the 
kingdom  is  at  hand,  and  that  heaven  is  within  in  Infinite 
Spirit.     That  the  One  all  knowing  Mind  is  here,  and  is  not 
to  be  sought  in  some  unknown  realm,  or  far  away  sphere, 
or  central  sun.      That  it  is  not  limited  by  time  or  confined 
to  place,  for  it  is  limitless,  boundless,  changeless  and  indi- 
visible. 

4.  The  way  is  clear  for  you  to  seek  interior  to  the  soul 
in  the  depths  of  the  silence,  or  in  the  uncreate,  for  the  light 
which  lighteth  every  man  that  cometh  into  he  world,  and  if 
you  find  not  the  wisdom  Spirit,  or  mind  there,   you  may 
seek  in  vain  elsewhere.     When  you  find  it  there,  you  find 
that  all  is  within  it,  and  that  it  is  everywhere.      Then  the 
real  presence  can  be  proven  or  manifested  by  correct  think- 
ing, "Things  which  are  seen  were  not  made  of  things  which 
do  appear. ' '      Cause  is  not  apparent  to  sense  ;    that  which 
manifests  is  light  or  wisdom,  Spirit  or  Mind. 

5.  Be  satisfied  to  commence  the  work  of  regeneration 
in  your  present  surroundings,  with  your  present  understand- 


INFINITE   SPIRIT.  109 

ing.  They  who  in  thought  are  faithful  to  truth,  will  find  the 
Kingdom  of  God  and  His  righteousness  within,  then  all  else 
shall  be  added. 

Truth  is  eternal,  and  you  cannot  recognize  a  truth  or 
attribute  of  the  Divine  which  is  not  in  yourself. 

If  Divinity  were  not  within,  and  you  were  not  divine, 
you  could  not  manifest  Divinely.  If  it  were  not  an  unalter- 
able truth  that  Spirit  is  omnipresent,  it  would  be  impossible 
to  manifest  good.  But,  you  will  ask,  if  error  or  evil  were 
not  present,  how  could  we  manifest  error  or  evil?  The 
Spirit  or  Mind  which  is  all  wisdom,  goodness  and  power,  is 
positive  presence,  the  all  pervading  and  sustaining  one. 

Then  evil  or  error,  so-called,  is  temporary  appearance, 
the  effect  or  outpicturing  of  false  interpretation  or  thinking ; 
it  is  not  a  real  presence,  and  can  remain  in  appearance  no 
longer  than  we  darken  mentality  by  believing  in  it,  and  thus 
ignoring  the  absolute  and  real  presence. 

6.  The  time  cometh  and  now  is,  when  the  true  teacher 
will  teach  the  truth  of  Spirit  from  the  Spirit.  The  awakened 
know  that  the  troubles  and  trials  of  existence  believed  in  by 
the  unawakened  can  only  be  permanently  corrected  by  the 
word  which  liveth  and  abideth  forever,  or  by  the  decision  of 
Spirit,  which  is  truth,  for  it  alone  frees.  In  solving  and 
demonstrating  the  problem  of  life,  all  errors  must  be  corrected 
by,  and  interpretations  made,  according  to  the  Spirit.  By 
basing  the  thought  and  conclusion  on  the  Spirit  or  Mind 


110  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

underlying  creation,  we  obey  the  Spirit  or  God  within.  In 
this  way  the  teacher  solves  the  problem,  or  corrects  the 
error  for  those  who  are  striving  to  overcome  effects  known 
as  evil  and  dis-ease. 

As  the  teacher  of  mathematics  does  not  fear  the  error 
in  the  example,  or  sympathize  with  it,  but  erases  it  and  pro- 
ceeds to  instruct  the  pupil  in  the  principle  underlying  the 
example  to  be  demonstrated,  so  the  teacher  of  divine  science 
does  not  fear  the  appearance  of  sickness  or  other  errors  of 
existence,  or  sympathize  with  them,  but  erases  them  by 
denial,  and  proceeds  to  instruct  the  patient  in  truth,  calcu- 
lating from  the  Spirit  or  Mind,  in  which  creation  is  based. 

7.  Zoroaster  said  :  "The  Father  perfected  all  things, 
and  delivered  them  over  to  the  second  mind,  which  the 
whole  race  of  men  calls  the  first." 

This  second  mind  is  mentality.  Spirit  or  Mind  makes 
everything  that  is  made,  and  pronounces  it  good.  All  things 
are  perfect  in  infinite  Mind.  "To  the  pure  all  things  are 
pure."  But  existence  or  form  is  handed  over,  as  it  were, 
and  is  subject  to  our  thought,  for  the  reason  that  existence 
or  form  is  the  result  of  evolution  of  thought. 

We  are  free  to  interpret  ourselves  truthfully  or  other- 
wise. We  may  render  our  decision  according  to  the  Father's 
decision,  that  all  is  good  ;  or  we  may  interpret  existence  to  be 
the  opposite,  evil,  and  ourselves  to  be  sinful,  or  sick.  But  if 


INFINITE   SPIRIT.  Ill 

we  hold  to  the  word  of  God  and  practice  the  truth,  we  work 
in  concert  with  His  idea  of  things,  and  do  His  will  thereby. 

Whosoever  doeth  the  will  of  the  Father  the  same  is  the 
sister,  brother,  and  mother  of  Christ,  the  Truth,  and  are 
walking  in  the  straight  and  narrow  way,  and  will  come  to 
see  things  as  He  sees  them.  Truth  is  the  food  of  which  if 
we  partake  we  shall  not  hunger.  Hold  to  the  truth  that 
good  is  the  real  presence,  and  that  there  is  no  other,  and  it 
will  be  in  you  a  well  of  water  springing  up  into  everlasting 
life.  Let  your  decision  be  one  with  the  Father's,  that  all  is 
good. 

8.  We  deem  it  of  great  importance  in  this  course -of 
lessons   that   you  obtain  a  thorough  understanding  of  the 
attributes  of  the  uncreate,  and  that  you  hold  them  in  con- 
sciousness as  a  guide  for  thought,  to  prepare  you  for  future 
study  and  demonstration  in  truth's  practice. 

Your  conclusions,  if  truthful,  will  harmonize  with  the 
attributes.  Not  a  day  will  pass  but  you  will  turn  from  the 
example  to  the  Principle,  or  from  the  letter  to  the  Spirit,  to 
adjust  your  thoughts  to  the  Principle  or  Spirit,  and  not  a 
day  will  pass  but  will  find  you  further  on  the  way  in  wisdom 
and  harmony. 

9.  What  are  the  attributes    of  the    uncreate  ?      Truth 
says,    "God  is  Spirit,   and  they  that   worship    Him    must 
worship  Him  in  Spirit  and  in  truth. "—John  iv : 24.     There 
is  no  respect  to  persons  with  God,  for  He  is  omnipresent. 


112  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

' '  Knowing  that  of  the  Lord  (Spirit)  ye  shall  receive  the 
reward  of  the  inheritance,  for  ye  serve  the  Christ,  by  speak- 
ing the  word  of  truth." — Col.  in : 24..  "But  he  that  doeth 
wrong  shall  receive  wrong  which  he  hath  done  ;  there  is  no 
respect  to  persons." — Col.  iii : 25. 

Truth  applies  alike  to  all  at  all  times,  and  whosoever 
negates  and  denies  the  presence  of  God,  by  perverse  or 
opposite  thought — by  claiming  the  opposite  of  truth  for 
themselves,  will  receive  that  which  they  claim — will  express 
their  thoughts  in  the  body.  Negation  is  a  negative  condi- 
tion, and  is  made  apparent  in  sickness,  sin,  etc.  "For  not 
the  hearers  of  the  law  are  justified  before  God,  but  the  doers 
of  the  law  shall  be  justified." — Rom.  ii:  13. 

Now  that  you  know  that  the  universe  is  full  of  Good- 
ness, that  it  is  ever  present,  you  have  the  firm  foundation 
upon  which  to  base  your  statement  and  demonstrate  the 
power  of  good. 

10.  We  cannot  be  separated  from  infinite  good.  So  it 
is  a  truth  that  when  we  cease  to  be  negative  to  its  presence, 
and  cease  believing  in  evil  or  in  sickness — and  cease  spend- 
ing precious  time  in  talking  about  them — and  allow  the  truth 
to  occupy  our  thought,  that  all  is  good,  we  manifest  good, 
and  nothing  but  the  good. 

Presence  is  an  attribute.  ' '  Can  any  hide  himself  in  secret 
places,  that  I  shall  not  see  him?"  saith  the  Lord.  "  Do  I 
not  fill  Heaven  and  Earth." — Jer.  xxiii  :  24..  "Whither 


INFINITE    SPIRIT.  113 

shall  I  go  from  thy  Spirit,  or  whither  shall  I  flee  from  thy 
presence?  If  I  ascend  up  into  Heaven,  then  Thou  art  there. 
If  I  make  my  bed  in  hell,  behold,  Thou  art  there.  If  I  take 
the  wings  of  the  morning,  and  dwell  in  the  uttermost  parts 
of  the  sea,  even  there  shall  Thy  right  hand  lead  me,  and 
Thy  right  hand  shall  hold  me.  If  I  say,  surely  the  darkness 
shall  cover  me,  even  the  night  shall  be  light  about  me. 
Yea,  the  darkness  hideth  not  from  Thee  ;  but  the  night 
shineth  as  the  day  ;  the  darkness  and  the  night  are  both 
alike  to  Thee." — Ps.  cxxxix :  7-12. 

The  lesson  which  these  wonderful  texts  contain,  is  the 
truth  that  we  cannot  get  away  from  God ;  when  in  the  most 
unhappy  state  of  thought,  that  of  total  denial  of  Him  in  all 
decisions  rendered — which  is  mental  darkness — when  not 
even  a  belief  in  good  remains,  nor  a  ray  of  light  is  apparent 
in  thought,  even  then  the  light  of  His  presence  is  within, 
around  and  above  all.  This  teaching  sustains  our  science, 
and  proves  that  the  spirit  of  truth  is  not  changed  or  altered 
by  words,  habits  of  thought,  or  false  belief.  It  does  not 
change  or  accommodate  itself  to  our  misinterpretation  of  it. 
The  way  to  a  realization  of  the  wisdom  Spirit  or  eternal  life, 
is  truthful  interpretation  of  it,  of  self,  and  of  one  another. 

As  long  as  our  consciousness  is  based  in  the  example, 
we  do  not  perceive  the  principle,  and  we  form  erroneous 
conclusions ;  or,  if  it  be  based  in  the  body,  we  do  not 
perceive  the  Spirit,  and  our  real  self,  hence  we  form 
erroneous  conclusions  of  ourselves  by  taking  forms  to  be 


114  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

real.  So,  when  the  example  is  erased,  or  the  body  of  a 
friend  laid  aside,  all  is  gone  from  us  that  we  have  loved. 
This  is  sorrow.  The  fruit  of  negation  is  a  darkened  mental 
condition ;  whosoever  ignores  Spirit  for  flesh,  ignores  self 
for  raiment.  This  is  the  sandy  foundation  upon  which,  if 
we  build,  we  come  to  desolation  and  sorrow.  We  cannot 
understand  the  absolute  presence  through  negation.  "He 
that  cometh  to  God  must  believe  that  He  is." 

11.  "In  Him  was  life,  and  the  life  was  the  light  of  men. ' ' 
— John  i :  4.     We  speak  the  word  by  saying,    "  God  is  our 
life,  and  we  have  no  other.      He  is  the  source  and  fountain 
of  all  wisdom." 

' '  For  with  thee  is  the  fountain  of  life,  and  in  Thy  light 
we  shall  see  light." — Ps.  xxxvi :  9.  By  living  in  positive 
affirmation  or  constant  recognition  of  good,  we  come  to  see 
as  Spirit  sees.  By  claiming  the  opposite  of  Infinite  Spirit 
for  ourselves,  thought,  which  is  the  channel  through  which 
Spirit  expresses,  denies  it  expression  ;  this  is  weakness. 

12.  God  is  power.      "  Let  every  soul  be  subject  to  the 
higher  power,   for   there   is   no   power  but  of  God.      The 
powers  that  be,  are  ordained  of  God. — Rom.  xiii :  i.    "For 
of  Him,  and  through   Him,  and  to   Him,  are  all  things,   to 
whom  be  glory  forever." 

When  we  claim  that  there  is  a  lack  of  anything  that  the 
Spirit  contains,  we  ignore  the  presence  of  that  which  we 


INFINITE    SPIRIT.  115 

desire,  and  deny  it  expression  through  the  channel  of  thought; 
therefore  we  do  not  manifest  that  which  we  have  in  Being. 

''God  is  love,  and  he  who  loveth  fulfilled!  the  law." 
' '  Let  us  love  one  another,  for  love  is  of  God,  and 
every  one  that  loveth  is  born  of  God,  and  knoweth 
God." — i  John,  iv:j.  If  we  think  loving  thoughts,  and 
love  our  neighbors  as  ourselves,  God  dwelleth  in  our 
thoughts  and  is  manifest  in  us.  ' '  Hereby  know  we  that  we 
dwell  in  Him,  and  He  in  us,  because  He  hath  given  us  of 
His  Spirit. ' '  And  we  have  known  and  believed  the  love 
that  God  hath  given  us.  God  is  love ;  and  he  that  dwelleth 
in  love,  dwelleth  in  God,  and  God  in  him."  "Therein  is 
our  love  made  perfect." 

\Ye  prove  the  love  of  Spirit  by  our  thought,  in  bearing 
witness  and  speaking  truthfully  of  Spirit ;  thereby  is  our 
wisdom  made  perfect. 

13.  God  is  wisdom  ;  then  do  not  deny  by  thought, 
word,  or  deed,  that  wisdom  is  within,  around,  or  about 
you  at  all  times.  In  all  your  ways  acknowledge  the 
attributes  of  the  Infinite  Spirit,  and  it  will  direct  you  into  all 
wisdom. 

\Yisdom  is  the  principal  thing ;  therefore  get  wisdom, 
and  with  all  thy  getting  get  understanding. "  "  Exalt  her, 
and  she  shall  promote  thee  ;  be  not  wise  in  thine  own  eyes." 
— Proi'.  xi~c  :j.  "  Know  ye  not  that  ye  are  the  temple  of 
God,  and  that  the  Spirit  of  God  dwelleth  in  you?  The 


Il6  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

wisdom   of  this  world   (of  the  senses)   is   foolishness  with 
God." 

''Whence  then  cometh  wisdom,  and  where  is  the  place 
of  understanding :  God  understandeth  the  way  thereof,  and 
knoweth  the  place  thereof."  "Behold  the  fear  (love)  of 
the  Lord,  this  is  wisdom  ;  and  to  depart  from  evil  is  under- 
standing."— Job  xxiii :  20,  23,  28. 

All  wisdom  is  contained  in  the  silence,  but  she  will 
forever  refuse  to  reveal  her  secrets  to  those  who  negate  her 
presence. 

He  who  takes  wisdom  for  his  bride,  must  acknowledge 
her  before  and  as  above  all  existence.  This  is  the  way  of 
understanding. 

14.  Once  conscious  of  these  central  truths,  if  we 
practice  them  and  become  doers  of  the  word  and  not 
hearers  only,  we  rend  the  veil  of  sense  delusion.  Once 
conscious  of  the  real  presence,  there  is  freedom  from  fear  : 
when  we  are  present  in  the  Spirit,  we  are  absent  from  the 
letter ;  when  we  are  in  faith,  we  are  free  from  doubt.  Let 
not  circumstance  nor  appearance  turn  your  thought  from, 
or  cause  you  not  to  acknowledge  the  silent  Being  which  is 
never  absent,  and  sustains  you. 

Be  not  partakers  of  circumstances  surrounding  you,  by 
believing  they  have  power  over  you.  When  in  thought 
you  hold  yourself  in  truth,  conscious  of  the  Infinite,  with 
no  prejudice  or  aversion  for  sickness  or  surrounding  cir- 


INFINITE    SPIRIT.  Iiy 

cumstances,  you  will  surmount  them  and  be  able  to  go 
forth  and  heal  others.  Whosoever  believeth,  through 
understanding,  shall  do  the  things  that  are  promised.  Study 
well  the  first  three  lessons ;  they  furnish  the  basic  truths  for 
a  full  understanding  and  demonstration  of  the  science. 

15.  Thoughts  which  represent  God  and  the  fruit  there- 
of, are  goodness,  wholeness,  truth,  love,  justice  and  harmony. 
That  which  manifests  is  the  whole  of  Infinite  Spirit.  So,  if  we 
do  not  sympathize  with,  and  have  an  aversion  for  error,  we 
shall  be  able  to  lift  those  who  are  seeking  aid,  out  of  un- 
consciousness to  a  perception  of  truth. 

The  light  of  truth  alone  can  banish  the  darkness  of 
ignorance  and  its  effect.  Have  no  fellowship  with  the  un- 
fruitful works  of  darkness  (ignorance).  ' '  But  rather  reprove 
them,"  means  do  not  sympathize  with  the  error  in  the  ex- 
ample, but  erase  it  and  think  no  more  about  it,  and  turn  to 
the  principle  and  work  the  example  by  it. 

To  adjust  our  habits  of  thought  to  the  Infinite,  is  the 
true  means  of  speaking  the  word  for  ourselves.  It  is  ease, 
and  not  dis-ease.  It  is  order,  and  not  dis-order.  It  is 

harmony,  and  not  in-harmony. 

"It  is  speaking  to  ourselves  in  psalms,  and  hymns, 
and  spiritual  songs."  Singing  and  making  melody  in  our 
hearts  to  the  Lord,  to  adjust  all  to  Goodness,  is  to  build 
upon  the  rock  of  the  unalterable.  "He  is  the  rock,  His 
work  is  perfect,  for  all  His  ways  are  judgment.  A  God  of 


Il8  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

truth  without  iniquity,  just  and  right  is  He."  —  Deiit. 
cxxxii  :£.  Justice  is  that  attribute  of  Infinite  Spirit  which 
it  manifests  in  all  its  ways  and  expressions  ;  and  the  justice 
of  Spirit  is  according  to  truth. 

Justice  renders  to  everyone  his  or  her  due.  Conformity 
to  truth  is  justice  to  God  ;  it  says,  as  you  think,  so  will 
existence  be  with  you  ;  for  it  is  subject  to  thought.  Spirit 
says,  represent  me  in  your  conclusions,  and  you  will  know 
that  peace  that  passeth  understanding.  ' '  With  what 
measure  ye  mete,  it  is  measured  to  you  again." 

1 6.  The  standard   of  divine  science  will   become   the 
standard  of  humanity.      All   will  awaken   to  the   truth   that 
there  is  no  incurable  disease  or  evil ;    that  there  is  a  healing 
balm    for   all.       Truth's    practice    will    erase   all   error   and 
inharmony. 

When  the  children  of  God  know  what  they  are,  these 
questions  will  they  ask  of  themselves  :  is  this  decision  or 
conclusion  like  unto  the  attributes  of  an  Infinite  Spirit — is  it 
true  of  the  most  high?  If  so,  just  and  right  it  is.  Does  my 
decision  represent  or  misrepresent  the  omnipresent  good 
pervading  the  person  or  thing  thought  about?  Justice  to 
God  is  the  royal  road  which  leadeth  to  peace  upon  earth 
and  good  will  to  men.  Thus  kindness  rules. 

17.  Spirit  is  mercy.      "For  His  merciful  kindness  is 
great  toward  us. "      "  For  the  mercy  of  the   Lord  endureth 
forever,  and  all  that  endureth  forever  is  strength." 


INFINITE   SPIRIT.  1 19 

' '  He  giveth  power  to  the  faint,  and  to  them  that  have 
no  might  He  increaseth  their  strength.  But  they  that  wait 
upon  the  Lord  shall  renew  their  strength  ;  they  shall  mount 
up  with  wings  as  eagles ;  they  shall  run  and  not  be  weary; 
and  they  shall  walk  and  not  be  faint." — Is.  xi: 29-31. 

To  wait  upon  the  Lord  is  to  affirm  with  perfect  faith  the 
strength  of  the  Spirit  for  ourselves,  and  for  one  another, 
and  think  not  weakness. 

1 8.  Spirit  is  perfect.  "  Be  ye  perfect,  therefore,  even 
as  your  Father  in  heaven  is  perfect. ' '  This  command  would 
not  have  been  given,  if  it  were  not  possible  to  fulfil  it.  In 
full  consciousness  of  truth,  all  is  reconciled  to  Spirit.  The 
inner  meaning  of  the  word  lifts  the  veil  of  delusion  from 
understanding,  and  the  perfectness  of  all  things  is  revealed 
thereby.  For  that  which  is  but  seeming  disappears  in  the 
presence  of  truth,  as  light  dispels  the  darkness. 

The  study  and  application  of  this  lesson,  added  to 
previous  ones,  will  guide  you  further  on  the  straight  and 
narrow  way  that  leadeth  to  wisdom  and  power,  that  you 
may  produce  correct  examples  and  harmonious  expressions. 

When  calculation  is  according  to  the  Spirit,  it  admits 
of  no  inaccuracy  of  conclusion.  This  system  admits  not  of 
ignorance  or  of  the  negation  of  Spirit,  or  God.  It  admits 
not  of  doubt  or  indecision,  which  is  weakness.  It  admits 
not  of  perversity,  self  notion,  or  egotism.  For  if  the  all 
wisdom  Spirit  or  Mind  be  recognized,  understanding 


120  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

illumines  mentality  and  existence ;  this  is  the  end  of  dark- 
ness. Whosoever  walketh  in  wisdom's  way,  gaineth  the 
consciousness  of  a  son  of  God.  "  He  that  overcometh  shall 
inherit  all  things  ;  and  I  will  be  his  God,  and  he  shall  be  my 
son." — Rev.  xxi:j. 


WORDS  OF  HEALING. 


That  the  efficacy  of  Prayer  or  words  of  healing  be  not 
destroyed  by  sense  seeing  and  false  believing,  prepare  your- 
self to  speak  the  following  words,  by  entering  the  closet  of 
the  silence  (in  thought  and  consciousness),  in  the  presence 
of  the  invisible,  impersonal,  wisdom-Spirit  or  Mind. 

When  you  have  closed  the  door  to  sense  seeing  and 
believing,  acknowledge  the  presence  of  God  and  all  His 
goodness,  put  on  the  whole  armor  of  Truth  for  each  and 
all,  and  proceed  to  instruct  your  patient  in  the  truth. 

Dear  sister  or  brother ;  all  beliefs  in  sickness  are  false, 
for  they  misrepresent  being.  The  sensation  or  appearance 
which  has  been  called  pain  or  disease,  is  an  effect  or  proof  of 
error  of  belief,  and  false  belief  is  nothing. 

Yon  are  in  infinite  Spirit,  or  Mind,  one  with  all  good- 
ness;  you  are  good,  peaceful,  harmonious,  for  God  is  your 
life,  substance,  and  power.  Beliefs  in  sickness  are  false,  for 


INFINITE    SPIRIT.  121 

they  are  not  based  on  unchanging  principle  of  life,  love, 
and  truth,  which  underlies  existence.  You  can  not  be  sick, 
for  to  be,  is  to  be  uncreate,  one  with  God  the  Father ;  you 
possess,  therefore,  all  that  you  desire  to  manifest,  viz :  life, 
lore,  truth,  wisdom,  justice,  faith,  strength;  for  the  Spirit 
of  God  and  the  truth  that  frees,  is  ever  in  you  and  you  in  it. 
You  can  not  be  absent  from  the  perfect.  Be  ye  perfect, 
means,  know  the  truth  that  your  father  in  heaven  is  in  you, 
and  you  in  Him.  and  in  his  presence  there  is  pleasure 
evermore  ;  therefore  you  are  whole,  entire,  wanting  nothing, 
absolutely  full  of  peace  and  harmony  at  this  time.  And 
this  truth  is  not  absence,  but  is  positive  and  eternal  presence, 
from  which  you  can  not  be  separated. 


LESSON      IX. 


TRUTH'S  PRACTICE. 


In  the  preface  of  this  book  we  have  told  you  that  to  be 
healed,  means  a  spiritual  and  normal  condition,  which  brings 
into  expression  consciousness  of  unity  and  wholeness.  A  spir- 
itual and  normal  condition  is  one  like  unto  Infinite  Spirit,  with 
which  we  are  one.  That  we  may  manifest  and  realize  the 
harmony  of  Spirit,  we  are  to  acquire  a  knowledge  of  what 
we  are,  and  know  that  we  are  forever  concerned  with  the 
permanent  and  real,  and  not  with  the  transient  and  passing. 

2.  Unity,  or  wholeness,  means  oneness  with  all  that  is, 
and  all  that  is,  is  that  from  which  all   things  come.       That 
which  is  manifest  and  made  apparent,  is  within  that  which 
manifests  and  makes  apparent.    Hence  there  is  always  unity 
between  the  Creator  and  the  created.     Understanding  and 
right  perception  gives  realization  of  this  truth.     Day  by  day 
we  perceive  more  and  more  of  first  and  final  truth,  but  we 
do  not  create,  or  make  it ;    that  which  we  perceive,  is  that 
which  is  eternal,  and  is  Creator  and  Maker  of  all  things. 

3.  To  know  the  truth,  that  we  are  one  with  the  Whole 
or  Holy  Spirit,  is  to  know  that  we  are  one  with  all  goodness; 
not  to  deny,  negate,  nor  to  refuse  in  any  way  to  accept  this 
all-inclusive  truth,  but  to  affirm  it  in  thought,  word  and  act, 


TRUTH'S  PRACTICE.  123 

is  the  great  work  which  lies  before  us.  Affirmation  brings 
realization,  for  it  is  the  word  of  truth  and  life  ;  it  is  the 
pinnacle  of  absolute  consciousness,  above  temptation  and 
sense  delusion,  and  reveals  to  us  that  we  are  superior  to 
time,  place  and  circumstance. 

They  who  realize  this  truth,  are  caused  to  turn  from 
darkness  to  light,  from  the  seeming  to  the  real,  from  dis-ease 
to  ease,  from  fear  and  its  torments,  to  love  and  its  bliss,  from 
unkindness  to  justice,  from  doubt  to  faith,  from  false  belief  to 
knowledge,  from  the  tempter  to  God,  in  which  and  by  which 
all  live:  "THE  BREAD  OF  LIFE." 

4.  The  question  may  arise  in  the  thoughts  of  many,  is 
it  possible  at  all  times  and  in  all  places  to  rise  superior  to 
environments,  surrounding  conditions  and  circumstances? 
This  question  may  be  correctly  answered  by  the  one  asking 
it,  by  perceiving  what  Being  is.  Let  not  yourself  forget 
what  self  is ;  all  know  that  they  are,  but  all  do  not  know 
what  they  are.  This  lesson  is  to  be  learned  only  by  adhering 
to  truth  with  divine  steadfastness.  Forget  not  that  environ- 
ment, condition  and  circumstance,  are  effects — not  cause, 
while  you  are  cause — not  effect,  and  that  effect  can  not 
environ,  condition,  nor  limit  cause ;  nor  is  it  ever  otherwise. 

Whosoever  hath  an  eye  to  see,  will  see  that  they  have 
not  been,  neither  can  they  be,  environed,  or  limited  by 
things  of  time  and  sense,  and  that  the  belief  that  they  can 
be  or  have  been,  is  false ;  and  is  that  which  darkens  the 


124  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

intellect    and    veils    it    from    understanding,   and    prevents 
truthful  conception,  and  perfect  manifestation  of  self. 

We  are  ever  superior  to  our  manifestations,  as  cause  is 
superior  to  effect,  or  God  to  nature,  or  the  Creator  to  the 
created. 

5.  Truthful  interpretation  is  correct  perception  of  Spirit 
and   its   manifestation.       It  perceives   effect,   as   effect,  and 
cause,  as  cause.      It  is   the  basis  for  truthful  word,  just  and 
right  action,  and  a  perfect  manifestation  or  body.    Salvation 
from  error  is  salvation  indeed. 

The  first  work  to  be  done  preparatory  to  correct  in- 
terpretation, is  to  erase  false  belief ;  by  means  of  this  primary 
work  consciousness  is  realized  that  you  are  superior  to  all 
effects,  or  to  the  visible  universe.  You  are  now  to  under- 
stand, that  to  hold  yourself  superior  to  all  expression,  is  to 
hold  yourself  in  truth  ;  and  to  think  of  others,  the  same 
as  you  do  of  self,  is  to  think  truthfully  of  them. 

6.  Is  it  to  be  understood,  that  by  holding  ourselves  in 
truth,  we  can  control  our  thought,   and   be   indifferent   to 
surrounding  circumstances  ? 

This  can  be  gained  only  through  a  systematic  and  correct 
mental  training  in  Divine  thinking,  by  adjusting  mentality 
to  principle.  Through  right  habit  of  thought,  sensation, 
word  and  deed — the  effect  of  thought — becomes  harmonious, 
and  we  realize  peace,  in  earth — the  body — as  it  is  in  heaven 
—Spirit. 


TRUTH  S    PRACTICE.  125 

Through  holding  ourselves  in  truth,  we  realize  the  real 
and  are  not  troubled  with,  nor  by  effects.  Not  until  we 
control  our  thoughts  by  the  Spirit  of  Truth  do  we  hold  our- 
selves where  God  has  placed  us. 

7.  If  we  have  erroneous  beliefs,  such  as  envy,  prejudice, 
hate,  etc.,  we  place  ourselves  beneath  them,  for  that  which 
we  believe  in,  to  the  same  do  we  yield  our  thoughts  ser- 
vants. ' '  Know  ye  not,  that  to  whom  ye  yield  yourselves 
servants  to  obey,  his  servants  ye  are  to  whom  ye  obey  ; 
whether  of  sin  unto  death,  or  of  obedience  unto  righteous- 
ness?"— Rom.  z'i:i6.  If  you  find  that  through  force  of 
habit — so-called — you  are  thinking  and  reasoning  in  favor 
of  the  belief  in  sin,  sickness,  and  death,  envy,  prejudice, 
hate,  etc.,  do  not  feel  discouraged,  but  deny  and  erase  that 
line  of  thought,  by  thinking,  speaking,  and  manifesting  their 
opposite.  Think  and  manifest  salvation — and  not  sin,  health 
— not  sickness,  life — not  death,  justice — not  envy,  love — not 
prejudice,  truth — not  hate ;  by  so  doing  you  serve  God, 
Goodness,  and  make  desirable  conditions.  The  science  of 
God  is  also  the  science  of  Goodness,  the  law  of  which  is 
love. 

"Whatsoever  a  man  soweth,  that  shall  he  reap."  His 
habit  of  thought  is  expressed  in  the  body ;  he  reaps  in 
manifestation  what  he  by  thought  sows  in  mentality  ;  the 
present  thought  will  bear  its  fruit  in  due  season.  They  who 
would  be  free  from  error,  must  be  willing  that  error  should 


126  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

pass  from  their  mental  vision  ;  must  be  willing  not  to  believe 
in  error,  then  maintain  that  position,  and  think  no  error. 

The  lesson  of  letting  go,  is  an  important  one  to  under- 
stand. To  get  understanding  is  to  let  go  of  error. 

8.  Beliefs  in  ignorance — which  are  those  that  ignore 
the  spirit  in  making  decisions — seek  to  serve  effects — that 
which  is  visible.  But  after  we  have  come  to  know  the 
Spirit,  and  that  all  that  is,  is  Spirit  and  is  Goodness,  there 
being  no  other  cause  of  creation  or  manifestation,  we  serve 
but  one  master ;  and  quickly  do  we  pass  from  the  false  race 
beliefs  and  their  effects,  to  true  knowledge  and  peace.  This 
change,  though  it  be  sudden,  is  effectual. 

Some  persons  say  they  fear  to  let  go  of  the  belief  of  the 
reality  of  sin,  sickness  and  death,  for  fear  that  they  may 
come  upon  them,  and  for  this  reason  they  are  afraid  not  to 
fear.  It  is  written,  "  God  hath  not  given  you  the  spirit  of 
fear,"  with  its  torments.  He  has  given  you  the  spirit  of 
perfect  love  with  its  bliss,  which  when  recognized,  obeyed, 
and  manifest,  casteth  out  fear.  When  we  abide  in  that 
truth  which  God  hath  given  us,  we  give  up  false  beliefs  in 
fear,  for  His  love  and  truth.  He  who  manifested  patience, 
divinely,  while  suffering,  said,  "the  things  that  I  feared, 
have  come  upon  me." 

Commence  your  work  in  the  place  and  condition  that 
you  are  in,  by  thinking  and  saying :  I  do  not  fear,  there  is 
nothing  to  fear.  The  spirit  of  Goodness  is  omnipresent ;  it 
is  life,  love,  power,  faith  or  substance,  it  is  all  that  I  need 


TRUTH'S  PRACTICE.  127 

and   want.      I   love  the   truth   and   am  in  truth  and  of  the 
truth,  which  is  fearless  and  free. 

9.  Let  your  thought  be  that  the  Infinite  Goodness,  in 
which  you  live,  sustains  in  every  hour,  guides  and  gives  in 
every  need.  Seek  to  make  your  thought  loving  and  kind 
toward  all  persons  and  every  thing,  and  it  will  be  like  unto 
the  One  which  gives  and  sustains  all  that  live. 

If  you  fear  age,  or  believe  that  you  can  grow  old,  which 
is  an  inference  that  you  were  once  young,  that  fear  is  based 
in  the  belief  that  you  are  the  mortal  body.  So  you  are  taking 
yourself  to  be  the  passing  and  transient ;  this  being  misinter- 
pretation and  not  interpretation,  it  is  the  basis  for  fear  and 
its  torments ;  therefore,  rouse  up  and  claim  the  truth  of 
Being  for  yourself.  Age  cannot  touch  you,  death  cannot 
come  to  you. 
1 '  Never  the  Spirit  was  born ;  the  Spirit  shall  cease  to  be 

never ; 

Never  was  time  it  was  not ;  End  and  Beginning  are  dreams! 
Birthless,  and  deathless,  and  changeless,  remaineth  the  Spirit 

forever ; 

Death  hath  not  touched  it  at  all,  dead  though  the  house 
of  it  seems  ! ' ' 

Shall  such  continue  to  say,  I  fear — I  doubt — I  am 
subject  to  sin,  sickness  and  death?  Can  that  which  cndureth 
forcrcr,  be  subject  to  the  symbol  of  life?  You  will  say  no, 
forever  no  !  Then  if  race  belief  be  manifest  in  the  body,  in 
form  of  disease,  it  is  for  the  reason  that  we  have  not  been 


128  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

conscious  of  the  truth  about  self;  therefore  not  active  in 
truthful  thought. 

10.  Disease  and  pain,  so  to   speak,  are  always   effect ; 
so   they  are  subject  to   us  ;    and   this   is   demonstrated  by 
truthful  thought,  and  the  non-reality  of  disease  is  proven. 
Where  fear  and  negation  are  not,  pain  is  not.     When  there 
is  an  appearance  of  pain,  if  you  doubt  not,  that   truth  will 
heal  you ;    speak   quickly   the  words  of  life  and  truth,  and 
you  will  prove  its  mastery  and  freedom. 

Christ  said,  "Resist  not  evil."  If  one  comes  to  my 
house  or  place  of  business  with  misunderstanding  about 
some  business  matter  and  is  angry  and  perverse,  and  will 
not  reason,  am  I  not  to  resist  his  abuse  ? 

"A  soft  answer  turneth  away  wrath."  All  recognize 
that  anger  is  error ;  if  you  meet  error  with  error,  it  is  the 
blind  leading  the  blind,  both  fall  into  the  ditch.  Truth  is 
power  and  harmony  ;  therefore,  if  you  meet  anger  with 
steady,  unwavering  thought,  words  and  acts  of  truth,  thus 
self  centered,  your  mental  condition  being  superior  to,  is 
master  of  the  condition  of  anger.  If  you  are  moved  to 
anger  by  his  expression,  you  thereby  make  his  expression 
yours,  and  the  two  conditions  are  one.  Hence  you  are  doer 
of  what  you  condemn. 

11.  Whatever  the  occupation  may  be,  truth  applies  alike 
to  all,  and  is  the  remedy  for  all  error.     Let  not  work  worry 
or  fret  you ;  you    may  prevent  it  from  so  doing,  by  thinking 


TRUTH'S  PRACTICE.  129 

that  the  more  I  worry  and  fret,  the  less  competent  am  I  to 
execute  and  make  desirable  conditions  ;  that  the  strength  and 
concentration  which  is  necessary  for  the  accomplishment  of 
the  work,  is  expended  in  worry  and  fretting ;  therefore,  say 
there  is  nothing  to  worry  and  fret  about,  that  you  desire  to 
do  what  you  are  doing,  and  that  you  are  happy.  If  you 
thus  affirm,  believing,  your  work  becomes  a  pleasure,  and 
worry  ceases.  Blessed  are  they  by  their  words  and  works, 
who  thus  speak  and  act.  The  time  spent  in  worry  and  fretful 
thinking  bears  bitter  fruit,  for  during  such  time  thought 
(the  channel  of  expression)  is  occupied  with  perversity  and 
negation  of  Spirit ;  such  thinking  is  void  of  principle  and  life, 
which  produces  its  own  discord,  for  it  is  not  in  accord  with, 
or  according  to  Spirit,  which  is  all  principle  and  life.  Spirit 
manifests  with  order  and  law.  Its  thought  is  a  living  image 
of  itself;  Its  word  is  a  form  or  symbol  of  Its  thought.  It 
has  no  anxiety  nor  worry  ;  fear,  anxiety,  fault  finding,  are 
effects  of  selfishness,  or  self  desire  ;  in  the  present  moment, 
hour,  or  day,  there  is  sufficient  work  to  be  done,  without 
taking  thought  of  the  morrow  or  fearing  the  future. 
"Sufficient  unto  the  day  is  the  evil  thereof." 

1 2.  If  we  build  a  bridge,  vessel,  or  structure  of  any  kind, 
the  plan  of  the  structure  is  first  completed,  then  the  builder, 
step  by  step,  is  guided  by  the  plan  to  its  completion.  Each 
day  brings  its  duty,  or  new  part  of  the  work,  which  brings 
it  further  on  the  way  toward  a  perfect  whole;  and  to-day's 
work  is  a  preparation  for  to-morrow's  work.  No  amount 


130  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

of  anxiety  can  aid  the  work  or  hasten  its  completion,  or 
change  the  plan.  If  by  accident  any  part  of  the  structure 
be  destroyed,  no  amount  of  anxiety  can  aid  in  replacing  it  ; 
the  work  must  be  done  again,  and  all  that  can  be  done  can 
be  accomplished  better  without  anxiety  and  fear,  than  with 
it.  So,  also,  can  the  problem  of  life  be  demonstrated  by 
each  individual. 

When  truthful  thought  takes  the  place  of  error,  and 
knowledge  of  ignorance,  the  effects  of  ignorance  called  dis- 
ease, sorrow  and  trouble,  are  rapidly  dispelled. 

13.  Some  persons  conscientiously  say,  "I  feel  that  I 
am  powerless  to  help  myself;  I  have  not  attained  to  truth, 
but  I  believe  I  could  attain  to  it  and  live  the  life  if  I  was 
situated  as  some  are,  etc."  Dear  friends,  do  not  feel  dis- 
couraged though  you  have  tried  a  thousand  times  to  live 
the  life,  and  have  seemed  to  fail;  all  effort  is  success  in 
motive.  Do  not  be  anxious  about  your  situation — be  willing 
to  commence  your  work  in  your  present  surroundings,  for 
you  now  know  that  you  are  not  subject  to  elements,  climates, 
surrounding  environments,  heredity,  nor  any  mortal  thing; 
for  the  immortal  cannot  be  subject  to  the  mortal.  ' '  Nay 
in  all  these  things  we  are  more  than  conquerors,  through 
Him  that  loved  us.  For  I  am  persuaded,  that  neither  death, 
nor  life,  nor  angels,  nor  principalities,  nor  powers,  nor  things 
present,  nor  things  to  come,  nor  height,  nor  depth,  nor  any 
other  creature,  shall  be  able  to  separate  us  from  the  love  of 
God,  which  is  in  Christ  Jesus,  our  Lord."  Christ  Jesus, 


TRUTH'S  PRACTICE.  131 

meaning  God  with  us.  Make  this  truth  your  own  by  affirming 
this  position  in  thought,  word  and  deed,  and  you  will  free 
mentality  from  race  belief.  If  old  habits  of  thought  return, 
keep  in  remembrance,  through  renewed  effort,  what  manner 
of  Spirit  you  are  of,  and  that  the  Infinite  Spirit  is  all  that  is 
above  your  individuality.  Therefore  serve  one  master,  have 
one  guide,  one  father  or  parent  source. 

They  who  would  be  free  from  idolatry,  must  place 
themselves  above  the  corruptible,  in  the  incorruptible,  and 
move  not  from  that  position.  Cease  trying  to  feed  on  husks, 
by  placing  self  beneath  and  subject  to  effect.  They  who 
would  raise  themselves  from  the  dead — from  form — appear- 
ance— mask,  etc., — to  a  consciousness  of  a  life  eternal  with 
God,  must  stand  firm  in  this  high  and  truthful  position,  the 
one  which  God  hath  given  us. 

14.  If  you  are  in  the  habit  of  saying  that  you  are  sensi- 
tive, negative,  and  receptive  to  surroundings  and  to  your 
own  error  of  thought,  or  that  of  others,  and  that  you  must 
be  situated  in  certain  physical  surroundings  to  be  happy,  it 
is  another  way  of  saying,  I  am  inferior  to  the  most  external 
effects,  and  therefore  dependent  upon  them  for  life  and 
peace  ;  this  is  placing  things  and  conditions  between  you 
and  God,  or  Goodness.  True  happiness,  strength,  knowl- 
edge and  power,  come  from  having  no  other  God  before  me. 
This  is  true,  for  the  reason  that  we  are  the  idea — or  word — 
which  was  before  the  beginning,  which  was  with  God,  and 
which  was  God.  Therefore  when  we  place  effects  between 


132  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

us  and  God,  our  .false  attitude  in  thought  is  our  suffering. 
To  understand  and  realize  what  we  are,  is  eternal  freedom. 
Not  until  we  acknowledge  ourselves  as  above  conditions, 
and  hold  ourselves  firmly  there  by  our  thought,  do  we  or 
can  we  realize  what  we  are,  and  have  freedom  from  ignorance, 
which  is  false  interpretation.  If  you  must  have  certain 
conditions,  know  the  truth,  that  you  are  maker  of  your  own 
conditions  and  environments ;  that  it  is  your  thought  and 
belief  that  you  place  subject  to  or  above  conditions,  and 
the  false  interpretation  of  others.  If  you  believe  that  the 
thought  of  another  is  the  cause  of  your  illness,  then  place 
yourself  in  your  true  position,  as  one  with  Infinite  goodness, 
above  all  error,  and  take  the  person  with  you  whom  you 
have  thought  to  be  the  cause  of  your  illness. 

Each  and  every  claim  that  is  the  opposite  of  Spirit,  is  a 
denial  of  its  presence,  and  is  also  a  negation  of  our  divine 
inheritance,  which  is  eternal  life  with  God- Goodness,  for 
this  is  the  eternal  record. 

15.  I  hear  the  thought  of  thousands,  asking  from  out 
the  silence,  can  we  maintain  ourselves  in  this  high  attitude 
of  Infinite  Goodness,  while  in  its  opposite,  this  mundane 
sphere?  When  you  regard  the  spirit  of  Infinite  Goodness 
as  the  only  Spirit  and  Presence,  it  being  all  of  power,  all  of 
goodness,  all  of  love,  all  of  truth,  all  of  life,  all  that  is,  you 
are  in  the  high  attitude  of  Spirit,  you  have  gone  up  into  the 
mountain,  where  all  false  belief  and  its  effect  is  seen  as  false 
belief  and  appearance  only,  over  which  you  have  entire 


TRUTH  S    PRACTICE.  133 

control.  Ignorance  is  the  cause  of  all  suffering,  and 
knowledge  and  truth  is  its  remedy.  When  we  take  our 
position  in  truth,  which  is  one  of  knowledge,  we  are  able  to 
erase  false  belief,  by  striking  at  the  root  of  error  in  our  own 
mental  conditions. 

It  is  sense  seeing,  unillumined  by  Spirit  perception  or 
truth,  that  makes  us  sensible  of  error,  trouble  and  inharmony, 
and  causes  us  to  affirm  that  they  are  ours  and  are  real.  We 
should  be  satisfied  that  what  we  claim  as  our  own,  belongs 
to  us,  and  as  we  have  no  power  or  substance  but  of  God, 
we  should  be  careful  what  we  claim,  for  it  is  not  profitable 
to  lay  claim  to  that  which  God  has  not  given  us,  and  thus 
deny  that  which  He  hath  given,  and  which  He  is.  So  they 
who  decide  not  to  lay  up  treasures  of  error,  trouble  and 
inharmony,  but  that  their  treasures  shall  consist  of  the  real 
and  eternal,  and  of  nothing  but  the  real  and  eternal,  will  be 
faithful  in  the  practice  of  truth,  and  willing  to  deny  all  error. 

1 6.  If  we  give  place  in  our  thought  to  the  word  of 
prejudice  spoken  by  another,  we  have  listened,  and  it  will 
bear  its  fruit  in  us. 

A  teacher  of  Divine  science  not  long  since,  said  to  her 
class,  that  if  at  any  time  circumstance  made  it  necessary  for 
them  to  listen  to  recitals  of  prejudice,  envy,  malice,  etc,,  to 
say,  ' '  my  soul  did  not  hear  it. ' ' 

What  we  refuse  to  admit  in  the  soul — or  even  in 
mentality,  we  have  not  heard;  thus  all  error  is  rejectedk 


134  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

If,  therefore,  thine  eye  be  single — to  truth — thy  whole  body 
shall  be  full  of  light. 

Mentalities  that  blend  with  the  consciousness  of  Spirit, 
know  that  they  are  the  light  of  the  world,  and  will  let  their 
light  so  shine,  that  the  Spirit  will  be  manifest  or  apparent. 
No  ill  can  befall  one  who  sees  no  ill.  They  who  fulfil  the 
royal  law,  resist  not  evil,  for  they  see  no  power  in  what  is 
called  evil ;  goodness  being  infinite,  they  know  naught  but 
goodness.  The  silent  thought  of  many  while  reading  this 
lesson  will  be,  what  am  I  to  do  with  what  I  see ;  I  see 
nothing  but  evil,  error,  and  suffering.  Whence  does  it 
come — whither  does  it  go,  this  appearance,  called  evil  and 
suffering?  I  certainly  know  what  I  see  before  me. 

Dear  friends,  do  you  know  what  you  see  before  you  ? 
Whence  does  it  come,  whither  does  it  go  ?  proves  that  you 
do  not  understand  what  you  see.  What  you  see  is  not 
knowledge,  nor  is  it  a  source  of  knowledge.  Therefore  it 
cannot  impart  knowledge  to  you.  There  is  but  one  source, 
which  is  all  knowledge.  Science  or  truth  is  exact  knowledge, 
and  there  cannot  be  exact  knowledge,  but  of  the  permanent 
and  unchanging,  which  is  forever  invisible. 

It  is  ours  to  know  the  law  of  creation,  and  the  true 
relation  of  the  Creator  to  the  created ;  it  is  ours  to  know 
Cause  and  effect ;  that  knowledge  does  not  consist  in  the 
seeing  of  error ;  so,  if  you  do  not  see  anything  but  evil, 
error,  and  suffering,  you  do  not  see  that  which  is  as  m'uch 
as  a  symbol  of  knowledge,  or  even  a  shadow  of  truth.  If 


TRUTH'S  PRACTICE.  135 

the  light  that  is  in  thee  be  darkness,  how  great  is  that 
darkness  :  knowledge  is  not  revealed  through  the  seeing  of 
error. 

The  principle  of  mathematics  is  not  revealed  by  the 
error  in  the  problem ;  we  do  not  perceive  the  principle  until 
we  turn  from  the  error.  God  is  not  revealed  by  the  errors 
of  his  children. 

We  do  not  perceive  and  manifest  God,  until  we  turn 
from  error  to  God.  The  law  of  love  is  not  manifest  in  us, 
while  we  are  recognizing  the  hate  manifest  in  others.  All 
bitter  fruit  is  the  product  of  false  seeing  and  believing,  or 
misinterpretation. 

Spirit  perceives  its  own  truth  ;  and  to  the  pure  all  is 
pure.  Hence  it  is  impossible  to  obtain  knowledge  from 
error,  in  error,  or  by  error,  or  even  from  effect,  in  effect,  or 
by  effect. 

17.  They  in  whom  the  inner  eye  is  unveiled  will  per- 
ceive that  as  sensation  is  an  effect,  it  is  something  to  be 
understood  and  controlled  by  perfect  thought,  its  source,  and 
is  not  to  be  thought  of  as  a  cause ;  hence  they  will  not  be 
frightened  when  pain  or  suffering  appears. 

The  practitioner  of  the  science  of  Infinite  Spirit  or  truth 
has  the  mistakes  of  the  whole  world  to  erase  or  correct  when 
healing.  Eighteen  hundred  years  ago,  the  Jews  claimed 
themselves  to  be  the  children  of  God,  because  they  were 
descendants  of  Abraham  ;  basing  their  conclusion  on  the 
physical,  proved  they  did  not  understand  the  full  meaning 


136  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

of  their  claim.  The  world's  people  are  still  claiming  to  be 
the  children  of  God  and  the  descendants  of  form,  earth, 
or  flesh. 

This  belief  in  materiality,  which  is  the  root  of  all  idolatry 
and  suffering,  should  be  denied  in  thought,  and  by  word 
and  deed.  And  this  is  our  method  of  correcting  the  false 
race  beliefs. 

Truth  is  our  remedy  for  all  suffering,  and  we  offer  no 
other  in  any  case  of  dis-ease  or  discomfort  that  comes 
before  us. 

1 8.  What  are  the  evidences  of  truth?  "These  signs 
shall  follow  them  that  believe ;  in  my  name  they  shall  cast 
out  devils ;  they  shall  take  up  serpents ;  and  if  they  drink 
any  deadly  thing  it  shall  not  hurt  them  ;  they  shall  lay 
hands  on  the  sick,  and  they  shall  recover." 

He  who  was  master  of  all  conditions,  who  knew  the 
possibility  of  humanity,  said,  ' '  He  that  believeth  shall  do 
the  things  that  I  do. "  And  the  apostles,  according  to  the 
Acts,  could  cure  even  to  the  raising  of  the  dead. 

The  science  of  God  is  absolute  mathematics.  They 
who  wish  may  demonstrate  and  prove  it.  A  true  practitioner 
will  administer  truth  for  all  beliefs  of  imperfection.  To  heal 
is  to  manifest  truth  in  the  body.  ' '  He  that  raised  up  Christ 
from  the  dead  shall  also  quicken  your  bodies  because  of  His 
Spirit  that  dwelleth  in  you."  Truth  is  the  remedy,  and  the 
only  remedy,  for  error,  and  will  not  compromise  with  it. 
All  may  heal,  who  will  administer  truth — free  from  personal 


TRUTH'S  PRACTICE.  137 

will  and  desire,  by  thinking,  speaking  and  acting  it.  Healing 
by  the  Spirit  of  truth,  is  casting  out  error  by  the  power  of 
God,  and  is  not  a  kingdom  divided  against  itself.  When 
the  Spirit  of  truth  is  manifest  in  the  patient,  God  is  manifest. 

Truth  is  equally  good  for  all ;  the  more  we  give  of  this 
remedy,  the  more  we  are  conscious  of.  In  healing  do  not 
in  thought  hold  your  patient  as  the  body,  nor  use  personal 
will ;  have  no  desire  for  special  effects,  otherwise  it  will  not 
be  a  science  treatment.  When  we  speak  from  Spirit  and 
claim  all  Goodness  for  another,  our  measure  is  according  to 
Spirit,  and  is  just  and  right. 

Truthful  statement,  made  like  unto  God,  destroys 
erroneous  belief,  which  is  unlike  God. 

19.  One  more  question  do  we  hear  in  the  silence,  which 
we  will  answer  in  this  lesson.  ' '  How  do  you  treat  persons 
at  the  time  they  are  passing  through  the  change  called 
death  ? ' '  Knowing  that  our  personality  or  personal  presence 
is  not  the  power  that  heals,  we  speak  the  truth,  placing  our 
faith  in  the  Spirit  of  truth ;  thus  we  administer  the  living 
water  of  eternal  life.  "There  is  no  death,  what  seems  so 
is  transition. "  So  we  clothe  them  with  love  and  truth,  by 
holding  them  as  one  with  all  goodness.  We  speak  to  them 
in  the  silence,  and  tell  them  they  have  eternal  life  with  God, 
and  to  look  within,  to  the  spirit  in  which  they  live,  and  there 
will  they  find  Heaven.  That  they  are  at  one  with  the  whole 
Spirit — make  this  truth  your  own,  and  all  else  will  be  added. 


138  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

If  our  sympathies  are  touched  for  the  friends,  we  include 
them  in  our  words  of  life,  and  hold  all  alike  in  truth. 

Dear  student,    you   thoroughly   understand   from   this 
lesson  what  it  is  to  hold  all  in  truth. 


PREFACE    TO    LESSON    X. 


EXPANSION  INTO  CONSCIOUSNESS. 


In  our  first  lesson  we  guided  your  thought  to  the  Parent 
Source  or  Infinite  Being,  and  in  all  lessons  have  held  you  in 

unity  with  it. 

We  comprehend  the  Parent  Source  to  be  the  Infinite 
Spirit  of  love  and  goodness,  and  that  it  is  for  all  and  sustains 
all  alike ;  and  they  who  seek  will  find  it,  and  they  who  ask 
for  knowledge  of  that  source,  to  them  it  shall  be  given. 
That  thought  may  be  expanded  into  a  full  realization  of  this 
truth,  it  is  necessary  that  we  have  faith  that  it  is,  and  then 
think,  speak  and  act  in  unison  with  that  faith,  without  waver- 
ing or  contradiction.  So  hold  ye  firmly  to  this  all-inclusive 
truth,  and  practice  without  ceasing  the  truth  perceived  from 
day  to  day,  and  from  lesson  to  lesson,  and  realization  of 
unity  with  God  will  crown  your  effort. 

Truth  brings  its  realization  and  conviction  from  its  own 
realm,  that  of  reality  ;  conviction  is  certainty,  nothing  waver- 
ing— it  is  faith,  rest,  peace. 

2.  As  the  expression  of  Spirit  cannot  comprehend  Spirit, 
that  is,  as  the  finite  cannot  understand  the  Infinite,  or  as  that 
which  is  made  cannot  know  its  maker,  it  is  necessary  that  we 
find  the  Infinite  Parent  Source  and  realize  that  we  are  one 


140  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

with  it  as  did  Christ  Jesus,  before  we  can  see  as  Spirit  sees, 
and  work  as  the  Father  works.  ' '  For  what  man  knoweth 
the  things  of  man,  save  the  spirit  of  man  which  is  in  him? 
Even  so  the  things  of  God  knoweth  no  man,  but  the  spirit 
of  God  ;  but  we  have  not  the  spirit  of  the  world,  but  of  God, 
that  we  might  know  the  things  that  are  freely  given  to  us  of 
God."  As  like  comprehends  like,  it  is  necessary  that  the 
ear  of  understanding  be  opened  to  the  silence — the  fountain 
of  wisdom — that  we  may  hear  the  unalterable  truth  which 
enlightens  and  subdues  the  senses,  and  removes  self-made 
limitations,  that  we  may  realize  that  we  are  in  the  midst  of 
the  Infinite  ocean  of  life  and  power,  and  learn  to  think  as 
it  thinks. 

3.  The  following  for  daily  practice,  is  a  means  by  which 
mentality  may  be  expanded  to  realize  the  truth  and  blend 
into  Infinite  consciousness,  which  makes  free. 

The  daily  practice  of  transferring  the  thought  from  the 
manifest  to  the  Unmanifest,  from  problem  to  principle,  from 
effect  to  Cause,  or  from  nature  to  God,  gives  freedom  from 
effect — limitation  ;  therefore,  practice  thinking  what  it  would 
be  like  to  be  present  everywhere  at  the  same  time,  sustain- 
ing, embracing  and  pervading  all  that  lives  ;  and  to  be  all 
of  power,  all  of  substance,  all  of  law.  To-day,  yesterday 
and  forever  the  same.  Just  in  proportion  as  you  succeed 
will  you  truthfully  apprehend  the  all-pervading  Spirit,  and 
be  rewarded  with  knowledge  and  power.  Then  extend  your 
thought  beyond  limits ;  out-pass  all  form  into  the  formless 


CONSCIOUSNESS.  14! 

and  silent ;  traverse  all  time,  become  eternity  in  thought, 
live  in  the  ever  present.  Lift  the  thought  above  all  heights, 
descend  below  all  depths,  that  you  may  conceive  of  and 
know  the  Omnipresent  Spirit,  and  the  true  relationship 
existing  between  the  manifest  and  the  unmanifest ;  and  that 
all  that  is  perceived  is  contained  within  the  perceiver.  To  thus 
perceive  and  think  is  freedom,  God  perception,  and  true 
knowledge.  So  in  order  to  comprehend  self,  it  is  necessary 
to  know  what  we  are  like.  If  we  perceive  ourselves  to  be 
as  closely  related  to  the  Supreme  Being  or  Parent  source,  as 
an  idea  is  to  Mind,  then  we  may  comprehend  all  that  we 
perceive  ourselves  to  be,  and  to  be  related  to,  for  that  which 
is  inseparable  knows  itself,  and  its  manifestations.  If  we 
perceive  ourselves  to  be  Unmanifest  Spirit,  one  with  the 
whole  Parent  Source,  we  have  a  truthful  apprehension  of  self 
and  the  Parent  Source.  If  we  believe  ourselves  to  be  mani- 
festation, the  out-picturing  of  God  as  a  ray  or  reflection,  we 
apprehend  that  only  which  is  limited  and  temporal.  Hence, 
we  speak  from  the  plane  of  limitation,  and  not  from  the  plane 
of  consciousness  and  understanding,  for  we  do  not  under- 
stand more  than  that  which  we  believe  ourselves  to  be. 

Christ  is  to  us  "the  way,  the  truth  and  the  life,"  in 
that  he  reveals  the  true  relation  of  the  "  I  am,"  or  real  self, 
to  God.  Not  until  we  take  our  true  position  and  maintain 
it  as  did  He,  have  we  placed  ourselves  in  thought  and 
consciousness  where  God  hath  placed  us ;  nor  can  we 
demonstrate  the  Truth  as  it  was  demonstrated  by  Jesus. 


142  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

Therefore,  they  who  believe  in  their  union  with  God,  shall 
be  sanctified  in  the  truth,  and  glorified  in  the  realization  of 
it,  and  shall  do  the  things  that  Jesus  did,  i.  e. ,  make  free  by 
the  power  of  Truth.  If  the  motive  be  based  aright  you  will 
seek  to  know  the  Spirit,  that  you  may  work  as  it  works. 
This  system  of  guiding  thought,  and  expanding  it  into 
consciousness,  casts  out  the  beam  from  the  eye  and  makes 
it  single  to  truth  ;  and  the  mental  constitution  is  illumined 
with  its  light,  and  the  individual  ascends  up  into  an  high 
mountain  as  did  Jesus,  and  from  thence  thought,  radiant 
because  it  is  truthful,  flows  out  (fragrant  with  that  love 
which  applies  alike  to  all — which  has  no  respect  to  person) 
to  the  multitude  below  which  are  in  darkness  or  mis-inter- 
pretation ;  and  they  who  have  an  ear  to  hear  will  hear  :  i.  e. , 
they  who  in  understanding  are  open  to  the  Spirit,  know  the 
thought  of  Spirit,  and  in  them  that  believe  the  material  uni- 
verse to  be  a  plane  of  cause,  and  who  therefore  sit  in  dark- 
ness and  in  the  region  and  shadow  of  death,  light  will  spring 
up,  which  will  be  as  a  star  guiding  mentality  to  its  Parent 
Source — Spirit.  Let  your  light  so  shine  that  the  Spirit  of 
Truth  which  is  in  heaven  may  be  glorified. 


LESSON    X. 


THE  SPOKEN  WORD,  OR  THE  PURPOSE  OF  LIFE 
IN  CREATION. 


"In  the  beginning  was  the  Word,  and  the  Word  was 
with  God,  and  the  Word  was  God." 

That  is,  in  the  beginning  that  which  is,  was,  and  it  was 
with  God,  and  it  was  God  ;  or,  prior  to  thinking  and  the 
results  of  thinking,  that  which  thinks  and  speaks,  and  is  the 
cause  of  action,  is,  and  it  is  with  God,  and  it  is  God. 

2.  The  Esoteric,  or  true  meaning  01  the  God-head,  is 
understood  to  consist  in  the  truth  that  three  truths,  so  to 
speak,  are  essential  in  the  one  absolute  Being,  that  it  may  be 
manifest.  Hence,  God  the  Omnipresent  Spirit,  is  known  to 
the  awakened  to  be  a  Trinity  in  Unity,  or  three  in  One,  which 
is  prior  to  the  formation  in  thought  of  mental  images  like 
unto  itself. 

Spirit  perceives  the  idea  of  creation  within  itself;  hence, 
there  is  the  perceiver,  the  perception,  and  the  idea  perceived, 
and  the  three  are  One ;  for  the  idea  and  the  perception  are 
in  the  perceiver,  and  are  prior  to  thought  and  manifestation. 
The  Spirit  perceives  all  possibilities  in  its  idea,  which  is  also 
itself.  They  constitute  the  first  triad,  or  union  of  three, 
known  to  the  Egyptians  as  the  sacred  Trinity  or  triangle  of 


144  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

Love,  Wisdom  and  Truth  ;  they  are  pure  Spirit — God — the 
Father  of  all. 

To  state  in  another  way,  God  or  Spirit  is  Love,  Wisdom 
and  Truth  ;  and  the  three  are  prior  to,  and  necessary  to 
thought  and  demonstration.  It  may  be  reasoned  in  this 
way  :  God  is  love,  and  wisdom  is  essential  to  the  realiza- 
tion of  the  truth  that  He  is  Love  ;  or  it  may  be  said,  love, 
knowing  the  truth  of  what  it  is,  and  knowing  its  own  power, 
is  wisdom.  Therefore,  the  power  to  think  and  create  is 
contained  within  the  Trinity  ;  and  resulting  from  this  eter- 
nal, unchangeable  perception  and  consciousness,  is  thought 
and  creation.  All  are  familiar  with  the  Trinity  as  ' '  Father, 
Son  and  Holy  Ghost,"  which  means  Spirit,  Soul,  and  the 
perception  that  the  two  are  one,  or  that  they  constitute  the 
whole  of  Being  ;  and  because  of  this  perception,  the  power 
to  think  is  manifest  as  thought,  and  through  the  divine  and 
orderly  method  of  thinking,  are  all  things  made  that  are 
made — or  brought  forth. 

3.  "I  am,  that  I  am,"  therefore  I  think,  is  a  truthful 
conclusion.  Add  to  the  Trinity  or  triangle  its  power  to 
think,  and  we  have  justice,  which  forms  the  sacred  square — 
the  Perfect  Whole.  So  that  which  squares  the  triangle,  is 
the  power  to  think,  and  is  justice,  so  with  what  measure  we 
mete,  the  same  do  we  have  ;  and  when  Love,  Wisdom  and 
Truth,  or  Father,  Son  and  Holy  Ghost,  are  manifest  in 
thought,  the  thought  is  just  to  God  and  man,  for  it  is  an 
image  of  them,  and  is  divinity  manifest.  As  all  things  are 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  145 

produced  by  the  power  of  thought,  the  production  is  an 
exact  image,  or  effect  of  the  thought  producing  it ;  there- 
fore, the  effect  is  perfect  justice  to  the  thought ;  then  if  the 
thought  be  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  God,  the  effect  or 
image  is  an  exact  representation  of  God — or  God  manifest 
in  the  flesh. 

This  is  the  divine  order  of  manifestation,  and  as  is  the 
thought,  so  is  the  manifestation  ;  and  never  is  it  otherwise. 
So  all  that  we  have  in  manifestation,  is  the  result  of  what  we 
have  thought ;  thought  is  the  tree  which  produces  sweet  or 
bitter  fruit,  and  the  fixed  habits  of  thought  or  belief  deter- 
mine the  kind  it  shall  be  ;  according  to  the  tree  so  is  the 
fruit.  The  out-picturing  of  thought  is  exact  justice  ;  it 
never  fails  to  bring  its  reward,  or  produce  its  kind. 

4.  Christ  knew  himself  to  be  the  Omnipresent  Trinity, 
or  Spirit.  Therefore,  if  we  believe — understandingly — in 
the  "  Lord  Jesus  Christ,"  we  shall  know  the  freedom,  power 
and  glory  that  He  did.  To  believe  on  Him,  is  equivalent 
to  the  interior  recognition  of  the  truth  that  we  were  never 
lost,  except  in  a  lower  range  of  mentality,  born  of  false 
interpretation ;  this  is  equivalent  to  perceiving  that  our 
Being  and  that  all  Being  is  included  in  the  Godhead,  the 
Infinite,  Omnipresent  One.  All  images  like  unto  God,  are 
the  result  or  offspring  of  this  eternal  Trinity ;  therefore,  in 
order  to  think,  three  truths  are  necessary  :  the  perceiver,  the 
perception,  and  the  idea  perceived  and  thought  about. 
Resultant  of  the  Trinity  is  thought,  which  is  a  mode  of 


146  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

motion,  co-eternal  with  the  perception  in  the  Trinity. 
Thought,  being  the  first  born  of  Spirit,  is  individual,  not 
omnipresent,  therefore  it  acts  in  time  and  place,  but  it 
being  the  imaging  quality  or  power  of  the  omnipresent,  it 
can  be  extended  to  all  time  and  all  place.  There  is  an 
individual  and  relative  consciousness  which  is  co-existent 
with  thought,  and  according  to  the  thought  so  is  this 
consciousness ;  in  it  we  image  the  Spirit  by  our  thought ; 
in  it  we  also  image  the  letter  by  pur  thought.  It  is  essential 
to  the  recognition  of  the  demonstrations  of  thought ;  without 
it  we  could  not  see  the  examples  that  are  solved,  nor  the 
many  demonstrations  or  creations  in  the  visible  universe. 
To  know  what  we  are  in  Being,  is  to  know  Truth  and  Life, 
and  is  to  be  able  to  think  the  thought  that  makes  Being 
manifest  in  the  flesh.  To  know  what  we  are,  is  to  be  able 
to  look  upon  our  manifestations  truthfully,  and  know  what 
they  are. 

5.  As  there  is  but  one  Being  or  Infinite,  there  is  but 
one  mode  of  manifestation  :  the  symbol  of  that  mode  is 
apparent  in  the  visible  universe.  Three  facts  are  necessary 
for  the  discernment  of  a  visible  object — viz  : — the  see-er,  the 
sight,  and  the  object  seen.  Not  until  we  think  about  the 
object  before  us,  which  is  imaged  upon  the  retina  of  the  eye, 
do  we  consciously  see  or  sense  it ;  so  thought  and  relative 
consciousness,  which  is  the  first-born  of  the  upper  triad, 
becomes  the  see-er  on  the  sense  plane.  Therefore,  resulting 
from  these  three  facts,  is  the  power  to  discern  material 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  147 

objects.  The  power  to  think  is  contained  in  the  Godhead, 
and  thought  is  its  first-born ;  and  through  thought  do  we 
discern  the  visible  universe,  or  that  which  is  the  result  of 
thought.  As  Being  recognizes  its  own,  in  absolute  and 
perfect  thought,  thought  sees  or  senses  its  own,  in  that 
which  is  made.  It  is  clear  that  when  we  perceive  from  the 
plane  of  Being,  we  perceive  the  truth  relative  to  expression, 
and  express  in  thought  the  power  of  Being,  which  is  life 
and  truth  manifest  or  made  apparent ;  this  is  bearing  fruit 
of  the  Spirit.  When  we  see  objects,  or  sense  visible  things, 
the  objects  seen  or  things  sensed  are  not  neither  can  they 
become  a  cause  for  the  expression  of  life,  truth  and  power. 

While  we  are  privileged  to  look  upon  the  beautiful 
symbols  in  nature,  which  are  radiant  with  the  life  of  the 
Omnipresent  Deity,  yet  not  until  we  see  them  as  effects,  can 
the  thought  and  reason  be  raised  into  the  Omnipresent 
Deity  with  which  they  are  radiant ;  nor  can  we  ascertain 
and  make  apparent  the  full  purpose  of  life  in  creation,  that 
of  bearing  perfect  fruit  of  the  Spirit. 

6.  In  solving  a  mathematical  problem,  we  first  perceive 
the  principle,  and  by  means  of  thought  we  image  the  prin- 
ciple in  the  mental  solution  of  the  problem  ;  and,  if  the 
thought  be  governed  every  step  of  the  way  by  the  principle, 
the  result  is  a  perfect  representation  of  the  principle,  for  the 
example  is  a  truthful  manifestation  of  that  which  is  real  and 
eternal.  It  is  a  form  or  image  of  the  formless,  but  it  is 
neither  life,  truth,  nor  power.  An  example  is  the  symbol 


148  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

of  an  idea,  or  an  idea  made  visible  to  the  senses.  Spoken 
words  are  symbols  of  ideas,  and  are  ideas  revealed  to  the 
senses,  or  it  may  be  said  that  forms  of  speech  are  for  the 
purpose  of  making  ideas  cognizable  by  the  senses.  But,  if  in 
solving  the  problem  we  do  not  perceive  or  comprehend  the 
principle,  the  thought  is  not  governed  by  it,  and  we  show 
that  lack  of  comprehension  in  incorrect  word  and  deed, 
and  the  thought  and  its  result  is  not  a  form  or  image 
of  the  principle,  but  the  would-be  example  is  so  many 
meaningless  marks  which  do  not  represent  anything  that 
is,  neither  truth  nor  fact — God  or  Nature. 

To  solve  the  problem  of  life,  we  must  by  means  of  thought 
mentally  receive,  and  image  in  consciousness  the  absolute 
and  unchanging  Spirit ;  then  reflect  that  image  in  the  body, 
and  demonstrate  it  in  word  and  deed,  and  that  which  is 
reflected  in  the  body,  or  demonstrated  in  word  or  deed,  is  a 
symbol  of  the  unchanging  life  and  truth,  and  is  radiant  with 
that  which  it  symbols.  It  is  health  and  ease,  but  it  is  not 
the  life,  substance  or  power ;  it  is  the  real,  symboled  and 
made  cognizable  to  the  senses. 

7,  To  find  self  in  Being,  as  Cause,  is  to  be  able  to  per- 
ceive the  truth  and  demonstrate  the  problem  of  life  with 
mathematical  accuracy,  according  to  eternal  justice — the  law 
of  Being. 

But  if  in  our  effort  to  solve  the  problem  of  life,  we  fail 
to  perceive  and  realize  the  absolute  and  unchanging  Spirit, 
we  do  not  image  it  in  consciousness  by  thought,  and  we  fail 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  149 

to  reflect  it  in  the  body,  or  demonstrate  it  in  word  and  deed. 
If  we  believe  the  manifestations  of  Spirit  to  be  cause,  or 
Spirit,  thought  is  in  harmony  with  that  false  belief,  and  the 
harmony  of  the  out-picturing  of  thought  in  the  body  is 
destroyed  by  false  conclusions  based  on  falsehood.  Then 
the  false  belief  that  is  made  apparent  in  the  body,  and  in 
word  and  deed,  is  not  a  symbol  of  life  and  truth,  but  being 
based  in  the  changeable  and  corruptible,  its  symbol  is  sick- 
ness and  dis-ease,  which  stand  for  naught,  for  they  do  not 
represent  anything  that  is,  and  are  meaningless  appearances. 

8.  The  baptism  of  the  Holy  Ghost  is  a  knowledge  of 
the  whole  truth  of  what  Being  is  ;  in  other  words,  to  know 
what  Being  is,  is  to  live  and  bathe  in  the  spirit  of  truth — the 
Omnipresent  Life.  When  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  which  is  the 
comforter,  is  perceived  and  demonstrated,  it  guides  to  all 
truth  and  absolute  freedom.  When  Divine  Being  is  imaged 
in  consciousness,  we  know  what  harmonious  results  are, 
from  having  produced  them.  We  are  to  consider,  therefore, 
that  all  forms  in  nature,  all  that  is  seen  or  sensed,  are 
symbols  of  eternal  ideas,  hence  may  be  called  spoken  words, 
representative  of  principle. 

As  forms  are  spoken  words  of  Spirit,  the  forms  in  nature 
constitute  the  language  or  spoken  words  of  the  Infinite  ;  that 
is,  Forms  in  Nature  are  the  out-picturing  of  the  interior 
language  or  idea  of  Spirit.  Our  bodies  are  symbols  of  an 
idea  spoken  and  made  visible. 


150  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

9.  Once  rend  the  veil  of  delusion,  and  we  know  that 
we  possess  freedom  in  the  Spirit  of  truth,  and  know  that 
matter  has  no  power  over  us,  to  limit  or  environ  ;  for  a 
thinker  is  greater  than  his  thought,  word,  or  his  deed. 
That  which  is  representative  of  self  or  being,  cannot  control 
or  guide  self;  so  it  is  clear  that  we  must  assume  the 
responsibility  of  controlling  our  thoughts,  words  and  deeds, 
and  thus  free  mentality  from  its  self-made  limitations,  which 
means  its  self  made  delusions.  When  this  is  done  we  shall 
be  able  to  perceive  and  read  the  silent  and  invisible  language 
or  idea  that  lies  back  of  all  nature — the  language  which  is, 
before  the  beginning,  i.  e. ,  before  thought — prior  to  expres- 
sion. The  highest  truths  of  the  unmanifest  will  reveal  them- 
selves to  the  perception  of  one  whose  mental  condition  is 
purified  by  perfect  thought — that  which  represents  the  attri- 
butes of  perfect  being. 

The  power  to  perceive,  read,  and  realize  the  universal 
language  which  lies  back  of  created  things,  is  the  deepest 
intuition,  it  is  Spirit  taking  cognizance  of  its  own  truth 
recorded  in  the  book  of  life.  This  language  has  no  sound, 
neither  is  it  visible  to  the  senses  ;  it  is  a  soundless,  invisible 
presence,  hidden  in  the  secret  chamber  of  the  silence,  the 
formless,  the  all  pervading  One  in  absolute  love.  This  per- 
ception or  realization  by  the  majority  of  humanity  in  its  pres- 
ent state  of  understanding,  is  a  possibility  unthought  of,  while 
by  other  portions  it  is  so  perfectly  expressed  that  they  know 
themselves  to  be  like  unto  a  light,  living  and  moving  in 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  151 

light,  with  perfect  faith  in  their  ability  to  penetrate  into  the 
depths  of  Infinite  Being,  and  realize  its  reality.  Faith  is 
the  power  and  illumination  which  penetrates  the  silence  and 
finds  the  cause  of  things  in  Cause  or  Principle.  If  we  would 
trace  manifestation  to  its  ultimate  in  outer  expression,  we 
must  take  our  position  in  Cause  and  commence  our  reason- 
ing and  perceiving  where  all  things  commence,  and  listen  to 
the  silence,  the  voice  of  Truth,  and  guide  our  thoughts  by  it. 

10.  The  Christian  Mystic,  Jacob  Boehme,  an  illumin- 
ated seer,  expressed  the  same  truth  in  the  form  of  a  dialogue 
between  the  Master  and  His  disciple,  as  follows.  The  disciple 
said  to  the  Master :  ' '  How  can  I  succeed  in  arriving  at  that 
supersensual  life  in  which  I  may  see  and  hear  the  Supreme  ? ' ' 
The  Master  answered  :  "If  you  can  only  for  a  moment  enter 
in  thought  into  the  formless,  where  no  creature  resides,  you 
will  hear  the  voice  of  the  Supreme. ' '  The  disciple  said : 
"Is  this  far  or  near?"  The  Master  answered:  "It  is  in 
yourself,  and  if  you  can  command  only  for  one  hour  the 
silence  of  your  desires,  you  will  hear  the  inexpressible  words 
of  the  Supreme.  If  your  own  will  and  self  are  silent  in  you, 
the  perception  of  the  eternal  will  be  manifest  through  you  ; 
God  will  hear,  and  see,  and  talk  through  you ;  your  own 
hearing,  desiring  and  seeing,  prevents  you  from  hearing  and 
seeing  the  Supreme. ' '  Acknowledgment  of  the  ever  present 
Deity  as  being  all  there  is,  and  meditating  with  calm  and 
peaceful  thought  on  the  same,  is  the  way  to  prove  to  our- 
selves the  truth  of  the  Master's  words  to  His  disciple,  and 


152  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

rise  above  self-made  delusion.  Practice  as  advised  in  the 
preface  to  this  lesson,  and  you  will  hear  the  inexpressible 
words  of  the  Supreme,  saying,  there  is  no  limitation,  and 
beliefs  of  limitation  will  disappear ;  for  error  is  never  appar- 
ent where  truth  is  spoken  and  manifest. 

11.  At  this  point  in  our  lesson,  it  is  evident  that  our 
work  resolves  itself  into    this,   that   we    are    to    make    the 
thought,  love,  and   motive   of  Spirit  our  thought,  love,  and 
motive,    and   thus    produce    the    fruits    of    Spirit — effects 
which  harmonize  with  the    supreme   Being.       Every  word 
spoken   has  its  origin  in   the  silent  and   invisible.      Every 
thing  in   nature  has   its   origin   in   the  silent  and  invisible. 
Every   thing  in  nature  is  but  a  symbol  and  shadow  of  that 
silent  and   invisible  reality.       Such  is  the  power  of  truthful 
perception  and  thought,  that  they  who  have  the  understand- 
ing to  perceive  things  as  they  are,  and  call  them  by  their  true 
or   divine   name,    can    produce   an    effect    or    appearance 
representative  of  the  idea  resting  in  the  Infinite  Spirit  or 
Mind,  by  perceiving  and  holding  that  perfect  idea  in  thought 
and  consciousness. 

The  names  by  which  forms  in  nature  are  known,  are 
not  their  real  and  divine  names.  They  are  not  named  ac- 
cording to  their  reality,  but  according  to  their  appearance. 

12.  The  pattern  of  all  things  is  contained  in  the  Holy 
Mount,  prior  to  expression ;    the  Holy  Mount  being  Infinite 
Spirit  or  Mind,  all  ideas  are  contained  in  it  prior  to  their 


THE    SPOKEN   WORD.  153 

expression :  or  it  may  be  reasoned  thus,  that  the  Creator 
contains  all  ideas  within  himself  before  they  are  spoken  or 
expressed  in  form. 

There  is  one  eternal,  interior  language,  which  contains 
the  words  that  are  before  the  beginning,  prior  to  manifesta- 
tion, the  symbols  of  which  are  natural  (is  nature)  and  are 
intelligible  to  all.  "The  word  is  made  flesh,  and  dwells 
among  us."  This  interior  language  is  forever  resting  in 
Spirit,  the  parent  source,  and  includes  all  permanent  ideas 
which  are  the  souls  or  the  types  of  visible  forms,  and  visible 
forms  are  symbols  or  spoken  words  of  this  unspoken  and 
eternal  language.  As  all  truth  is  one,  and  is  forever  the 
same,  it  is  axiomatic  that  all  that  truly  is,  is  unity.  It 
follows  that  as  one  soul,  Christ,  has  realized  his  union  with 
the  whole,  and  that  the  whole  is  God,  they  who  are 
awakened  to  absolute  consciousness,  are  illumined  with 
a  perception  of  first  and  final  truth,  and  know  the  self- 
same truth.  All  must  understand  this  interior  truth,  for 
there  is  but  one  to  understand,  that  of  the  perfect  unity  of 
God  and  His  manifestations.  While  there  will  ever  be  the 
same  beautiful  variety  of  manifestation  in  nature,  when  the 
above  truth  is  understood,  these  manifestations  will  no  longer 
be  marred  by  negations  or  misrepresentations  of  God. 

The  finding  of  self,  as  one  with  the  absolute,  is  the  way 
to  a  perception  of  this  wisdom-language,  the  soul  of  things, 
or  the  word  of  God.  When  we  place  self  in  consciousness 
where  God  hath  placed  us,  we  shall  be  able  to  hear  the 
still  small  voice  and  perceive  with  the  eye  of  understanding. 


154  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

13.  We  have  not  forgotten  the  lesson  impressed  upon 
our  memory  in  early  childhood,  of  how  to  listen  to  the 
silence  and  be  guided  by  its  word.  .  Having  a  birthright  to 
the  Quaker  Church,  we  were  taught  to  depend  upon  the  still 
small  voice  to  guide  us  in  the  straight  and  narrow  way,  and 
to  an  upright  life ;  and,  that  if  we  did  not  listen  to,  and  obey 
its  voice,  it  would  cease  speaking  to  us.  How  true  it  is, 
that  if  we  do  not  listen  to  the  voice  of  truth,  which  is  ever 
silent,  and  adjust  our  thought,  word  and  deed  to  it,  we  lose 
the  way  of  hearing,  perceiving  and  understanding,  and  they 
that  lose  this  way  are  lost  in  the  wilderness  of  effects  and 
appearances. 

If  we  do  not  seek  first  Cause,  which  is  God,  and  rely 
upon  it,  we  do  seek  and  rely  upon  that  which  is  not  cause, 
but  effect.  To  seek  and  lean  upon  effects  is  to  serve 
mammon,  is  to  obey  the  senses,  which  is  idolatry. 

To  seek  and  to  depend  upon  manifesting  first  Cause,  or 
God,  for  all  expressions  of  life  and  strength,  is  to  worship 
in  Spirit  and  in  truth,  is  to  base  the  motive  and  faith  aright, 
and  is  to  fulfill  the  purpose  of  life  in  creation  ;  for  the  purpose 
of  life  in  creation  is  that  God  may  be  manifest,  and  that  we 
may,  as  individuals,  come  to  know  Him  and  the  I  am  as 
one,  which  is  a  consciousness  of  life  eternal  with  God. 


LESSON      XI. 


THE  SPOKEN  WORD,  OR  THE  PURPOSE  OF  LIFE 
IN  CREATION. 


In  God,  before  the  beginning  of  creation,  are  the  souls 
of  all  things  that  are  made.  In  other  words,  all  ideas  are 
eternally  in  Him,  the  Infinite  Spirit  or  Mind,  hence  are  prior 
to  manifestation  ;  and  that  which  is  with  God  in  the  begin- 
ning, or  which  is  in  Infinite  Spirit  or  Mind  prior  to  mani- 
festation, is  God.  (See  sections  2  and  12,  Lesson  X.)  It 
is  therefore  forever  true,  that  that  which  is  first  or  prior  to 
creation,  is  God,  and  the  only  cause  of  creation.  And 
creation  is  made  apparent  in  God,  or  Cause,  and  is  the 
proof  or  evidence  of  the  presence  of  the  Cause,  which  is  the 
only  reality ;  for  if  Cause  be  not  present,  the  evidence  of 
Cause  could  not  exist.  Nature,  therefore,  is  wholly 
dependent  upon  the  presence  of  God,  its  Cause,  and  is  but 
a  semblance  or  likeness  of  that  upon  which  it  depends.  If 
it  were  possible  to  separate  that  which  depends  upon  a  cause 
from  its  cause,  or  that  which  is  dependent  on  God  from 
God,  even  for  a  moment,  extinction  of  the  dependent  would 
accompany  such  separation.  So  let  not  your  thought  longer 
sustain  the  false  position  that  you — who  are  inherent  in 
Cause,  and  are,  therefore,  prior  to  your  thought  and  its 
manifestation — are  in  any  way,  at  any  time,  dependent  upon 


156  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

that  which  you  manifest ;  but  hold  the  thought  in  conscious- 
ness that  your  manifestations  are  wholly  dependent  on  you. 
Then  and  then  only  will  you  have  placed  the  true  worth  or 
value  on  Cause,  where  it  belongs,  and  have  ceased  to  place  it 
on  effects.  To  place  the  true  worth  upon  Cause  and  upon 
effect,  is  to  reveal  the  truth  in  consciousness,  and  worship 
in  Spirit  and  in  Truth — in  God  and  in  Christ. 

2.  The  science  of  expression,   or  a  knowledge  of  the 
law  of  expression,  is  as  essential  to  a  perfect  understanding 
as  is  a  knowledge  of  where  and  what  Being  is  ;    the  latter 
includes  the  former ;  i.  e. ,  a  knowledge  of  Being  includes  a 
knowledge  of  the  law  by  which  Being  expresses  itself.    There- 
fore a  knowledge  of  Being  must  of  necessity  reveal  the  science 
of  expression.     Being  is  the  larger  term  and  includes  the 
possibility  of  expression,  or  the  power  to  think  and  make 
thought  apparent  in  form.     The  act  of  divine  thinking  is  the 
fulfilling  of  the  law 'of  expression,  or  it  is  the  exercising  of 
the  possibility  of  law,  and  conclusion  is  the  result  of  law. 
Truthful  thought  or  correct  thinking  is  God  manifest,  is  His 
possibility  made  apparent  to  the  individual.       Spirit    ever 
cognizes  its  own. 

3.  As  words  are  symbols  of  ideas,  so  are  forms  symbols 
of  ideas  made  apparent  through  thought.      At  this  point  in 
our  lesson,  the  seeming  is,  that  there  are  two  Causes  ;  but  the 
truth  is,  truthful  thought  and  word  are  two  effects  flowing 
from  one  Cause — Being.     One  eternal  idea  gives  birth  to 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  157 

both.  When  divine  ideas  are  manifest  in  thought,  that 
thought  may  be  projected  into  form  of  words,  form  of  feel- 
ing, form  of  deed.  So  our  words  may  be  said  to  be  the 
expression  of  divine  ideas  imaged  in  consciousness  by  think- 
ing :  ideas  are  first  and  are  the  larger  term,  which  includes  the 
possibility  of  the  word.  Prior  to  the  expression  of  an  idea  in 
word,  the  possibility  of  the  word  may  be  said  to  be  a  possi- 
bility resting  in  its  source  unexpressed.  This  interior  possi- 
bility is  the  substance  and  power  of  the  word.  As  one  idea  is 
capable  of  being  expressed  or  made  apparent  in  myriad  forms 
in  thought,  so  even  one  perfect  thought  may  be  expressed  in 
myriad  forms  of  word  ;  word  of  sound,  word  of  deed,  word  of 
sensation,  word  of  physical  form.  When  all  this  has  been  ac- 
accomplished,  we  have  neither  added  to  nor  taken  from  the 
idea,  for  perfect  from  eternity  to  eternity  is  the  idea  or  soul  of 
things,  that  which  manifests.  As  the  principle  of  mathe- 
matics contains  all  the  possibilities  of  the  problems  of  mathe- 
matics, so  Infinite  Spirit  contains  all  the  possibilities  of  the 
ideas  of  Spirit  that  have  been,  are  now,  or  will  ever  be  manifest 
in  creation.  When  a  problem  in  mathematics  is  solved  and 
demonstrated  on  the  board,  nothing  has  been  detracted  from 
nor  added  to  the  principle ;  so  when  the  problem  of  life  is 
solved  and  the  demonstrations  in  nature  are  accounted  for, 
we  find  that  infinite  Spirit  has  only  been  imaged  in  thought 
and  symboled  in  form,  and  that  Spirit  is  not  divided  or  sepa- 
rated into  parts,  neither  has  anything  been  added  to  nor 
taken  therefrom.  Even  could  the  whole  principle  of  mathe- 
matics be  demonstrated  in  one  problem  and  at  one  time,  it 


158  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

would  still  remain  unchanged  and  unchangeable.  So  if  it 
were  possible  to  demonstrate  or  show  forth  all  the  possibili- 
ties of  Infinite  Spirit  in  one  creation,  Spirit  would  remain 
limitless,  unchanged,  undivided  and  indivisible. 

All  forms  in  nature,  the  planets  and  systems  of  planets, 
and  all  thereon  contained,  are  symbols  of  ideas,  and  may  be 
termed  spoken  words  in  their  relation  to  eternal  ideas,  which 
ever  rest  in  their  Source,  Infinite  Mind.  The  Father's  ideas 
constitute  the  language  recorded  in  eternal  life,  the  language 
of  His  Being.  He  who  lives  the  life  may  read  what  is  therein 
written. 

THE  DIVINE  ORDER,  OR  THE  SCIENCE  OF  EXPRESSION. 

4.  The  science  of  expression  is  from  within,  out,  or 
from  Spirit  to  nature.  Nature,  or  form,  is  external  appear- 
ance or  mask,  in  which  the  law  of  revealment  reaches  its 
ultimate  in  demonstration ;  and  expression  or  form  is  not 
endowed  with  creative  power,  for  the  reason  that  form  is  the 
most  external  manifestation  or  out-picturing  of  the  creative 
power  of  the  idea.  Therefore,  being  the  creature  of  that 
power,  it  cannot  possess  creative  power.  That  which  is 
produced  by  the  action  of  power,  is  not  the  power,  but  is 
forever  subject  to  the  action  of  the  power  which  produced  it ; 
if  it  possessed  the  power  of  creating,  the  means  of  expression 
would  accompany  that  power,  and  this  would  necessitate  a 
more  external  manifestation.  Thus,  we  see  that  form  is 
passive  and  ever  changing,  therefore  not  real,  and  is  neither 
life,  understanding,  or  power,  for  they  are  silent  and  form- 


THE    SPOKEN   WORD.  159 

less.  The  act  of  thinking  is  the  action  of  power,  and  is 
powerful,  and  gives  form  in  thought  to  the  formless,  and 
makes  visible  the  invisible  or  eternal  idea.  The  act  of 
speaking  is  an  appearance  of  the  action  of  power,  and  makes 
the  form  of  thought  apparent  to  the  senses.  As  Being  is, 
and  is  absolute  power,  it  is  greater  than  thought ;  so  the  act 
of  thinking  and  its  production,  thought,  is  greater  than  the 
word.  Therefore  the  form  or  spoken  word  which  seems  so 
real  and  substantial  to  sense,  is  but  appearance  of  thought* 
and  thought  is  a  representation  of  an  eternal  idea.  There- 
fore, seek  to  get  understanding,  to  "know  thyself,"  and  live 
in  life — be  the  Father's  idea. 

5.  As  grand  and  sublime  as  nature  is,  with  all  her  plan- 
ets and  systems  of  planets,  and  all  things  thereon  contained, 
yet  she  and  all  her  forms  are  but  symbols  or  spoken  words 
representative  of  the  ideas  that  are  forever  resting  in  that 
which  is  symboled — the  Speaker.  Creation  therefore  repre- 
sents the  divine  ideas  which  are  forever  resting  in  the  Crea- 
tor. If  nature,  the  appearance,  be  so  sublime,  how  much 
more  transcendently  so  must  be  the  reality  or  Creator ; 
hence  the  eternal  truth  conveyed  in  the  words,  "thine  is  the 
kingdom,  the  power  and  the  glory  forever,"  so  let  it  be. 
What  is  it  to  find  the  kingdom  of  heaven  and  dwell  therein  ? 
but  to  get  understanding,  and  to  become  fully  conscious  that 
we  live  and  move  and  have  our  being  in  God.  To  thus 
know  that  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand  is  to  live  in  the 
realization  of  the  power  and  glory  of  Being.  The  reason 


l6o  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

why  the  wisdom  and  power  of  Being  is  not  more  fully  mani- 
fest, is  because  the  attention  is  occupied  with  beliefs  which 
are  the  opposite  of  Being,  and  which  deny  its  presence.  To 
believe  that  we  are  form — that  which  is  manifest — is  not  to 
know  that  we  are  Being,  the  unmanifest,  and  this  is  ignor- 
ance. The  ignorance  of  the  world  is  due  to  idolatry,  and 
idolatry  consists  in  placing  on  form  the  estimate  and  worth 
that  belongs  alone  to  Being.  To  believe  that  we  are  form, 
and  that  we  have  being,  is  false  interpretation,  but  to  know 
that  we  are  Being,  the  "I  am,"  and  that  we  manifest  form, 
is  truthful  interpretation.  Therefore  to  think  of  Being,  as 
form,  is  the  height  of  idolatry,  because  it  is  an  act  of  turning 
away  from  and  ignoring  Spirit  as  Infinite,  which  is  ig-no- 
rance — not  knowing.  Awaken,  Oh,  slumbering  humanity, 
to  thine  own  inheritance,  Being,  lay  hold  upon  it,  it  is  thine 
to  use  and  to  enjoy.  Be  passive  in  thought,  and  free  from 
anxiety  and  fear,  and  look  steadfastly  into  the  Unity  of 
Being,  and  thou  wilt  see  that  all  that  is,  is  divine,  and  more 
than  human.  ' '  Be  still  and  know  that  I  am  God. 

6.  The  perceptive  faculty,  or  the  attribute  of  Being 
which  perceives  the  eternal  ideas  of  Being  prior  to  their 
evolvement  or  revealment  in  thought  and  consciousness,  is 
the  basis  for,  or  cause  of  thought.  (See  section  4,  Lesson 
X.)  We  must,  therefore,  perceive  a  cause,  an  idea  or 
attribute  which  is  interior  and  anterior  to  thought,  and  make 
it  the  substance  of  our  thought,  if  we  would  represent  Being 
truthfully.  A  question  frequently  asked  is,  if  Spirit,  the 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  l6l 

Infinite,  the  perfect,  the  thinker,  is  the  cause  of  all,  how  it 
is  that  some  thoughts  are  not  representative  of  the  thinker  ; 
that  is,  why  are  some  imperfect  ?  Spirit  or  Being  perceiving 
its  possibilities  within  itself,  or  the  possibilities  of  its  ideas 
which  are  within  itself  prior  to  thought,  necessitates  the 
action  of  the  thinking  power,  so  that  the  possibility  of  the 
idea  of  Spirit  may  be  manifest  in,  and  by  thought.  As 
Spirit  perceives  its  truth  prior  to  thought,  it  also  recognizes 
it  when  it  is  evolved  by  thought  and  made  to  appear  in  and 
to  mentality  ;  the  mental  constitution  is  thereby  consciously 
united  to  its  source  or  illumined  by  Spirit  or  Being ;  this  is 
understanding.  And  it  is  the  way  by  which  the  Invisible 
makes  visible,  or  by  which  it  creates  images  or  forms. 
Every  form  in  nature  is  an  example  of  the  Invisible,  made 
visible  and  brought  forth  in  like  manner  as  is  the  example 
on  the  board ;  which  is  the  image  or  form  of  the  invisible 
principle  of  mathematics.  We  cannot,  therefore,  manifest 
an  idea  in  consciousness  or  reveal  a  truth  from  perception, 
without  forming  in  consciousness  a  likeness  of  the  formless. 
When  we  spiritually  perceive  a  truth,  we  immediately  through 
thought,  give  it  form  in  consciousness,  which  is  called  decis- 
ion or  conclusion,  and  this  form  furnishes  the  basis  for  and 
is  the  substance  of  the  spoken  word,  or  visible  form. 

7.  The  power  to  think  is  the  power  of  being.  I  am, 
therefore  it  is  necessary  that  I  think,  that  my  possibilities 
may  be  manifest.  As  the  white  ray  of  light  contains  all 
possibilities  of  color  and  shades  of  color  within  itself,  so  also 


1 62  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

does  Spirit  or  Infinite  Being  contain  within  itself  all  possi- 
bilities of  universal  nature  with  all  forms  therein  contained  ; 
and  as  the  possibilities  of  the  white  ray  are  not  recognized 
by  the  individual  consciousness  until  they  are  brought  forth 
in  manifestation  of  various  colors,  so  the  possibilities  of 
Infinite  Spirit  are  unrecognized  or  unknown  to  the  individual 
consciousness  until  they  are  made  apparent  in  manifestation 
or  brought  forth  in  expression.  The  white  ray,  therefore, 
is  fullness  of  color  within  itself,  as  Divine  Being  is  fullness 
of  power  and  goodness  within  itself.  Being  gives  the  power 
to  think  ;  but  thought  occupying  the  medium  ground  between 
Divine  Being  and  the  spoken  word,  or  between  Infinite  Spirit 
and  nature,  it  can  image  Cause  or  imitate  effect  in  mentality. 

8.  The  power  to  think  is  the  eternal  power  of  Being, 
the  act  of  thinking  is  derived  therefrom  ;  resultant  from  the 
act  of  thinking  is  a  mental  image.  The  derivative  is  depend- 
ent upon  that  from  which  it  is  derived,  and  the  center  of 
action  being  the  derivative  and  occupying  the  medium 
ground  between  Being  and  effect,  it  is  dependent  on  some- 
thing to  occupy  itself  with  or  to  think  about,  therefore  it 
must  do  so  either  by  thinking  that  which  will  image  forth  its 
source,  or  by  thinking  that  which  will  imitate  its  effects — the 
external  appearances  which  result  from  thought.  The  former 
will  be  an  image  or  creation  of  life,  the  latter  will  be  an  imita- 
tion or  picture  of  that  which  is  made,  therefore  is  dead. 
Heretofore  the  real  has  been  taken  to  be  the  shadowy,  unreal 
and  illusory  ;  and  the  shadow,  the  unreal,  has  been  taken  to 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  163 

be  the  substance  and  the  real ;  this  is  the  mother  of  delusion. 
So  when  that  which  is  made,  which  is  the  result  of  thought, 
be  taken  as  a  truth  and  reality,  it  is  made  the  substance  or 
basis  of  thought  ;  then  misunderstanding  of  the  mode  by 
which  truth  is  expressed  darkens  the  reason  and  intellect. 
So  when  thought  be  based  in  effect,  hoping  or  believing  it 
possible  to  arrive  at  truthful  conclusions  from  that  basis,  the 
effect  upon  which  hope  is  based  and  from  which  conclusions 
are  derived  being  neither  life,  substance  nor  power,  the 
conclusion  is  dead.  ' '  The  minding  of  the  flesh  is  death. ' ' 
Then  hold  not  dead  pictures  in  your  mental  conditions,  but 
let  the  dead  bury  its  dead.  It  is  an  eternal  truth,  that  to  be 
carnally  minded  is  death,  or  is  unconsciousness  of  Life.  As 
long  as  we  permit  the  things  of  sense  to  form  a  basis  for  our 
conclusions,  we  see  external  things  as  real,  through  our 
beliefs  in  them.  If  the  basis  from  which  we  see,  image,  and 
form  opinions  be  dead,  and  always  changing — as  shadow 
changes  with  the  object  casting  it — so  opinions  are  dead, 
and  must  in  time  pass  from  memory.  Argument  and  error 
of  understanding  are  brought  about  and  maintained  by  this 
false  method  of  thinking. 

9.  As  they  who  allow  appearances  to  form  a  basis  for 
their  thought — render  unrighteous  judgment  unto  them- 
selves— their  thoughts  are  not  born  of  Being  or  Spirit,  and 
fruit  of  the  Spirit  is  not  born  in  them.  Negation  is  said  to 
bring  forth  bitter  fruit,  but  even  that  is  nothing,  for  nothing 
cannot  produce  something.  The  bitter  fruit  is  non-expres- 


;64  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

sion  of  Spirit,  hence  the  belief  in  weakness.  So  those  who 
allow  appearances  to  form  a  basis  for  their  thought  and 
conclusions,  will  be  heard  to  judge  themselves  and  others 
from  the  standpoint  of  appearance  ;  yet  it  is  written,  judge 
not  according  to  appearances,  but  judge  righteous  judgment. 
Such  persons  are  heard  to  say,  I  am  sick  to-day  and  to- 
morrow I  am  better,  and  tlir  next  day  well,  thus  showing 
that  they  have  no  other  basis  lor  their  thought  and  conclusion 
than  feeling  and  sensation.  And  while  feeling  is  the  result 
of  the  recognition  of  existence,  that  is,  all  that  we  recognize 
by  the  five  senses  we  contact  in  thought,  and  resulting  there- 
from is  sensuous  forms  of  feeling,  so  feeling  is  caused  to  take 
form  from  the  nature  of  the  thought  that  we  have,  and  belief 
that  we  hold  about  the  appearance  which  we  contact  in 
thought.  As  long  as  appearances  are  permitted  to  be  a 
basis  from  which  to  reason,  we  cannot  prevent  ourselves  from 
feeling  agreeable  or  disagreeable,  happy  or  unhappy,  for 
feeling  will  accord  with  the  plane,  premise,  and  reason  of  our 
thought.  Reasoning  from  existence  we  cannot  come  to  a 
permanent  conclusion,  or  gain  any  degree  of  knowledge — 
because  knowledge  is  a  certain  perception  of  truth — and  for 
our  thoughts  and  conclusions  truth  is  a  basis  which  never 
changes,  and  which  is  absolute  and  eternal.  Thus  control- 
ing  and  guiding  thought,  we  express  life  eternal ;  but  when 
thought  is  based  in  and  on  the  images  resulting  from  life,  it 
shows  forth  its  kind — no  life,  substance  or  power;  verily  both 
have  their  reward.  They  who  permit  the  external  to  sway 
their  thought,  have  strong  likes  and  dislikes  for  people,  places 


THE    SPOKEN    WORD.  165 

and  conditions:  their  judgment  being  according  to  appear- 
ances, their  thought  and  conclusions  serve  appearances  or 
mammon.  Such  persons  are  heard  to  say,  I  like  or  dislike 
the  weather ;  I  like  or  dislike  certain  environments  or  con- 
ditions; I  believe  a  certain  kind  of  food  is  digestible  or  indi- 
gestible ;  I  believe  if  I  were  in  a  certain  climate  I  would  be 
healthy  and  happy,  or  if  I  were  situated  as  some  are  I  could 
be  well,  happy,  and  be  a  power  to  bless  others  ;  and  accord- 
ing to  their  own  statements  of  themselves  they  are  wholly 
and  entirely  mortal,  and  are  subject  to  every  mortal  thing 
on  the  face  of  the  planet ;  such  have  wandered  out  of  the 
way  of  wisdom,  in  thought,  and  are  in  the  congregation  of 
the  dead,  materiality,  or  dead  effects  :  that  is,  they  believe 
that  matter  is  life.  The  power  to  bless  others  comes  not 
from  this  realm  or  line  of  thought  and  reasoning.  Therefore 
those  who  would  bless  others  must  first  bless  themselves  by 
claiming  and  being  that  which  is  real  and  permanent,  and 
not  subject  to  effects. 

10.  A  copy  of  a  painting  is  never  as  good  as  the  origi- 
nal, for  the  reason  that  the  original  is  the  image  and  likeness  of 
an  eternal  idea,  resting  within  the  painter,  and  it  represents 
that  idea.  The  idea  is  imaged  in  mentality  by  thought ;  so, 
a  copy  of  the  painting  only  represents  the  symbol  of  an  idea, 
and  is  a  copy  or  picture  of  a  symbol ;  a  copy  or  picture  of  a 
symbol  is  forever  dead.  As  external  forms  are  symbolic  of 
ideas,  all  beliefs  based  on  the  testimony  of  the  senses  are 
based  on  symbols  of  an  idea,  and  are  mental  copies  or  sym- 


l66  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

bols,  and  are,  therefore,  dead  pictures.  The  original  idea 
is  the  only  living  picture.  Therefore  form  your  mental 
images  from  the  living  idea,  not  from  the  dead  symbol.  A 
full  understanding  of  the  above,  which  is  illustrative  of  the 
science  of  expression,  enables  us  to  set  our  house  in  order, 
to  have  a  place  for  everything,  and  everything  in  its  place — 
that  is,  to  place  the  true  worth  on  Being,  and  to  see  expres- 
sion or  creation  as  forever  subject  to  it.  It  is  not  well,  even 
then,  to  momentarily  turn  to  the  shadowy  side,  or  taste  the 
forbidden  fruit ;  for  if  tempted  by  the  serpent  of  sense  to 
make  appearances  the  object  of  love,  we  are  deceived  by 
giving  them  a  place  in  thought  instead  of  Being,  and  we 
partake  of  forbidden  fruit ;  all  who  partake  of  it  are  cast  out 
of  the  garden,  which  is  in  Eden. 


LESSON     XII 


CONCLUSION. 


They  who  live  consciously  IN  TRUTH  and  LIFE,  know 
that  f/iev  are  free. 

They  who  understandinglv  live  in  the  ETERNAL,  NO\\', 
know  that  tliev  are  free. 

Thev  who  lire  in  this  PERFECT  IDEA,  understand  the 
perfect,  and  are  free. 

There  is  no  realization  but  the  freedom  of  UNCHANGING 
TRUTH. 

"Know  the  TRUTH,  and  the  TRUTH  shall  make  you 
free:' 

In  the  previous  lessons  of  this  course,  we  have  given 
the  principles  of  the  science  of  Universal  or  Omnipresent 
Spirit,  including  methods  by  which  to  practice  it ;  i.  e. ,  we 
have  reduced  it  to  practice  for  you,  for  the  purpose  of  bring- 
ing your  thought,  reason  and  intellect,  into  a  truthful  recog- 
nition and  understanding  of  the  relation  of  God  to  the  souls 
of  things  or  to  nature,  also  into  a  recognition  of  the  true 
relation  that  each  soul  and  consciousness  bears  the  one  to 
the  other. 

2.  The  teaching  of  Christ — as  all  truth  contained  in 
the  New  Testament,  when  freed  from  its  mystic  or  allegoric 
language,  and  spi  ritually  understood  and  applied — is  found 


l68  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

to  be  the  truth  or  the  science  of  Omnipresent  Spirit,  and  the 
methods  of  application  are  the  same  of  the  one  as  of  the 
other.  Therefore,  between  Christ's  teaching  when  truth- 
fully understood,  and  the  Science  of  Spirit,  there  is  no 
difference.  The  basis  of  one  is  the  basis  of  the  other,  that 
of  unity  with  God. 

The  method  of  one,  is  the  method  of  the  other,  that  of 
manifesting  God  in  the  flesh — or  that  of  bearing  fruit  of  the 
Spirit  in  earth. 

The  practice  of  the  one,  is  the  practice  of  the  other, 
that  of  fulfilling  the  royal  law,  Love,  by  loving  at  all  times, 
regardless  of  circumstance  or  material  appearance. 

So,  inasmuch  as  we  have  instructed  you  in  previous 
lessons,  that  there  is  but  one  science,  which  is  exact  knowl- 
edge of  truth,  and  that  truth  is  unchanging,  and  that  un- 
changeable truth  is  the  exact  way  of  truth  and  life,  in  the 
above  statements  we  would  not  convey  to  your  thought  that 
the  principles  of  the  science  of  Spirit  are  confined  to  the 
teaching  of  the  New  Testament ;  or  that  they  were  not 
expressed  in  other  teachings  or  bibles  previous  to  the  ad- 
vent of  Jesus  on  earth.  While  his  teaching  is  so  univer- 
sal that  it  may  be  said  to  embody  the  whole,  yet  the 
whole  truth  is  Omnipresent,  and  may  be  recognized  and 
expressed  at  the  same  time  by  every  soul  in  the  vast 
universe. 

3.  In  reply  to  the  thought  of  multitudes  of  people,  who 
are  earnestly  enquiring  as  to  where  and  what  is  truth,  we 


CONCLUSION.  169 

would  say  that  there  is  no  place  where  truth  is  not,  and  no 
reality  that  is  not  truth.  So,  we  have  written,  there  is  one 
God,  or  Spirit,  or  Mind  ;  infinite,  limitless,  indivisible,  im- 
mutable ;  all  of  presence,  all  of  knowledge,  and  all  of  power, 
and  that  there  is  one  truth;  one  love,  or  law.  Therefore  it 
is  axiomatic,  that  there  is  not  a  truth  in  the  vast  Universe  or 
realm  of  Infinite  Spirit,  that  the  science  of  Spirit  does  not 
include,  and  this  is  recognized  by  Spirit  at  all  times,  and  by 
each  and  every  individual  who  willingly  sets  aside  self  and 
all  belief  in  separatness  for  universal  Spirit. 

4.  Spirit  is  truth  and  knowledge.  And  furthermore, 
all  truth,  unmanifest  or  manifest,  unknown  or  known,  belongs 
to  the  science  of  Infinite  Spirit. 

Nor  can  we  say  that  the  inhabitants  of  other  planets, 
however  advanced  they  may  be  in  Divine  Science,  or 
wisdom's  way,  have  a  single  truth  that  is  not  ours,  by  virtue 
of  our  inherency  in  the  omnipresent  God.  Neither  can  it  be 
said  that  the  truth  perceived  by  different  nations,  nor  that 
the  part  of  it  recognized  by  any  or  all  churches,  nor  any 
truth  contained  in  all  isms,  or  that  perceived  by  each  indi- 
vidual, does  not  belong  to  the  science  of  Omnipresent  Spirit, 
the  Infinite  Whole.  Therefore  it  is  axiomatic,  that  through 
our  union  with  God  or  Goodness,  which  fills  the  vast  uni- 
verse, we  are  united  to  all  science  or  truth  unexpressed  in  the 
invisible  Spirit,  or  expressed  in  the  visible  Universe,  lor  God 
or  Goodness  pervades  each  and  all  alike,  and  unites  the  one 
to  the  other. 


170  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

There  is  no  limit  to  the  science  of  Infinite  Spirit,  and 
the  teacher  of  science  recognizes  none  ;  with  this  perception 
we  have  instructed  you  in  these  words  :  That  the  science 
of  Spirit  is  that  science  which  includes  all  sciences — all  truth  ; 
which  treats  of  the  exact  relation  of  souls  to  God,  or  of  the 
exact  relation  of  eternal  ideas  to  Infinite  Mind.  Also  that 
the  science  of  Spirit  and  its  application  in  healing,  consists 
in  a  certain  perception  of  absolute  truth,  which  is  a  knowl- 
edge of  Infinite  Spirit  unmanifest,  and  of  its  attributes,  and 
of  its  law  of  expression,  and  of  the  way  to  manifest  accord- 
ing to  the  law,  and  image  forth  its  attributes. 

5.  So,  we  have  instructed  you  as  to  the  power  of 
thought  and  its  office,  it  being  the  means  through  which 
creation  takes  place ;  it  is  the  formative  principle ;  then  in 
order  to  image  forth  the  attributes  of  Spirit,  we  must  base 
our  mental  conclusions  in  the  Spirit,  and  thus  adjust  our 
thoughts  to  it,  and  square'  our  conduct  thereby.  That  is, 
the  Spirit  is  the  true  basis  from  which  to  form  correct  mental 
conclusions,  as  in  mathematics  we  take  the  principle  as  the 
basis  for  the  mental  solution  of  the  problem  ;  so,  thought 
being  the  means  by  which  the  invisible  Spirit  or  principle 
becomes  visible,  and  is  that  through  which  the  silent  spirit 
is  spoken  and  made  apparent  to  the  senses,  it  must  be  pure, 
and  be  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  Spirit  if  it  bears  fruit 
thereof. 

We,  being  immortal,  cannot  make  a  truthful  statement 
of  ourselves  without  basing  that  statement  on  absolute  and 


CONCLUSION.  171 

unchanging  principle  :  i.  e. ,  on  the  immortal ;  and  we  thus 
bring  the  true  or  immortal  self  to  light,  or  symbol  it  forth, 
by  making  truthful  statements  of  ourselves  and  of  others. 
The  study  of  these  truths  and  the  application  of  them,  illum- 
ines the  thought  and  mentality  with  Infinite  consciousness — 
with  all  that  which  is  eternal,  and  to  live  in  the  eternal,  now, 
is  freedom.  A  full  comprehension  of  the  law  of  expression 
reveals  the  truth,  that  through  thought  the  problem  of  life  is 
solved,  and  the  visible  universe  is  the  example  thereof,  and 
that  our  example,  or  body,  and  all  of  our  expressions,  are 
what  we  make  them  ;  that  they  are  dependent  on  the  mental 
solution,  and  are  subject  to  the  mental :  i.  e.,  to  the  decision 
that  we  make  in  thought. 

6.  Dear  friends  and  students,  we  unhesitatingly  say, 
that  a  study  of  the  Science  of  Spirit  opens  the  portals  to  the 
Spirit,  and  unites  the  consciousness  with  the  source  of  truth 
and  life,  and  they  who  live  in  truth  and  life,  live  in  freedom. 
So  they  who  understand  the  basic  principle  of  this  science, 
are  in  possession  of  the  key  that  unlocks  the  door  to  the 
perfect  tabernacle  not  made  with  hands,  through  which  they 
may  enter  into  the  holy  of  holies — the  realm  of  Divine 
wisdom.  And  they  who  succeed  in  reasoning  from  the 
basic  principles,  and  in  drawing  all  conclusions  therefrom, 
bear  golden  fruit  of  the  Spirit  of  truth.  They  who  live  in 
the  perfect  idea,  understand  the  perfect,  and  are  free.  Let 
not  the  lesson  on  faith  ever  pass  from  the  consciousness,  for 
by  faith  and  through  faith  are  all  accomplishments  gained 


172  SCIENCE  AND    HEALING. 

that  are  gained ;  truly  it  is  the  substance  and  power  which 
makes  all  that  is  made ;  by  faith  we  think,  and  speak,  and 
act ;  perfect  work  is  due  to  the  perfect  expression  of  faith. 
Through  divorcing  the  faith  from  that  which  is  made,  and 
uniting  it  to  that  which  is  unmade,  do  we  come  to  realize 
that  there  is  no  freedom  but  divine  truth.  This  realization, 
as  we  have  instructed  you,  is  to  be  accomplished  through 
the  denial  of  the  senses,  and  through  the  affirmation  of 
principle,  by  ceasing  to  worship  the  things  of  this  world  and 
by  worshipping  the  ever  present,  and  placing  the  true  value 
on  the  all  pervading  One. 

7.  To  assist  you  in  this  work  of  atonement,  or  regene- 
ration, in  lesson  second  we  have  given  the  divine  attributes 
as  a  guide  to  truth,  and  in  lesson  eight,  have  defined  them  so 
that  you  may  discipline  the  thought  and  adjust  it  to  Spirit, 
and  thus  bring  forth  harmonious  expressions — as  a  musician 
disciplines  his  voice  by  adjusting  it  to  the  principle  of  music. 
And  as  the  voice  will  not  bring  forth  harmonious  sound 
until  it  is  adjusted  to  the  principle,  so  thought  will  not  bring 
forth  harmonious  results  until  adjusted  to  Spirit,  and  thus 
faith  is  given  its  perfect  expression,  and  the  universal  love 
of  God  or  Goodness,  through  thought,  flows  out  to  all 
alike.  That  is,  "the  love  of  God  is  shed  abroad  in  our 
hearts  by  the  Holy  Ghost,  which  is  given  unto  us,"  which 
means  a  consciousness  of  truth  ;  and  thus  do  we  realize  the 
truth  that  frees,  which  realization  is  freedom  itself,  for  truth 
embodied  disembodies  error. 


CONCLUSION.  173 

8.  They  who  are  intuitively  instructed,  are  instructed 
by  the  absolute,  and  perceive  first  and  final  truth.  They 
recognize  but  One  instructor,  One  source  from  which  to 
manifest  all  goodness.  One  source  in  which  to  perceive  all 
goodness,  One  source  in  which  to  acknowledge  all  that  is  : 
/.  t. ,  all  wisdom,  power  and  presence.  So,  intuition,  the 
eye  of  understanding,  as  we  have  told  you,  can  alone  recog- 
nize or  perceive  first  and  final  truth.  Therefore  you  are 
instructed  to  acknowledge  the  Kingdom  of  God,  with  all  its 
wealth,  as  being  ever  present,  and  thus  do  you  come  into 
the  possession  of  the  promises  that  are  made  to  those  who 
believe  ;  for  they  who  are  mindful  of  the  country — the 
Kingdom  of  Spirit — from  which  they  came  out,  in  thought 
and  memory,  thus  return  and  become  conscious  that  they 
are  in  heaven,  and  are  no  longer  strangers  and  pilgrims. 

9.  So,  you  are  to  know  that  the  viewless  path  of  truth  and 
life  is  the  way  of  Unity  and  infinite  love ;  and  is  to  be 
perceived  only  by  unveiling  the  inner  eye  of  understanding 
to  the  Oneness  of  Being,  or  Spirit.  And  you  need  not  be 
deceived  as  to  the  voice  of  the  Spirit,  for  it  is  to  be  under- 
stood by  the  nature  of  its  claims ;  its  silent  voice  never 
misrepresents  absolute  principle — its  speech  is  harmony 
divine.  Again  we  have  said,  a  right  beginning  is  essential 
to  a  correct  ending ;  and,  that  a  right  beginning  must  neces- 
sarily be  one  that  begins  where  all  things  begin,  in  Spirit  or 
God — in  divine  intelligence  and  wisdom — e.  g.,  as  a  mathe- 
matical example  has  its  origin  in  principle.  All  truth  is 


174  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

principle,  and  is  life  eternal ;  truth  differs  not  one  time  from 
another.  Therefore  science,  which  is  exact  knowledge  of 
the  unchangeable,  and  of  the  relation  of  things  to  their 
source,  cannot  be  understood  but  by  basing  all  conclusions 
upon  that  in  which  they  have  their  origin  :  i.  e. ,  it  cannot 
be  understood  but  by  perceiving  all  things  in  Infinite  Spirit. 

10.  So  we  have  instructed  you,  that  the  true  method  of 
conveying  knowledge  is  that  of  reasoning  from  the  abstract 
to  the  concrete,  from  the  infinite  to  the  finite,  or  from  the 
uncreate  to  the  create,  as  from  principle  to  problem  and 
example ;  and  that  they  who  know  this  trinity  or  simple  law 
of  expression,  are  in  possession  of  the  truth  that  lifts  the 
veil  of  all  delusion,  and  that  enables  them  to  express  from 
the  eternal  and  the  unmanifest,  the  perfect  realm  of  infinite 
Being.  Earnest  application  of  the  basic  principles  of  science 
brings  conviction,  which  is  realization.  In  the  science  of 
Spirit,  teaching,  practice  and  proof  go  hand  in  hand  ;  for  we 
can  realize  the  divine  attributes  only  through  experiencing 
their  presence  in  our  own  thoughts.  Just  as  much  of  truth 
and  infinite  love  and  power  as  we  think,  do  we  acknowledge 
or  make  known.  Therefore  the  awakened  or  "knowing 
ones"  acknowledge  all  that  is.  In  so  doing  they  live  in 
truth  and  life,  the  Infinite  Father.  So  to  them  an  evil 
power  is  unthinkable,  since  truth  knows  not  error,  nor 
goodness  evil ;  hence  they  resist  not,  and  are  God-like  in 
all  their  ways.  So  we  have  said  unto  you,  that  a  belief  in 
two  powers,  one  good  and  the  other  evil,  one  warring 


CONCLUSION.  175 

against  the  other,  and  the  belief  that  Spirit  and  matter  are 
two  powers,  the  law  of  the  one  opposed  to  the  law  of  the 
other,  and  the  belief  that  there  is  a  higher  self  and  a  lower 
self,  each  trying  to  overrule  the  other,  are  kingdoms  divided 
against  themselves.  The  belief  in  division  or  separateness, 
is  the  source  of  all  selfishness,  or  feeling  of  distinction, 
superiority,  pride,  ambition,  grief,  sorrow  and  desolation. 
It  is  forever  true  that  there  is  but  one  self,  one  Being. 
Unity  is  truth.  They  who  realize  this  are  born  again,  or 
from  above  ;  they  have  ascended  unto  the  holy  mount.  But 
they  who  would  seek  to  place  self  and  creation  outside  of 
God  or  apart  from  Him,  thus  making  Him  finite  and  not 
omnipresent,  have  not  raised  their  thought  and  mentality 
above  the  belief  in  matter,  or  form,  and  separateness  ;  have 
not  risen  from  the  dead  into  life  eternal,  for  their  thought 
has  traveled  out  of  the  way  of  understanding — that  of 
unity,  oneness,  atonement. 

1 1 .  That  which  is  called  knowledge  of  the  natural 
sciences  contains  no  real  knowledge  whatever,  is  not  based 
on  absolute  truth  or  principle ;  therefore  it  is  not  absolute 
knowledge,  for  we  cannot  have  knowledge  but  of  that  which 
is  absolute.  This  seeming  knowledge,  called  natural  science, 
refers  to  the  relations  that  external  objects  bear  to  each 
other;  they  are  facts  according  to  sense  judgment,  and 
belong  to  sensuous  sight  or  to  the  mortal,  and  are  entirely 
useless  to  the  immortal.  So  when  we  gain  a  consciousness 
of  the  eternal  and  absolute,  and  have  entered  that  state  of 


176  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

understanding  where  there  is  no  delusion,  where  we  see 
truth  face  to  face,  we  know  that  this  seeming  knowledge  is 
but  seeming,  and  passes  away  with  the  mortal ;  the  things 
of  time  belong  not  to  eternity.  It  is  the  practical  knowledge 
of  principle  which  enables  us  to  solve  the  problem  of  life,  and 
demonstrate  from  the  Omnipresent  Spirit,  by  adjusting  all 
our  ways  to  it. 

12.  We  have  shown  that  Being  is  the  uncreate,  the 
eternal  Spirit  or  Mind,  which  is  the  Infinite  God  or  Good- 
ness ;  and  that  through  thought  it  creates.  The  power  to 
think,  therefore,  is  the  power  to  image  forth  the  silent  attri- 
butes of  Being,  and  thus  give  form  to  the  formless.  Also 
that  the  visible  universe  is  the  effect  of  thought,  the  spoken 
word,  or  thought,  made  apparent  to  sense.  We  have  shown 
that  faith  is  the  substance  of  works,  or  it  is  the  divine  power 
of  Being,  manifest.  Also  that  prayer  is  effort  or  aspiration 
to  express  or  image  forth  the  divine  attributes  from  within  ; 
that  everything  in  nature  prays,  and  faith  is  the  substance 
which  enables  it  to  express  its  innate  power. 

Intuition  is  Truth  perceiving  Truth,  Spirit  perceiving 
the  things  of  the  Spirit,  or  Mind  perceiving  its  eternal  ideas  ; 
this  is  cognition  of  first  and  final  truth.  That  your  thought 
may  not  wander  out  of  the  way  of  wisdom  or  unity,  we  have 
defined  the  divine  attributes  as  a  guide  by  which  to  disci- 
pline your  thought,  and  unite  the  consciousness  to  truth  and 
life,  which  is  freedom.  The  attributes  are  love,  truth, 
wisdom,  knowledge,  power,  presence,  faith  and  harmony. 


CONCLUSION.  177 

To  think  in  harmony  with  these  attributes,  or  to  image  them 
in  thought,  is  truth's  practice;  so  the  practitioner  of  divine 
truth  is  a  healer,  in  that  he  adjusts  all  to  God.  Therefore  in 
order  to  heal  the  sick,  and  cast  out  false  beliefs  by  the  power 
of  God,  it  is  necessary  that  we  be  the  perfect  mind  and  idea 
which  we  comprehend,  and  then  express  the  perfect  thought, 
which  is  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  this  Mind  and  idea. 
It  is  necessary  to  know  that  we  are  the  perfect  faith  which 
we  wish  to  manifest  in  all  our  ways,  and  be  that  faith,  and 
to  know  that  the  substance  of  faith  is  the  power  of  Being, 
and  that  our  attributes  are  infinite.  In  this  realization  we 
are  in  a  condition  to  consciously  fulfill  the  purpose  of  life 
in  creation. 

13.  When  the  mental  constitution  is  adjusted  to  God, 
and  we  have  taken  our  position  in  the  Infinite  Source,  our 
position  is  a  truthful  one,  and  we  see  and  express  as  we  see 
the  Father  expressing ;  and  deem  it  no  robbery  to  claim 
that  we  are  the  good  and  the  perfect,  which  we  recognize. 
' '  Be  ye  therefore  perfect,  even  as  your  Father  which  is  in 
heaven  is  perfect. ' ' 


QUESTIONS   AND    ANSWERS. 


Q.  What  are  the  first  principles  for  students  of  Divine 
Science  to  learn  f 

A.  The  student  must  first  learn  what  Being  is.  Then, 
what  to  think  and  to  do,  and  what  not  to  think  and  not  to 
do,  so  that  the  thought  and  deed  may  be  in  harmony  with 
the  knowledge  of  being.  The  student  must  then  learn  to 
discriminate  between  Spirit  and  nature,  between  God  and 
creation,  between  that  which  is  eternal  and  that  which  is 
temporal.  When  students  have  realized  the  above  they 
have  laid  the  foundation  for  Divine  Science. 

Q.  Why  is  it,  that  material  remedies  do  not  effect 
permanent  cures  f 

A.  For  the  reason  that  they  do  not  remove  the  cause, 
which  is  ignorance,  for  they  are  not  the  source  of  under« 
standing. 

Q.      Why  is  it  that  truth  cures  f 

A.  A  knowledge  of  Truth  removes  error  and  erro- 
neous belief.  It  is  the  word  of  light  and  life,  which  never 
changes,  and  is  fullness  of  power. 

Q.     Is  pain  or  disease  cause  or  effect  ? 

A.  An  effect.  When  disease  makes  its  appearance, 
the  sensing  of  it  is  effect.  The  disease,  that  we  feel — false 


QUESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  179 

belief — is  mental.     ALL  SEEMING  DISCORD  is  IN  THOUGHT, 

OR  FALSE  BELIEVING. 

O.  \Vhat  is  it  that  invests  disease  and  inharmony 
with  scctning  reality  ? 

A.  It  is  beliefs  that  they  are  real.  As  long  as  we  trust 
belief  and  opinion,  we  trust  that  which  is  believed  in. 

Q.      What  is  personality  ? 

A.  Personality  is  another  name  for  limitation.  It  is 
the  delusion,  that  which  arises  from  taking  the  body  for  self, 
creation  for  Being,  and  appearances  and  sensations  to  be 
real.  Personal  opinions  are  selfish — they  are  in  the  simili- 
tude of  appearance  and  sensation.  They  do  not  embrace 
principle.  The  more  contracted  the  beliefs  of  the  person, 
the  closer  will  the  person  cling  to  form  and  temporal  things. 

Q.  Where  shall  we  commence  the  work  of  regenera- 
tion / 

A.  Regeneration  must  begin  where  all  creation  begins  ; 
our  work  and  workshop  are  both  mental.  When  the  senses 
are  enlightened  by  understanding,  the  production  of  Mind  is 
realized  to  be  one  with  principle.  To  image  principle  in 
thought,  is  harmony. 

O.  Why  arc  Spiritual  adepts  without  personal 
desire  / 

A.  They  are  without  desire  because  they  know  them- 
selves. Desire  is  of  the  earth,  earthy  ;  Spirit  is  fullness, 
wholeness. 

O.  How  ea)i  you  know  tliat  there  is  but  one  source  of 
life,  or  but  One  rower  ' 


l8o  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

A.  There  can  be  but  one  ALL.  And,  One  being  the 
number  of  unity,  unity  is  forever  the  condition  of  One. 
Hence  that  One  must  be  God.  That  is,  He  being  Infinite 
is  that  all,  or  Unity.  Then  as  He  is  All,  He  fills  the  uni- 
verse ;  and  as  He  fills  the  universe,  there  is  no  room  for 
another  life  or  power.  And,  if  there  were  two  self-existing 
powers,  God  would  be  less  than  infinite — in  which  case  there 
could  never  be  harmony. 

O.  \VIiat  is  the  cause  of  suffering,  and  the  acts  called 
evil? 

A.  The  cause  is  unconsciousness  of  the  above  truths, 
and  not  knowing  how  to  live  in  harmony  with  them.  Un- 
suspectingly taking  things  for  what  they  are  not  is  ignorance 
(/.  <?.,  not  knowing).  Evil  is  the  want  of  the  recognition  of 
the  presence  of  Good  or  God.  Suffering  is  a  result  of  not 
knowing  eternal  truth,  the  ever  present  harmony  in  which 
we  live. 

Q.  Upon  zchat  authority  do  you  say  that  the  kingdom 
of  heaven,  nirvana,  or  the  celestial  sphere,  is  a  permanent 
condition,  and  not  locality  f 

A.  Locality  belongs  to  temporal  things,  and  they 
belong  to  locality.  Expression  takes  place  in  time  and 
place  ;  we  think  in  time  and  place.  But  Being  is  self-exist- 
ing, eternal ;  that  which  is  not  born,  nor  subject  to  time  or 
place.  So  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  nirvana,  or  the  celestial 
sphere,  cannot  be  confined  to  locality,  but  is  always  at  hand, 
awaiting  recognition  ;  it  is  the  permanent  condition  of  the 


OTKSTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  l8l 

Omnipresent  Spirit.      To  know  self,  and  find  yourself  within 
God,  and  God  within  yourself,  is  to  find  heaven. 

Q.     Should  ice  treat  for  particular  results  ? 

A.  No.  You  should  treat  for  understanding  ;  speak 
the  truth  of  Being  with  singleness  of  purpose,  because  it  is 
truth.  If  the  motive  be  to  produce  a  definite  effect  in  the 
body,  then  the  motive  is  based  in  the  letter  and  not  in  the 
Spirit.  When  motive  is  thus  limited,  then  the  measure  of 
power  is  limited.  Speak  the  truth  and  God  will  be  manifest 
in  the  patient.  Let  your  intention  be  to  bring  the  patient 
into  the  understanding  of  Being. 

Q.  Hou*  do  you  account  for  the  recovery  of  my  friend, 
echo  rcas  ill  over  fifteen  years? 

A.  God's  word  is  truth  ;  and  her  recovery  was  due  to 
the  fact  that  truth  was  spoken  to  and  expressed  by  her. 
Sometimes  it  is  easier  for  patients  to  recover  after  they  have 
lost  faith  in  all  external  remedies,  and  have  lost  attraction 
for  external  things,  than  it  is  if  they  still  have  hope  in  and 
desire  for  them.  To  God  there  is  no  incurable  disease ; 
they  who  believe,  demonstrate. 

Q.      What  did  you  call  her  disease? 

A.  I  did  not  see  disease,  therefore  I  did  not  name 
disease.  When  the  false  beliefs  of  patients  about  themselves 
are  erased  and  truth  is  made  manifest,  we  find  that  they  are 
quite  at  ease,  tranquil  and  happy. 

Q.      What  is  prejudice,  and  its  remedy  ? 


182  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

A.  Prejudice  is  a  self  notion,  an  opinion  or  decision 
formed  before  judgment,  or  without  consulting  divine  law  or 
principle,  therefore  it  is  mental  blindness.  The  remedy  for 
prejudice  is  understanding.  If  prejudice  be  allowed  to  hold 
sway,  all  investigations  are  limited  through  the  desire  to 
sustain  a  pre-conceived  opinion.  Such  an  one  thinks  more 
of  his  belief  than  he  does  of  the  truth.  When  there  is  no 
belief  of  prejudice  there  will  be  a  full  consciousness  of  truth. 
When  we  admit  the  presence  of  all  truth,  we  do  away  with 
all  prejudice.  Let  not  thine  inner  and  mental  eye  be  blinded. 

Q,      Why  are  some  more  difficult  to  heal  than  others  ? 

A.  The  mental  conditions  of  some  persons  are  more 
tenacious  of  error,  and  less  susceptible  to  truth  than  those  of 
others.  Such  innocently  believe  that  the  mortal  sympathy 
that  both  they  and  their  friends  give  to  others  is  comfort. 
They  mistake  sympathy  for  love  and  truth.  Mortal  sympa- 
thy is  the  means  by  which  they  hold  mental  conditions  of 
disease.  They  fear  to  let  go  of  their  false  beliefs  of  them- 
selves, because  they  fear  losing  that  sympathy  which  seems 
to  them  so  sweet  and  necessary  to  happiness.  Fear  is  the 
only  bondage  that  is  sensed. 

Q.  You  teach  us  that  God  is  in  every  place,  at  all  times. 
Then  we  are  to  conclude  that  perfect  goodness  is  in  everv  place, 
at  all  times.  How  can  perfect  goodness  be  where  evil  is  '.' 

A.  God  is  ever  present  Goodness,  life,  love,  truth, 
mind ;  the  life  and  mind  which  creates  all  things,  and  they 
have  no  other.  Not  for  a  single  moment  is  he  who  is  called 


QUESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  183 

a  sinner  out  of  the  presence  of  perfect  Goodness.  He  who 
perceives  not  this  truth  perceives  not  Spirit — God. 

Beliefs  expressed  in  sinful  acts  are  those  which  result 
from  the  sense  of  separateness  from  God,  and  which  acts  at 
the  dictates  of  desire,  and  they  have  no  realizing  sense  of  the 
presence  of  God  ;  but  He  shines  in  the  darkness  and  the 
darkness  comprehended!  it  not. 

To  our  sisters  and  brothers  whom  the  world  calls  evil, 
because  of  words  spoken  and  deeds  done,  we  would  say 
that  you  are  living  and  moving  in  the  presence  of  absolute 
Goodness  at  all  times.  This  eternal  truth  will  cease  to  be 
vague  to  you  if  you  will  turn  to  the  silent  good  within  and 
around  you,  and  acknowledge  its  presence,  and  make  your 
decisions  in  unison  with  it,  wholly  disregarding  appearances. 
The  Spirit  will  teach  you  the  word  of  reconciliation,  and 
how  to  make  your  thoughts  and  deeds  its  thoughts  and 
deeds.  Goodness  is  unmanifest  in  thought  until  you  think  to 
make  truthful  decisions.  When  your  thoughts  are  of  good, 
good  is  manifest.  Make  the  thought  right,  and  your  deeds 
will  be  good.  This  way  leadeth  to  the  ever-present  king* 
dom,  where  all  else  will  be  added. 

Q.  If  God  is  all,  how  did  the  appearance  of  error  or 
evil  come  into  the  world  ? 

A.  One  says  it  came  through  man's  ignorance.  We 
will  not  be  able  to  solve  this  problem  for  ourselves  until  we 
realize  that  there  is  at  all  times  but  one  method.  So  the  way 
error  comes  into  the  world  at  this  time  is  precisely  the  way 


184  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

it  came  into  the  world  in  the  beginning ;  for  in  truth  now  is 
the  beginning,  and  now  is  the  ending.  Hut  what  is  ignor- 
ance? Ignorance  is  unsuspectingly  taking  things  for  what 
they  are  not.  And  what  are  things  that  are  taken  for  what 
they  are  not?  Tilings  are  forms  ;  that  which  is  made  to 
appear  or  is  made  manifest.  So  ignorance  is  unsuspectingly 
taking  forms  to  be  real,  and  believing  them  to  be  ourselves, 
which  is  ignoring  Infinite  Spirit.  And  mentality  becomes 
fixed  in  what  we  face,  recognize,  and  believe  to  be  real. 

O.      IIoic  did  you  say  ilia  I  the  mental  becomes  fixed  in 
the  letter  or  form  ? 

A.  The  attention  becomes  fixed  in  the  letter  or  form 
because  the  will  accepts  effects  or  appearances  as  a  basis 
from  which  to  reason ;  hence,  thought  forms  erroneous 
conclusions.  What  we  think  about,  that  we  are  conscious 
of.  As  we  have  believed  the  body  to  be  real,  we  have 
thought  we  were  dependent  upon  it  for  happiness  and 
health,  and  that  it  has  been  the  cause  of  pain  or  pleasure. 
The  truth  is,  the  body  is  not  a  cause  for  anything,  but  is  a 
result  of  something.  These  beliefs  are  the  cause  of  thought 
being  centered  in  the  letter  or  form,  which  is  the  cause  of 
suffering.  As  thought  produces  form,  mentality  has  looked 
upon  its  own  production  and  has  believed  it  to  be  real, 
instead  of  realizing  itself  as  the  producer.  For  this  reason 
is  the  mental  action  confined  to  the  form  or  letter.  This 
is  ignoring  the  Spirit  or  Divine  Life  for  the  letter,  and 
is  idolatry  ;  all  idolatry  is  ignorance,  and  is  the  cause  for 
all  suffering.  Ignorance  or  ignoring  Infinite  Spirit,  is  turning 


orESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  185 

our  face  or  thought  from  Spirit,  or  it  is  facing  the  wrong 
\\ay.  Hence  the  appearance  of  sin,  sickness  and  suffering 
has  come  into  the  world  by  facing  the  wrong  way,  going 
to  and  fro  in  the  earth. 

Q.  What  is  the  way  of  return  to  knowledge  and 
power  J 

A.  The  way  to  knowledge,  power,  health,  and  all  that 
is  divine,  is  to  turn  thought  in  the  opposite  direction.  Thus 
changing  our  thoughts,  our  beliefs  change,  and  we  find  our 
invisible  self,  which  is  the  manifestor.  All  souls  have  their 
origin  and  are  inherent  in  God ;  in  thought  they  go  out 
from  the  Father,  because  the  attention  becomes  fixed  in 
the  works  of  thought.  All  will  become  free  from  sense 
delusion,  and  demonstrate  the  problem  of  life  for  themselves, 
and  through  knowledge  and  faith  will  in  thought  consciously 
return  home  to  the  Father  to  find  that  the  belief  in  separa- 
tion was  a  delusion. 

Q.  Do  the  thoughts  of  others  influence  us  or  our  ehil- 
dren  before  they  are  old  enough  to  think  for  themselves  / 

A.  Thoughts  do  not  influence  us  (Being),  hence  they 
do  not  influence  the  real  child.  Thought  is  the  cause  of  the 
change  of  belief,  of  our  children  and  ourselves,  and 
thus  the  body  becomes  affected  either  for  health  or  disease. 
In  the  bodies  of  our  children  our  thoughts  are  expressed  ; 
the  thoughts  of  the  parents  and  friends  may  be  externalized 
in  the  bodies  of  children  before  they  are  old  enough  to  think 
for  themselves.  So  you  see  how  essential  it  is  for  us  to 


1 86  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

know  the  truth,  and  hold  ourselves  and  our  children   there- 
in, in  order  to  express  harmony  and  health  in  the  body. 

Q.     Is  thought  affected  by  things  around  us? 

A.  What  we  see  does  cause  us  to  change  our  thoughts, 
and  we  think  according  to  our  surroundings  until  we  awaken 
to  truth.  Not  until  we  awaken  to  truth  can  we  stand  un- 
changed in  thought  by  our  surroundings.  When  we  know 
what  temporary  appearances  are,  we  attach  no  importance 
to  them. 

Q.  As  we  have  a  material  nature,  can  ive  ever  live 
entirely  in  Spirit  f 

A.  It  is  an  error  to  suppose  that  our  nature  is  material. 
That  supposition  has  the  same  origin  as  has  the  belief  that 
we  are  form.  We  cannot  live  out  of  Spirit  because  it  is 
Infinite — the  All.  To  know  this  is  to  manifest  understand- 
ingly.  The  belief  in  a  lower  and  higher  Self,  a  physical  and 
Spiritual  self,  is  error.  Unity  is  truth  ;  we  are  one,  and 
not  two.  We  are  the  Divine  Soul,  Atma,  or  Spirit  To 
represent  being  in  thought  and  deed  is  to  prove  that  we  are 
divine. 

Q.  Will  every  soul  have  to  go  through  the  experience 
necessary  to  demonstrate  to  itself  the  nothingness  of  evil  f 

A.  Yes ;  each  soul  will  demonstrate  the  problem  of 
life  for  itself,  and  prove  the  nothingness  of  evil  ;  or  that  the 
non-recognition  of  good  is  not  a  power  ;  that  to  ignore  God 
or  Goodness  in  thought  and  deed  is  not  an  expression  of 
truth. 


QUESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  187 

Q.     Does  that  which  applies  to  Jesus  apply  to  us  / 

A.      Yes  ;  certainly.      He  pointed  the  way  in  which  all 

may  walk,  and   know   the   truth  of  their  union   with  God. 

We  hold  precisely  the  same   relation   to  the   Father  as  did 

Jesus  ;  this  is  an  unalterable  truth,  to  which  all  will  awaken 

in  time. 

Q.  ]\rc  can  think  as  quickly  of  a  far  place  as  a  near 
one  :  can  we  see  similarly? 

A.  Yes  ;  we  can  see  as  far  as  thought  can  reach.  See- 
ing is  mental.  Through  faith  you  may  see  physical  surround- 
ings, but  it  is  not  a  desirable  attainment  to  work  for ;  for, 
dear  students,  to  do  so  would  keep  your  consciousness 
limited  to  form  ;  and  your  realization  of  life,  of  truth,  and  of 
all  that  is  permanent,  would  be  thereby  limited. 

Q.  Do  we,  in  a  future  plane  of  existence,  retain  our 
love  for  our  own  :  i.  e.,  the  members  of  our  family  ? 

A.  Certainly ;  for  love  is  immortal.  To  love  is  to 
fulfill  the  law.  You  cannot  lose  love,  for  it  is  of  God, 
His  law. 

Q.  Is  not  that  love  which  excludes  all  but  our  own 
family  circle,  selfish  ? 

A.  Much  of  that  which  is  called  love  in  families,  and 
among  friends,  is  selfishness.  You  will  lose  all  selfishness  in 
time,  for  selfishness  is  temporary  appearance,  and  is  doomed 
to  travel  the  broad  road.  The  time  will  come  to  every  one 
of  us  when  we  will  cease  to  have  selfish  desires,  which  attract 


1 88  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

and  attach  us  to  form  and  material  effects  ;  and  we  will  realize 
the  freedom  of  the  love  of  Gocl  in  our  hearts.  Love  is 
Universal  and  knows  no  selfishness  ;  it  is  freedom,  therefore 
it  cannot  enslave.  It  does  not  become  less  than  itself, 
therefore  it  is  never  selfish.  Selfishness  is  the  opposite 
of  love. 

Q.  Then,  may  not  all  that  we  now  call  love,  prove  to 
be  selfishness  and  pass  away? 

A.  Yes  ;  all  that  you  call  love  that  is  selfishness,  will 
pass  away,  but  all  the  love  which  you  now  possess,  whether 
you  are  expressing  that  love  perfectly  or  not,  you  will  retain 
throughout  eternity  ;  for  such  is  of  God.  You  cannot  lose 
the  real  and  permanent ;  it  is  the  unreal  and  false  that  you 
will  lose. 

Q.  Why  do  we  fear  that  we  shall  not  see  our  loved 
ones  after  they  pass  from  this  plane  of  existence  f 

A.  That  fear  is  the  result  of  not  knowing  where  and 
what  they  are;  not  untill  we  have  solved  the  problem  of  life, 
and  have  learned  what  we  are,  can  we  know  what  our  friends 
are.  When  we  find  ourselves,  we  find  the  reality  of  all 
soul ;  and  as  time  and  place  vanishes  in  the  presence  of 
understanding,  we  know  there  is  no  separation ;  that  which 
is  called  separation,  is  sense  seeing,  or  sense  decision,  and 
is  mental  delusion. 

Q.  After  we  pass  beyond  tins  plane  of  existence,  do 
we  continue  to  have  forms  like  unto  these  forms  ? 


ni'ESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  189 

A.  Yes ;  until  our  consciousness  is  freed  from  form 
through  an  understanding  of  truth,  we  have  similar  ones. 

Q.     Do  ice  always  have  form  ? 

A.  Yes  ;  to  think  is  to  form  ;  therefore,  as  long  as 
there  is  thought,  there  will  be  form.  We  will  always  have 
form,  but  we  will  never  be  that  form.  Form  is  effect,  and 
we  are  Cause,  one  with  the  Maker  of  effect. 

Q.  Do  you  think  that  every  person  can  change  his 
thoughts  ? 

A.  Yes  ;  we  do  not  know  any  persons  who  do  not 
change  their  thoughts ;  we  are  the  thinker,  therefore  the 
controller  of  thought.  They  who  believe  they  cannot  give 
up  a  habit  of  thought,  yield  their  thoughts  servants  to  obey 
that  belief,  which  is  false. 

Q.  If  (rod  is  ci'cryii'hcrc*  ichat  is  meant  by  be inglost  f 
A.  To  God,  or  Spirit,  it  has  no  meaning.  The 
awakened  are  conscious  that  they  are  not  lost,  and  they 
know  that  the  unawakened  are  only  lost  in  thought.  Those 
who  believe  themselves  to  be  lost,  are  like  one  in  the 
wilderness  trying  to  find  a  path  which  leads  homeward. 
They  are  like  a  woman  looking  for  her  spectacles,  while  they 
are  on  her  nose,  and  she  is  looking  through  them.  By 
their  own  erroneous  beliefs,  they  are  isolated  in  belief 
from  the  kingdom  of  heaven  within  them  ;  and  from  God 
in  whom  they  live  :  and  they  mourn  the  loss  of  that  which  is 
forever  at  hand.  To  believe  that  we  are  to  be  cast  into 


IQO  SCIENCE   AND    HEALING. 

outer  darkness,  and  remain  there  forever,  is  outer  darkness 
itself;  a  condition  than  which  there  is  none  darker.  To 
indulge  in  such  habits  of  thought,  is  to  deny  the  good- 
ness and  love  of  God,  and  "his  mercy  which  endureth 
forever."  Beliefs  and  thoughts  of  being  lost,  are  due  to 
ignorance  of  where  and  what  God  and  Christ  (the  Truth) 
are,  that  heaven  is  within,  and  only  waiting  recognition  to 
be  manifest,  and  that  we  live  in  the  kingdom  and  presence 
of  God  at  all  times,  and  in  all  places. 

Q.  Do  not  persons  who  believe  that  they  are  lost,  feel 
that  there  is  something  gone,  that  thcv  must  look  for  or  seek? 

A.  Yes;  such  an  one  is  looking  for  and  seeking — 
(though  blindly,)  for  that  which  is  forever  at  hand. 
Salvation  is  not  a  matter  of  being  transported,  at  a  certain 
time,  to  a  certain  place  or  locality  ;  but  it  is  consciousness 
of,  and  the  practice  of  truth.  To  know  the  truth,  and  serve 
it,  is  to  be  saved  from  ignorance,  selfishness,  and  false  beliefs 
of  separateness,  and  continually  live  in  the  sight  of  God. 

If  we  indulge  the  habit  of  thinking  of  ourselves  as 
isolated  from  God,  or  as  separated  from  Goodness,  we 
cultivate  selfishness  thereby,  which  is  the  source  of  all  our 
troubles.  If  self  or  person  becomes  our  chief  consideration, 
it  generates  fear ;  and  fear  considers  all  that  it  sees,  as 
separate  from,  and  an  enemy  to,  self;  and  self  and  selfish 
desire  becomes  its  only  friend  and  its  God. 

Q.      Wliat  is  the  remedy  for  trouble  and  selfishness  ? 
A.      The  remedy  for  littleness  or  limitation,  is  a  knowl- 


QUESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  19 1 

edge  of  God— or  Truth,  a  love  for  truth,  and  truth's  practice  ; 
truth  is  universal,  and  knows  no  limitation  or  selfishness, 
hence  it  alone  frees. 

O.     How  can  we  know  ourseli 

A.  We  may  know  ourselves  by  holding  in  thought 
the  truth  of  our  Union  with  the  Infinite.  To  know  ourselves, 
it  is  necessary  that  we  know  the  Infinite ;  and  to  prove  that 
we  possess  this  knowledge,  we  must  accept  for  ourselves  the 
yoke — bond  of  Union — or  Oneness  with  the  Creator. 

Q.  Is  it  possible  to  know  Spirit  or  God,  before  we  put 
on  the  incorruptible'? 

A.  Only  the  incorruptible  can  know  the  incorruptible. 
Spirit  alone  can  perceive  its  own  truth.  It  is  not  possible  to 
know  Spirit  or  God,  until  we  put  on  the  incorruptible,  and 
in  thought,  word,  and  deed,  clothe  ourselves  in  truth,  which 
is  eternal. 

Q.      \Vhcn  ice  treat  ont\  do  we  treat  all  / 

A.  Spirit  bears  witness  of  itself  when  science  treatment 
is  given  ;  truth  applies  alike  to  all,  in  the  cure  of  disease  or 
in  erasing  the  belief  of  inharmony.  To  think  is  to  act  in  a 
center,  and  thought  is  under  the  thinker's  direction,  and 
goes  where  it  is  directed  ;  in  this  sense  it  is  individual. 

As  many  can  be  treated  at  one  time  as  the  thought  can 
be  directed  to  ;  all  are  not  treated  unless  the  thought  be 
directed  to  all. 

O.  I  have  been  near  sighted  for  fifteen  years,  and  I 
hai-c  supposed  I  could  not  receive  perfect  sight  at  once,  do 
YOU  think  that  I  could  / 


1 92  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

A.  "Know  the  truth  and  it  will  make  you  free.  If 
ye  have  faith  as  a  grain  of  mustard  seed,  nothing  shall  be 
impossible  unto  you." 

When  we  know  the  truth  and  have  faith  in  it,  we  can 
do  the  things  that  Jesus  did.  God  knows  not  time,  nor 
limitation,  and  measures  not  his  Spirit  to  his  children,  why 
should  we  claim  to  know  that  which  is  unknown  to  him  ? 
You  may  manifest  sight  to-day  as  readily  as  to-morrow. 
Now  is  the  time  to  see ;  believe  it,  not  doubting,  and  you 
will  see. 

Q.     Do  you  treat  children  as  you  do  adults  / 

A.  Yes  ;  the  same  love  and  truth  frees  all.  In  healing 
man,  woman  or  child,  perceive  them  and  self  to  be  what  you 
comprehend  Spirit  or  divine  Mind  to  be,  and  speak  the  truth 
of  Spirit  or  divine  Mind,  and  the  truth  will  correct  all  error 
or  suffering  ;  practice  it.  Faithfulness  is  substantial  aid. 

Q.  Am  I  correct  in  saying,  the  Spirit  is  the  entity, 
and  the  soul  its  Mind  or  exponent ;  also  that  the  hco  icords 
are  not  synonymous  / 

A.  Spirit  is  infinite  Mind,  and  is  the  entity,  the  un- 
create  and  eternal,  and  soul  is  the  idea  forever  resting  in  the 
Spirit  or  Mind. 

Spirit  and  soul  is  the  same  as  Mind  and  idea.  Soul 
and  idea  are  eternal  in  Spirit  or  Mind.  Mind  perceives  its 
idea  within  itself,  which  is  also  itself,  and  simultaneous  with 
that  perception  is  thought,  and  the  idea  or  soul  is  by  thought 
expressed  in  perception  and  consciousness  ;  and  thought 
produces  or  brings  forth  all  that  is  visible  to  the  sen«'^. 


QUESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  193 

Spirit,  or  Mind,  is  the  larger  term,  which  includes 
within  itself  idea  or  soul,  and  its  expression.  While  the  two 
words,  Spirit  and  soul,  are  as  closely  allied  as  Mind  and 
idea,  they  are  not  synonymous. 

O.  Was  Jesus  in  earth  life  any  nearer  God  than  the 
illumined  exponent  of  spiritual  philosophy  of  to-day  ?  Christ 
said :  "Greater  things  than  these  shall  ye  do  in  my  name." 

A.  No  ;  for  as  God  is  all  pervading,  everywhere,  and 
the  same  at  all  times.  He  is  as  near  to  us  as  we  are  to  our- 
selves, for  He  is  our  life,  and  one  cannot  be  nearer  to  him 
than  another.  But  without  doubt  Jesus  had  a  deeper  con  - 
viction  and  realization  of  the  truth  of  his  Union  with  God, 
than  any  one  of  whom  we  have  record  ;  but  they  who  gain 
the  same  realization  and  conviction  will  know  what  Christ 
knew  and  what  he  meant  by,  "My  Name,"  and  will  do  the 
works  that  he  did ;  there  is  nothing  to  prevent.  God 
measures  not  His  Spirit  to  His  children. 

O.  Do  YOU  imply  therefrom,  that  an  v  one  is  incapable 
of  doing  greater  things  in  his  oicn  nau; 

A.  The  teachings  of  Christ  show  that  he  claimed 
nothing  for  personality,  and  that  he  of  himself  could  do 
nothing.  That  it  was  the  Father  or  Parent  Source  working 
in  him  and  through  him,  and  that  he  in  being  was  one  with 
the  Father. 

He  who  knows  where  and  what  Being  is,  and  works 
with  the  Father  or  Parent  Source,  can  do  all  things  in  his 
own  name,  but  his  own  name  will  be  that  of  the  Christ  and 


194  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

the  Father,  for  in  truth  there  is  no  other — there  can  be  but 
One  All.  Therefore,  ' '  The  Name ' '  represents  or  stands 
for  The  One. 

Q.  Can  7ce  derive  any  spiritual  lesson  ft  om  the  cursing 
of  the  Jig  tree  / 

A.  The  spiritual  lesson  to  be  derived  from  the  fig  tree, 
is  contained  in  the  first  and  second  verses  of  the  fifteenth 
chapter  of  St.  John.  "  I  am  the  vine,  and  my  Father  is  the 
husbandman  ;  every  branch  in  me  which  beareth  not  fruit 
He  taketh  away."  It  symbolized  the  taking  away  of  the 
branch  within  himself  which  bore  not  fruit,  showing  the 
disciples  the  true  meaning  of  his  words,  that  that  which 
bore  not  fruit  was  of  no  value  to  the  husbandman,  and  that 
which  beareth  not  fruit  of  the  Spirit,  the  Spirit  counts  as 
naught.  ' '  Every  tree  that  bringeth  not  forth  good  fruit  is 
hewn  down  and  cast  into  the  fire."  If  thought  abide  in  the 
letter  and  not  in  Spirit,  it  is  as  a  dead  branch  bearing  not 
fruit  of  Spirit. 

Wherefore  by  their  fruits  ye  shall  know  them.  It  also 
demonstrates  that  all  visible  things,  or  forms,  are  subject  to 
the  power  of  thought  and  faith. 

A  subscriber  asks  :  "Are  there  any  true  healers,  who 
do  not  suffer  pain  -9'1  If  there  are  any  who  do  suffer  pain, 
they  suffer  for  the  reason  that  they  are  not  in  a  full  realization 
of  the  truth.  A  full  realization  of  absolute  truth,  and  living 
that  life,  frees  from  all  pain  ;  and  to  the  extent  that  we  have 
that  realization,  and  live  that  life,  to  that  extent  we  are  free 


QUESTIONS    AND    ANSWERS.  195 

from  pain.  The  realization  of  absolute  truth  gives  the 
knowledge  that  we  are  superior  to  and  maker  and  master  of 
sensation  ;  a  partial  realization  of  truth  enables  us  to  mind 
not  the  things  of  the  flesh,  and  that  which  would  be 
painful  and  sorrowful  in  another  state  of  understanding  is 
not  noticed. 

Q.  \\liy  arc  animals  allozccd  to  suffer  pain  and 
disc  a 

A.  All  suffering  is  delusion  arising  from  the  five 
senses.  To  judge  only  by  sense  or  feeling  is  not  to  under- 
stand the  things  that  we  sense — that  is,  it  is  false  belief  or 
limitation  ;  therefore  sense  judgment,  unillumined  by  truth, 
means  belief  of  limitation,  which  belief  includes  fear,  doubt, 
desire,  selfishness  and  separateness.  Delusion  of  sense 
arises  when  thought  judges  and  believes  according  to  sense 
or  feeling.  By  many  this  is  called  an  animal  consciousness. 
Therefore,  the  sensation  or  suffering  of  the  animal  is  in 
thought,  for  that  which  it  thinks  is  its  present  degree  of 
manifest  understanding.  If  it  were  above  the  sense  plane, 
in  the  spiritual,  it  would  be  above  suffering.  The  animal 
cognizes  through  the  five  senses  ;  by  seeing,  hearing,  tasting, 
smelling  and  feeling.  It  is  sensible  of  the  manifest  world, 
and  sense  fears  to  lose  that  of  which  it  is  alone  sensible,  and 
also  fears  that  its  desire  will  not  be  gratified.  Much  could 
be  said  concerning  the  fear  caused  by  the  manner  in  which 
they  are  treated  by  human  beings,  so-called,  but  it  is  not 
our  purpose  to  do  so  at  this  time.  Fear  is  itself  suffering, 
for  it  is  mental  inharmony.  Material  things  are  continually 


196  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

changing  ;  so  mentality  based  therein,  and  limited  thereto, 
must  necessarily  suffer  from  fear,  and  doubt,  and  desire. 
When  the  visible  universe  and  sensation  are  all  that  the 
thought  recognizes,  pain  results  therefrom  through  belief  of 
limitation  and  fear.  The  thought  of  fear  is  the  dis-ease 
which  has  its  out-picturing  in  what  is  called  disease  ;  the 
conclusion  that  is  united  with  first  cause,  by  understand- 
ing made  known  through  adjusting  every  thought  to  its 
source,  is  free  from  the  beliefs  of  limitation,  and  freedom  is 
painless  :  reality  is  void  of  suffering. 


SHORT    LESSONS   AND    MEDITATIONS. 


WANT,   LOVE,  AND  WORKS. 


' '  Be  not  conformed  to  this  World;  but  be  ye  transformed 
by  the  renewal  of  your  mind  ;  that  ye  may  prove  what  is 
that  good  and  acceptable,  and  perfect  will  of  God." — 
Rom,  xii  :2. 

There  is  an  essential  requirement,  threefold  in  its  nature, 
to  be  fulfilled  by  every  student  of  Divine  Science  if  they  real- 
ize the  absolute  consciousness  of  the  esoteric  truth  underly- 
ing the  expressions  or  creations  of  Infinite  Spirit,  and  how 
to  work  with  the  law  of  expression.  Existence  is  the  result 
of  understanding.  We  know  and  express  the  attributes  of 
Divine  Mind  by  receiving  and  expressing  them  within  our 
own  thoughts  and  mentality.  Think  divinely,  and  we  are 
at  once  conscious  of  feeling  as  we  think  j  think  loving 
thoughts,  and  we  feel  loving. 

To  be  permanently  conscious  of  the  presence  of  Divine 
good,  is  to  be  unwavering  in  Divine  thinking.  To  be  able 
to  hold  steadily  to  truth,  with  undivided  faith  in  good,  is  to 
be  renewed  in  the  Spirit  of  the  mind,  which  transforms  every 
external  expression,  word,  deed  and  feeling,  into  "that 
good  and  acceptable  and  perfect  will  of  God."  Truth  is 
harmony,  and  when  held  in  thought  it  is  a  messenger  of 


198  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

peace,  bringing  glad  tidings  from  the  unmanifest  Spirit 
into  form  of  word  and  outer  expression.  Truth  is  life,  and 
when  spoken  it  is  health  and  ease — not  dis-ease. 

"He  knoweth  the  way  that  I  take." — Job  xx  Hi:  10. 
The  first  requirement  on  the  way  to  a  realization  of  eternal 
life — the  permanent  good — is  to  want.  The  student  must 
want  to  hold  the  truth  because  it  is  truth  ;  want  it  sufficiently 
to  pfft  away  preconceived  opinions  and  beliefs,  and  work  to 
attain  it ;  want  the  truth  sufficiently  to  be  energetic  in  refus- 
ing error's  claim,  and  in  casting  out  intellectual  rubbish  that 
does  not  harmonize  with  the  great  central  and  ' '  all-saving 
truth,"  the  basic  principle  of  Divine  Science. 

Another  requirement  is  Lore — Love  for  all  truth,  be- 
cause it  is  truth — Love  and  regard  for  the  Omnipresent, 
silent  and  invisible  God,  the  only  source  of  life  and  power. 
' '  Except  ye  become  as  little  children  ye  can  in  no  wise 
enter  the  kingdom  of  heaven. ' '  This  means  that  unless  we 
consult  "  the  Father,"  the  One  Principle  of  good  underlying 
all  expression,  and  are  governed  by  him  in  our  thought,  we 
can  in  no  wise  express  perfect  harmony,  which  is  true  happi- 
ness or  heaven  ;  for  heaven  is  a  condition  and  is  within  each 
one  of  us,  and  to  think  truth,  is  to  realize  that  we  are  the 
eternal,  ever  present. 

The  third  requirement  is  that  of  Works.  Not  until  the 
student  wants  the  truth,  and  loves  it  because  it  is  truth,  will 
he  perceive  it  with  reference  to  himself,  and  to  his  relation 
to  the  Infinite  One.  He  will  see  with  the  eye  of  under- 


WANT,    LOVE,    AND    WORKS.  199 

standing  when  he  dares  to  draw  the  line  between  the  Creator 
and  the  created — the  Manifestor  and  the  manifestation — 
between  himself  as  immortal  and  the  mortal  body  and  his 
beliefs.  When  he  dares  to  think  of  self  as  invisible,  immortal , 
and  divine  here  and  now  ;  that  he  in  being  is  now  what 
he  ever  will  be,  and  that  his  manifestations  and  mortal  body 
are  only  visible  to  him  on  the  sense  plane.  Man  can  only 
be  spiritually  perceived  and  understood  ;  and  until  he  reverses 
his  decisions  of  himself  he  will  not  perceive  himself  and 
understand  his  relations  to  Divine  Being.  The  student 
must  dare  to  rise  up  and  throw  off  all  beliefs  of  limitation 
and  inharmony,  instead  of  waiting  for  them  to  desert  him  : 
he  must  banish  from  mentality  the  accustomed  mode  of 
thought  concerning  self,  and  all  beliefs  that  are  opposed  to 
the  spiritual  and  clear  realizaton  of  himself  as  immortal. 
Then  identify  himself  with  all  manifest  life,  and  know  of  his 
union  with  the  One  eternal  Spirit  in  which  all  live.  Yes, 
dare  to  think  that  by  doing  the  Will  of  Spirit,  and  speaking 
its  Word,  he  can  conquer  selfish  personality — beliefs  of 
separateness  and  limitation. 

The  way  to  strengthen  the  will  is  to  sacrifice  the  indi- 
vidual will  to  the  permanent  good,  by  acting,  under  all 
circumstances,  in  obedience  to  the  law  of  good,  and  by 
daring  to  realize  Self  as  Immortal — a  divine  reality  now  ; 
and  by  facing  and  conquering  life's  seeming  difficulties  as 
they  come.  Our  expressions  are  ever  changing  and  passing 
away,  and  are  therefore  mortal.  Hold  fast  to  the  invisible 


200  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

and  immutable — the  Soul,  or  Life,  behind  this  veil  of  shows  ! 
If  the  student  of  Divine  Science  wants  to  know  the  truth, 
because  it  is  truth,  and  if  he  love  the  truth  for  the  same 
reason,  and  live  it  as  rapidly  as  he  recognizes  it,  he  is 
taught  of  the  Spirit  or  Christ  within,  and  the  Spirit  will  lead 
him  into  all  Truth. 


THE  LAW. 


All  systems  of  religious  or  divine  teaching  should  point 
the  way  by  which  individuals  can  perceive  the  truth  for 
themselves.  Unless  we  see  for  ourselves  and  understand, 
we  have  no  conviction  ;  and  without  conviction  we  cannot 
have  perfect  faith  ;  and  without  perfect  faith  our  expressions 
are  weak  and  inharmonious.  Even  the  teachings  of  the 
world's  great  masters — unimpeachable  as  they  are — and  the 
sacred  and  unalterable  ti  uths  taught  by  a  Christ  or  Buddha 
can  only  instruct.  We  must  take  the  steps  upon  the  ladder 
of  progress  for  ourselves. 

Teachers  can  point  the  way  of  Truth  and  Life  in  silent 
thought  and  spoken  word.  Sometimes  it  is  better  for  the 
student  to  have  the  silent  instruction  of  the  words  of  Life  as 
given  in  healing  in  connection  with  the  oral  lesson  ;  especially 
if  it  seems  difficult  to  understand  the  science  of  Spirit,  or  in 
thought  to  hold  the  true  consciousness. 

All  must  see  and  know  the  truth,  and  depend  upon  its 


THE    LAW.  201 

practice  if  they  would  have  permanent  health  and  harmony. 
To  state  this  in  another  way,  all  must  come  to  know  that 
they  are  Divine  and  Permanent,  and  speak  the  unalterable 
truth  for  themselves.  We  must  look  beyond  the  temporal 
kingdom  if  we  would  find  the  Staff  of  Life  that  never  fails 
us ;  we  must  seek  the  permanent  kingdom  if  we  would  be 
conscious  of  eternal  life.  ' '  Seek,  and  ye  shall  find. ' ' 
Retain  whatever  of  truth  you  perceive  by  practising  it,  and 
it  will  act  as  a  magnet  consciously  relating  you  mentally  to 
more  and  more  of  truth.  Then,  with  energetic  effort  in 
Truth's  practice,  and  with  aspirations  attuned  to  harmony 
by  the  truth,  the  Spirit  will  lead  to  all  truth.  The  mentality 
will  expand  to  receive  more  and  more  of  that  which  is 
permanent. 

If  the  individual  be  obedient  to  "the  Law" — Love — 
then  perversity  is  overcome ;  and  the  student  will  hold  with 
divine  steadfastness  to  truth,  and  rapid  will  be  his  growth 
into  the  consciousness  of  Spirit.  He  will  be  surprised  how 
quickly  he  will  surmount  life's  seeming  difficulties  and  pass 
the  border  line  of  elemental  thought,  from  the  mortal  to  the 
immortal,  from  belief  to  knowledge,  from  error  and  dis-ease 
to  truth  and  ease ;  from  a  belief  in  death  to  that  of  life,  and 
from  all  illusion  resulting  from  not  knowing,  into  the  light 
of  understanding. 

That  which  is  called  the  evolution  or  progression  of  the 
soul  is  the  process  of  demonstrating  that  God  is  within  ;  or 
the  process  of  individual  effort  to  consciously  realize  that 


202  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

which  is,  and  is  permanent  ;  resulting-  therefrom  is  un- 
wavering and  perfected  faith,  based  upon  the  knowledge 
that  we  are  one  with  the  Father,  and  that  we  are  in  and  of 
the  kingdom,  the  power,  and  the  glory.  For  when  our 
thoughts  and  expressions  are  reconciled  or  adjusted  to  the 
good,  the  person  or  face  of  man  is  at  one  with  Universal 
Harmony. 


THE  EVER  NEW. 


The  impersonal  path  is  the  path  of  unity.  And  the 
way  of  unity  leadeth  to  a  knowledge  of  "The  One"  which 
lives  beyond  "The  Gates  of  Gold."  Unity  is  the  way 
which  leadeth  into  the  presence  of  the  Ever  Present. 

All  who  travel  this  way  will  find  their  life,  and  what 
true  being  is. 

Now  is  the  eternal. 

Now  is  life. 

Now  is  truth. 

Now  is  love. 

Now  is  the  time  to  know  that  being  is  what  it  ever 
will  be. 

Now  is  the  time  to  turn  to  the  Spirit,  and  awaken  and 
acknowledge  the  ever-present  goodness. 

Death,  is  going  away  from  "  The  One"  The  way  of 
death  is  the  way  of  the  past. 


THE    EVER    NEW.  203 

It  is  death  to  righteousness  to  hold  the  past  in  memory. 

Regrets  of  the  past  are  crystalization. 

Temporal  things  fade  away,  places  change  and  are 
no  more  ;  time  passes  and  leaves  us  naught  but  the  present. 
All  that  we  have  been  or  ever  will  be  we  are  now.  All  that 
is,  is  now.  Dear  friends,  we  have  all  now,  for  we  are  in  the 
presence  of  the  all,  and  that  presence  is  all. 

The  old  is  passing  away ;  let  it  pass,  bearing  with  it  all 
memory  of  error.  ' '  Let  the  dead  bury  its  dead. ' ' 

Let  every  belief  that  temporary  things  are  real  go 
with  it. 

Assign  them  to  the  dead  past  and  live  in  the  presence 
of  the  One  that  is  ever  present. 

' '  Lift  up  your  eyes  and  look  on  the  fields,  for  they  are 
white  already  to  harvest/' 

Welcome  the  ever  new  and  beautiful  gospel,  renewed 
by  the  spirit  of  truth. 

Welcome  the  presence  of  the  all  good  by  recognizing  it. 

Welcome  the  Spirit  by  speaking  its  word  with  love, 
and  you  will  gather  fruit  that  is  eternal. 

The  prevailing  thought  at  the  close  of  an  old  year, 
that  there  is  much  to  be  done  ere  it  passes  and  the  new 
year  comes  to  greet  us,  is  what  should  be  held  in  conscious- 
ness throughout  the  entire  year  ;  we  should  act — act  in  the 
living  present,  recognizing  God  within  and  God  o'erhead, 
and  each  hour  will  find  us  further  on  the  way  to  a  full  reali- 
zation of  the  ever-present  kingdom,  power  and  glory,  in 


204  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

which  we  live  and  have  our  being.  The  ever-present  is  the 
time  to  be  happy  and  to  be  true  to  Being;.  The  habit  of 
holding  gloomy  and  despondent  thought  can  be  broken 
and  given  up  by  thinking,  "  I  forgot  my  real  self;  this  is  my 
time  to  be  happy  and  satisfied."  The  present  is  the  eter- 
nal ;  we  cannot  draw  the  line  in  time, — the  future  is  ever 
merging  into  the  present,  and  the  present  into  the  past. 
We  should  resolve  to  recognize  the  presence  of  peace  and 
harmony  ere  the  present  merges  into  the  past,  and  the  future 
finds  our  thought  unfruitful ;  ere  the  present  passes,  bearing 
no  record  of  truth  spoken,  or  good  manifest,  and  the  future 
finds  us  unillumined  with  the  light  of  truth  and  understanding. 
Our  prayer  for  all  is,  that  you  awaken  to  the  truth  and  know 
that  you  are  free  ;  so  that  the  way  to  knowledge  of  the  all 
good  will  be  recognized  by  you.  May  the  Spirit  reveal  to 
you  higher  possibilities  than  you  have  yet  conceived  !  May 
truth  clothe  you  with  its  white  robe,  ornamented  with  the 
gold  of  wisdom  !  May  your  thoughts  and  hearts  be  illu- 
mined and  warmed  by  divine  truth  and  love,  and  may  your 
actions  rest  upon  Divine  Justice  !  May  the  Dove  of  Peace 
rest  upon  you  now  and  forever  ! 


DIVINE  LOVE  AND  UNITY. 


'  'The  hour  cometh  and  now  is,  when  the  true  worshipper 
shall  worship  the  Father  in  Spirit  and  in  truth."  As  the 
Spirit  of  God  is  One  and  is  Truth — if  we  worship  in  Spirit 


DIVINE    LOVE    AND    UNITY  205 

and  in  Truth,  it  is  necessary  that  we  fulfill  the  law  of  Unity, 
"cchic/i  is  Love.  The  command  of  the  Spirit  of  Unity  is, 
' '  Thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbour  as  thyself. ' '  This  com- 
mand can  only  be  understandingly  fulfilled  by  perceiving 
One  Spirit  in  all ;  and  then  by  thinking  and  feeling  toward 
all  just  as  we  think  of  and  feel  for  ourselves.  The  time 
cometh,  and  now  is,  for  humanity  to  see  beyond  the  visible 
Universe — this  veil  of  shows — and  pass  out  of  appearances 
and  beyond  seeming  differentiations  of  matter  into  the  Spirit 
of  Unity,  which  is  in  all  places  forever  and  ever,  and  thus 
free  mentality  of  deception  and  delusion.  As  there  is  now 
a  general  awakening  to  the  consciousness  of  unity,  it  is  the 
time  for  earnest  recognition  and  practice  of  divine  truth 
according  to  principle. 

As  we  realize  that  the  law  of  love  is  written  in  the  fleshy 
tablets  of  our  hearts,  and  that  it  is  working  tKerein,  so  do 
we  endeavor  to  keep  the  Spirit  of  Unity  in  the  bonds  of 
peace  in  our  dealings  one  with  another.  To  see  with  under- 
standing is  to  see  that  unity  is,  for  understanding  sees  that 
unity  which  forever  is,  even  where  diversity  appears.  There 
is  but  one  Infinite  Spirit,  but  there  are  myriads  of  images  or 
creations  within  The  One,  living  and  moving  in  it. 

So  the  apparent  diversity  in  creation  is  the  result  of 
unity ;  therefore  we  find  that  all  Cause  is  unity,  and  all 
effect  the  result  of  unity.  There  are  myriads  of  thoughts 
formed  in  every  individual ;  but  with  this  diversity  of  thought 
there  is  but  one  being.  ' '  There  is  one  body  and  one  spirit, 
even  as  ye  are  called  in  the  hope  of  your  calling."  As 


206  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

there  can  be  but  one  Infinite  Spirit,  there  can  be  in  fact  or 
truth  but  one  Principle  to  demonstrate,  hence  one  body  and 
one  calling.  By  the  light  of  unity  we  perceive  that  the  pur- 
pose of  the  one  Spirit  is  the  purpose  of  all ;  the  high  calling 
of  one  belongs  to  all.  But  to  keep  the  Spirit  of  unity  in 
the  bonds  of  peace,  it  is  necessary  to  perceive  that  we  are 
called  by  the  Spirit,  in  the  faith  of  one  calling ;  and  that 
every  individual  is  working  out  his  or  her  own  salvation 
according  to  the  Spirit  of  Unity  or  divine  truth.  As  the  one 
Spirit  is  all,  all  are  called  to  seek  and  know  their  own 
source. 

In  the  external  appearance  of  this  plane  of  manifestation 
there  seems  to  be  a  great  diversity  in  our  callings,  but  this 
diversity  is  only  seeming.  Humanity,  like  a  hive  of  bees, 
is  working  to  accomplish  one  common  purpose.  Bees  go 
out  from  their  hives  in  various  directions,  seeking  the  variety 
of  flowers,  for  the  one  purpose  of  gathering  honey.  When 
seen  at  work  away  from  the  hive,  intent  upon  their  purpose, 
they  seem  to  have  different  callings ;  but  when  they  return 
to  the  hive  it  is  seen  there  is  but  one  purpose.  So  it  is  with 
humanity;  every  individual  has  his  or  her  origin  in  Spirit,, 
and,  like  the  bees,  each  goes  out  from  the  Father  to  do 
mental  and  visible  work.  But  when  busy  about  our  daily 
work — for  the  one  purpose  of  demonstrating  innate  possi- 
bilities— we  look  upon  each  other  as  separate  and  apart  from 
the  Father  ;  the  seeming  is,  that  we  have  different  callings 
and  destiny. 


DIVINE    LOVE    AND    UNITY.  2OJ 

This  judgment  is  according  to  sense  and  is  erroneous  ; 
for  when  we  return  home  to  the  Father — withdraw  mentality 
from  our  work — it  is  seen  there  is  one  purpose,  one  calling, 
which  is  that  of  gaining  individual  experience  and  knowledge 
of  God.  Then  it  is  that  we  see  all  humanity  as  belonging 
to  God,  and  as  in  the  hands  of  Omnipotent  Goodness. 
Then  it  is  that  personal  desire  and  will  about  humanity 
ceases,  for  we  are  willing  to  trust  Omnipresent  Goodness. 
When  the  individual  holds  humanity  in  Truth,  administer- 
ing to  all  as  if  only  to  one,  he  begins  to  know  what  is  meant 
by  worshipping  in  Spirit  and  in  Truth ;  he  has  entered  into 
the  true  communion. 

Necessity  is  the  child  of  unity,  and  unity  is  the  father 
of  necessity.  We  intend  to  show  you  that  unity  is  in  all 
seeming  diversity  of  business  life.  The  healer  is  essential  to 
the  patient,  and  the  patient  to  the  healer,  that  God  may  be 
made  manifest ;  and  this  is  the  unity  of  necessity.  The 
artist  supplies  a  need  to  the  student  and  lover  of  art.  The 
need  of  every  individual  is  at  one  with  the  want  of  the 
dentist  or  with  his  profession ;  and  he  supplies  a  want  in 
every  person.  The  merchant,  tailor,  and  dressmaker's 
calling  are  at  one  with  the  universal  demand  for  bodily 
covering  or  clothing  ;  and  a  universal  demand  for  clothing 
is  at  one  with  their  business.  The  business  of  the  architect, 
contractor  and  builder,  is  in  unison  with  the  race-belief  that 
houses  are  a  necessity  ;  and  property  owners  and  tenants 
are  at  unison  with  their  business.  The  music  and  songs  so 


208  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

perfectly  rendered  in  this  age  of  illumination,  to  which  all 
listen,  and  enjoy  with  unity  of  interest,  is  the  melodious 
expression  of  the  unity  of  spirit,  or,  we  may  say,  it  is  the 
art  of  combining  sound  in  a  manner  to  symbol  the  harmony 
of  the  spheres,  which  is  the  spirit  pervading  all.  Music 
meets  with  and  calls  forth  harmony  in  and  from  every  soul. 
The  baker  and  fruit- merchant  are  necessary  to  the  house- 
keeper ;  and  the  housekeeper  is  in  harmony  with  their 
calling.  The  restaurant-keeper  supplies  a  universal  necessity, 
a  necessity  often  felt  by  every  individual.  All  can  testify 
to  unity  in  the  demand  for  physical  food.  And  yet,  par- 
taking of  physical  food  is  but  a  symbol  of  truth.  Truth  is 
the  food  of  which,  if  ye  eat,  ye  shall  not  hunger. 


BLESSEDNESS. 

"Blessed  are  they  which  do  hunger  and  thirst  after 
righteousness,  for  they  shall  be  filled." 

"Be  ye  perfect,  even  as  your  Father  in  Heaven  is 
perfect. ' ' 

Blessed  are  they  which  do  partake  of  the  Righteous- 
ness of  the  One  ever  present. 

Filled  are  they  who  drink  of  the  water  from  the  foun- 
tain ever  present. 

Righteous  is  it  to  perceive  and  live  the  perfection  of 
the  ever-present  One, 


BLESSEDNESS.  2Og 

Filled  are  they  who  partake  of  the  perfection  of  the 
ever-present  One. 

Perfect  was  the  consciousness  which  perceived  the  idea 
of  being  perfect. 

Perfect  is  the  understanding  which  perceives  that  the 
Father's  perfection  is  possible. 

To  purity  all  is  pure. 

To  goodness  all  is  good. 

God  comprehends  Himself  as  Infinite:     The  Whole. 

Perfect  and  complete  from  eternity  is  God,  and  we 
through  holding  truthful  thought,  express  more  and  more 
of  His  perfection  and  completeness  ;  perfect  and  complete 
from  eternity  is  the /</;;/  of  every  one,  and  through  the 
cycles  of  eternity  we  shall  realize  more  and  more  of  the  / 
am,  and  of  self  in  expression. 


JUDGE  NOT. 


' '  Judge  not  that  ye  be  not  judged  :  for  with  what  judg- 
ment ye  judge,  ye  shall  be  judged." — Matt,  rii  :  7,  2. 
"  For  wherein  thou  judgest  another,  thou  condemnest  thy- 
self; for  thou  that  judgest  doest  the  same  things." 

It  is  our  thought  and  motive  which  is  manifest,  when 
we  judge  or  condemn  another,  and  that  thought  and  motive 
is  our  condemnation.  That  which  we  do  is  our  own,  be- 
gotten of  our  thought,  motive,  and  belief.  If  \ve  have  aught 
against  another,  attention  should  be  first  given  to  the  mote 


210  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

that  is  in  our  own  eye  ;  not  until  \ve  forgive  are  we  forgiven  : 
the  act  of  forgiving  is  forgiveness  :  in  condemning  another 
we  are  condemned. 

''Speak  not  evil  one  of  another,  brethren.  He  that 
speaketh  evil  of  his  brother,  andjudgeth  his  brother,  speak- 
eth  evil  of  the  law.  and  judgeth  the  law  ;  but  if  thou  judge 
the  law  thou  art  not  a  doer  of  the  law."  "The  judgment 
of  God  is  according  to  truth.  When  we  speak  the  truth 
we  do  well.  To  be  a  doer  of  the  law  and  not  a  judge,  is  to 
think  of  others  and  of  self,  as  one  with  all  good,  which  we 
are  in  being.  To  be  a  judge  of  the  law — or  of  another,  and 
not  a  doer,  is  to  think  of  others,  and  of  self  as  one  with 
appearance  or  expression,  which  is  temporary — mortal. 


WITNESS  OF  TRUTH. 


"To  this  end  was  I  born,  and  for  this  came  I  into  the 
world,  that  I  should  bear  witness  unto  the  truth.  Every 
one  that  is  of  the  truth  heareth  my  voice." 

What  is  truth?  The  question  is  being  asked  daily 
and  hourly  by  earnest  seekers,  and  was  asked  by  Pilate, 
more  than  eighteen  hundred  years  ago.  Christ,  who  came 
to  bear  witness  of  the  truth,  bore  witness  of  it  by  demon- 
stration in  word  and  deed. 

They  who  work  in  concert  with  the  Law  of  Being,  fulfill 
the  law  and  purpose  of  creation,  and  demonstrate  the  same 
truth  as  did  Jesus. 


WITNESS    OF    TRUTH.  211 

To  bear  witness  of  the  truth  is  to  heal  the  sick. 

To  cast  out  devils  (erroneous  thought,  selfish  desire, 
and  erase  false  belief),  is  evidence  of  the  presence  of  truth. 
To  open  the  eyes  of  the  mentally  blind  to  understanding,  is 
evidence  of  the  possession  of  truth.  The  evidence  of  the 
realization  and  freedom  of  Truth  is  the  raising  of  the  dead, 
and  awakening  from  unconsciousness  (the  letter)  to  con- 
sciousness, the  spirit  of  Truth. 

To  be  raised  from  the  dead  is  to  understandingly 
enter  into  eternal  life,  permanent  health,  and  infinite  har- 
mony. 

"  Know  the  truth,  and  the  truth  shall  make  you  tree." 
free  from  what  ?  Free  from  beliefs  of  inharmony,  of  feelings 
of  selfishness  (or  separateness, )  free  from  mental  darkness 
and  unconsciousness  of  the  real  and  permanent,  and  from 
the  effects  of  false  believing,  which  are  erroneously  called 
sorrow,  sin,  sickness  and  death. 

The  evidence  that  the  truth  was  manifest  in  Jesus,  was, 
that  in  his  presence,  through  his  teaching  and  works,  they 
who  were  in  mental  darkness — from  ignoring  the  presence  of 
Spirit  for  the  letter — were  illumined,  and  caused  to  perceive 
the  truth  which  was  manifest  in  him.  ' '  That  the  people  who 
sat  in  darkness  saw  great  light ;  and  to  them  which  sat  in 
the  region  and  shadow  of  death  light  is  sprung  up. 

Where    truth    is    manifest,    there   are    no   appearances 
called  error.    \Yhere  light  is  perceived,  there  is  no  darkn 
A  perception  of  truth   is   knowledge  ;    hence,   Jesus   was  an 


212  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

illuminator  or  light  of  the  world.      "  Ye  are  the  light  of  the 
world. ' ' 

Jesus  bore  witness  of  the  truth,  by  declaring  his  oneness 
with  God,  the  Father  of  all,  and  he  did  the  works  of  the 
Father,  by  obeying  His  silent  voice.  It  is  thus  that  the 
goodness  and  power  of  Spirit  is  ever  demonstrated.  The 
principle  of  goodness  and  harmony  is  Truth;  it  is  formless, 
invisible  and  silent ;  by  truthful  thought  it  is  formed,  made 
visible,  and  spoken,  or  manifest. 

God  being  the  Principle  of  all  good,  necessity  requires 
that  thought  be  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  God,  or  Prin- 
ciple, if  He  or  It  be  manifest  in  us.  The  way  of  truth  is 
one — it  is  straight  and  narrow  ;  in  it  there  are  no  differences. 
It  being  that  which  knows  not  limitation,  it  is  free,  and  for 
this  reason  it  frees  ;  hence,  is  the  comforter.  Truth  reveals 
the  truth  to  us,  that  all  are  in  the  Father,  and  that  the 
Father  is  in  all,  and  it  guides  to  consciousness  of  life  eternal. 

Are  we  not,  dear  friends,  manifestating  in  this  world  of 
effect,  for  the  same  purpose  as  did  Jesus  ?  Are  we  not  in 
the  world  to  bear  witness  of  the  truth?  Should  we  not 
clothe  ourselves  in  purity  with  the  same  purpose  and  intent 
as  did  he?  "For  by  being  clothed  in  purity,  and  being 
unsullied  and  enlightened,  binds  the  sinless  soul  to  happiness 
and  truth."  Jesus  bore  witness  of  the  truth  that  life,  peace 
and  reality  are  only  to  be  found  in  God,  Goodness.  That 
God  or  Goodness  is  Infinite,  and  "To  Know  Thee,  the  only 
true  God,"  is  life  eternal. 


WITNESS    OF    TRUTH.  213 

As  we  cannot  serve  two  masters,  are  \ve  not  to  choose 
which  we  shall  serve,  cause  or  effect?  Not  until  we  decide 
— as  did  our  Great  Teacher — to  serve  the  Spirit,  or  First 
Cause,  and  nothing  but  the  Spirit,  or  First  Cause,  can  we 
manifest  power  over  external  things,  and  control  thought 
and  deed  ;  nor  do  we  consciously  surrender  mentality  to  the 
Living  Spirit  or  Goodness,  in  and  by  which  we  live.  To 
bear  witness  of  and  to  serve  the  Spirit,  is  to  work  in  unison 
with  Spirit  and  thus  fulfill  the  law  and  purpose  of  creation. 

In  interpreting  the  plan  of  Salvation,  the  simple  truth 
as  taught  by  Jesus  has  been  obscured,  and  Salvation  made 
to  appear  difficult  to  attain,  for  the  reason  that  the  ever 
present  God,  and  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  have  been  rejected, 
by  placing  God  and  Heaven  in  the  distance  to  be  gained  in 
the  future.  Thus  the  truth  of  the  at-one-ment  of  the  soul 
with  God  is  unperceived,  and  Heaven  unenjoyed. 

There  is  a  straight  and  narrow  way  which  leadeth  out 
of  darkness  into  light,  out  of  all  seeming  difficulty  into  a 
realization  of  the  Kingdom  of  God  and  his  righteousness. 
God  knoweth  the  way  thereof,  and  his  silent  voice  is  heard 
to  say  :  recognition,  acknowledgement  and  faith,  they  are 
the  way.  They  who  come  to  know  the  real  must  believe 
that  it  is,  and  that  the  Spirit  sought  is  a  rewarder  of  those 
who  diligently  seek  it.  Through  a  constant  recognition  of 
that  which  is  real  and  permanent,  Peace,  like  a  dove,  settles 
upon  us  and  baptises  with  the  inner  consciousness  (Holy 
Ghost)  ;  and  the  heaven  within  opens  to  us,  and  we  enter 


2 1 4  sriKXri-:   AND    HEALING. 

and  rind  that  it  is  not  a  locality  nor  a  place  to  be  gained  at 
the  dissolution  of  the  body,  but  is  a  condition  to  be  enjoyed 
when  re-cognized  and  made  ours  by  right  expression. 

Why  does  truth  free  or  heal? 

Truth  frees  or  heals  for  the  reason  that  truth  is  freedom. 
To  know  that  which  is  free,  and  to  live  it,  is  freedom. 

Knowledge  and  being  are  one ;  to  know  the  real  and 
Eternal  is  to  know  self.  The  truth  is  all  that  is  free,  and 
false  is  the  belief  that  any  are  bound,  for  a  belief  in  bondage 
is  false  of  the  real,  or  truth.  To  turn  from  falsehood  to  truth 
is  the  way  to  freedom.  Healing  by  the  power  of  truth  or 
God  is  healing  by  the  Christ  method  ;  hence,  the  practitioner 
of  truth  is  a  disciple  of  Christ.  Truth  or  Christ,  knowledge 
or  life,  are  one,  and  One  is  Unity,  fullness  ;  never  is  it  other- 
wise. To  have  knowledge  of  Being,  is  to  know  that  we  are 
that  which  is  above  limitation  and  external  environment,  or 
effect.  Or  to  have  knowledge  of  what  we  are  is  to  free  the 
intellect  of  beliefs  of  limitation.  This  is  freedom. 

11  He  that  believeth  shall  do  the  things  that  I  do,  for 
I  go  to  my  Father. ' '  They  who  understand  the  teachings 
of  Christ,  and  believe  in  him,  understand  truth  and  believe 
in  omnipresent  Spirit  (for  they  are  one) ;  such  an  one  should 
bear  witness  of  and  demonstrate  the  truth  as  did  Christ. 
Not  until  falsehood  is  erased,  and  misinterpretation  ceases, 
will  doubt  and  fear  be  dispelled — fear  of  losing  the  material 
body — nor  will  we  know  the  truth  when  it  is  manifest  in  the 
flesh.  The  powers  that  be,  and  the  Spirit  which  is,  are  mani- 


WITNESS    OK    TRUTH.  215 

test  through  truthful  interpretation.  Truth  manifest  in  the 
flesh  is  an  understanding  of  the  Oneness  of  life,  or  of  the 
Unity  of  the  whole.  To  know  that  the  One  living  presence,  or 
Holy  One,  works  through  us  to  will  and  to  do,  and  to  under- 
stand how  to  work  in  unison  with  The  One,  is  freedom, 
power  and  glory. 

It  is  the  One  Spirit,  or  I  am,  in  different  individuals 
which  perceives  at  one  time  in  different  parts  of  the  universe 
the  principle  underlying  mathematical  demonstration.  It  is 
the  One  Spirit  of  truth  in  different  individuals  which  perceives 
its  own  truth  at  all  times,  in  different  parts  of  the  universe. 
In  truth  there  is  no  difference ;  whenever  and  wherever 
perceived  it  is  one.  Think  of  truth  as  infinite  and  as  indi- 
visible, then  will  faith  in  the  power  of  truthful  thought  be 
perfect;  so  will  you  know  that  God's  thought  cannot  be 
hindered,  and  that  its  demonstration  or  witness  will  remove 
mountains  of  difficulties,  for  it  is  harmony.  Truth  perceived 
is  faith  based  aright ;  in  the  presence  of  knowledge, 
ignorance  ends.  The  substance  of  faith  dispels  doubt. 
Where  there  is  understanding,  misunderstanding  is  not. 


WALK  IN  THE  LIGHT. 


Attachment  for  mortal  things ;  ambition  for  worldly 
fame ;  desire  for  what  is  called  worldly  comfort,  blinds  to 
the  true  interest  and  inward  happiness.  They  are  the  clouds 
which  darken  the  way  that  leads  to  a  realization  of  life 
eternal  and  union  with  all  Good. 


2l6  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

Feed  not  upon  husks,  for  the  forms  of  the  world  are 
but  symbols  of  the  real,  which  is  substance  and  truth. 
' '  There  is  therefore,  now  no  condemnation  to  them  which 
are  in  Christ  Jesus,  who  walk  not  after  the  flesh  but  after 
the  Spirit." 

All  goodness  that  is  recognized,  is  enjoyed ;  that  which 
is,  and  is  unrecognized,  is  unenjoyed.  Postpone  not  the 
time  for  re-cognizing  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven,  which  is 
always  at  hand.  They  who  recognize  and  enter  there,  rest 
in  faith  and  certainty. 


'AND  WITH   WHAT  MEASURE  YE  METE,   IT  SHALL   BE 
METED  TO  You  AGAIN." 


What  man  thinketh  in  his  heart  is  his  belief.  Fixed 
beliefs  are  imaged  in  mentality  and  made  manifest  by 
thought ;  and  resultant  from  beliefs  and  habits  of  thought, 
are  word,  deed,  and  sensation.  Therefore,  with  what 
measure  we  mete,  the  same  is  meted  to  us  again,  or 
is  manifest  by  us,  for  our  measure  is  our  belief,  or  our 
present  state  of  thought.  If  our  thought  measures  the  idea 
of  wholeness  and  perfection  for  others  and  for  self — it 
measures  that  idea  from  the  Infinite  Spirit,  and  thus  whole- 
ness and  perfection  is  measured  to  us,  for  the  same  is  our 
measure.  But  if  our  belief  and  thought  measures  limitation 
and  imperfection  for  others  and  for  self,  then  limitation  and 
imperfection  is  measured  to  us,  for  the  same  is  our  measure. 


WITH    WHAT    MEASURE.  21 J 

Therefore,  in  proportion^  we  recognize  and  affirm  Truth, 
to  that  degree  do  we  manifest  it,  and  measure  forth  the 
possibilities  of  the  invisible  I  am. 

2.  For  not  until  our  ideas  measure  wholeness,  have  we 
cast  out  the  beam  from  our  own  eye,  nor  is  it  single  to  Truth 
—which  is  life  ;  nor  do  we  clearly  see  to  pluck  the  mote  from 
our  brother's  eye.  As  we  must  ever  see  through  our  own 
eyes,  that  is,  according  to  conclusions  that  we  draw,  there- 
fore, as  long  as  the  beam  of  error,  or  belief  in  imperfection 
remains,  we  see  in  part  with  the  eye  of  error  or  belief  in 
imperfection,  as  through  a  glass  darkly,  for  the  belief  in 
imperfection  amnot  perceive  or  realize  perfection.  "  Blessed 
are  the  pure  in  heart,  for  they  shall  see  God."  Purity 
perceives  and  acknowledges  its  own.  It  being  omnipresent, 
recognizes  the  truth  that  it  is  omnipresent,  and  sees  Itself  in 
all,  with  the  eye  of  purity  or  perfect  understanding.  The 
beam  of  doubt,  which  is  hesitation,  leads  not  to  understand- 
ing ;  it  is  not  a  cause  for,  neither  is  it  a  guide  to  perfect 
perception  of  the  unity  and  wholeness  of  Being.  Therefore 
it  must  be  erased  from,  or  cast  out  of  the  mental  vision, 
before  thought  can  receive  and  produce  a  true  image  of  the 
perfect  idea  of  God,  the  Father.  The  beam  of  judging 
according  to  sense,  which  is  made  apparent  in  beliefs  of 
uncharitableness,  criticism,  and  fault  finding,  must  be  cast 
out  of  the  mental  sphere  before  we  can  see  face  to  face  the 
absolute  truth  of  the  omnipotence  of  the  ever-present  Good. 
For  as  long  as  we  have  belief  in  imperfection,  we  have  belief 


2l8  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

that  there  is  something  that  is  the  opposite  of  God,  for  God 
is  Infinite  perfection,  and  through  that  belief  we  see  im- 
perfectly, for  our  judgment  is  not  of  Truth,  nor  is  our 
measure  that  of  wholeness  ;  it  is  through  such  believing  that 
error  and  imperfection  is  seen  in  others.  By  allowing 
appearances  to  become  a  cause  for  judgment,  we  yield 
thought  to  obey  appearances,  and  through  criticism  thought 
confirms  and  confines  mentality  to  error. 

3.  The  acknowledgment  of  the  whole  truth  that  God, 
or  Goodness,  is  infinite:  i.  e.,  All  in  All,  and  that  there  can 
be  but  one  Infinite  or  one  All,  is  the  one  thing  needful  to 
lead  from  earth  to  heaven,  from  error  to  truth.  To  some 
the  thought  may  arise,  this  is  a  road  too  short  to  be  good, 
a  truth  too  simple  to  be  true.  Nevertheless,  when  this 
acknowledgment  is  made,  or  this  step  taken,  and  we  find 
the  kingdom,  and  the  truth  is  realized  that  we  are  in  God, 
or  Goodness,  and  that  God,  or  Goodness,  is  in  us,  and  that 
the  two  are  one  in  Being,  the  greatest  truth  has  come  ;  and 
' '  when  that  which  is  perfect  is  come,  that  which  is  in  part 
shall  be  done  away."  When  this  truth  is  perceived,  we 
must  lay  off  the  garb  of  sensuous  judgment  with  all  carnal 
thought,  and  make  the  eye  single  to  the  all-inclusive  truth 
of  the  Unity  of  Being  :  that  is,  reconcile  and  conform  our 
expressions  to  it,  if  we  would  gain  a  full  realization  of  the 
wealth  and  power  of  the  kingdom  in  which  we  live,  and 
clothe  ourselves  iii  the  incorruptible  garb  of  immortality, 
and  wear  the  pearl  of  greatest  price,  which  is  perfect  illu- 


WITH    WHAT    MEASURE.  2IQ 

initiation.  Not  until  a  perfect  understanding  reveals  the 
Unity  of  Being,  will  the  expression  in  earth,  the  body,  be 
that  of  the  fullness  of  power. 

4.  They  who  would  hasten  toward  Goodness  or  God, 
must  cease  false  interpretation  and  perceive  the  true  worth 
and  position  of  Spirit :  that  is,  worship  in  Spirit  and  Truth, 
or  in  single,  / 'err id  faith,  by  holding  all  in  Spirit,  and  by 
thinking  and  speaking  truth  fully  of  Spirit,  as  the  truth  was 
spoken  by  Jesus.      And  if  mentality  be  illumined  by  truthful 
thought,  the  realizations  are  light  and  life  manifest  or  made 
apparent.      If  the  intellect  be   not  darkened  by  false  belief 
and  erroneous  thought,  the  ever-present  truth  will  illumine 
it  with  understanding,  and  take  from  it  the  dead  branches 
which  bear  not  fruit  of  the  Spirit.      When  we  rise  above 
delusion,  to  us  there  is  no  delusion,  and  as  we  have  plucked 
the  beam  from  our  own  eye,  we  are  therefore  able  to  remove 
false  belief  from  others  ;  that  is,  we  are  able  to  and  clearly  see 
to  take  the  mote  from  our  brother's  eye. 

5.  "  Be  ye  perfect,  even  as  your  Father  in  heaven  is 
perfect,"    is  a  commandment  that  may  be  fullnlled   by   a 
perfect  perception  of  truth.      If  we  would  realize  the  mean- 
ing of  this  perception,  it  is  essential  to   understand  that  we 
cannot  have  or  gain  knowledge  of  imperfection,  for  knowl- 
edge is  a  clear  and  certain  perception  of  truth,  and  truth 
is  perfection. 

6.  The  principle  of  mathematics,   or  the  idea  which 
underlies  all  mental  problems,  is  not  revealed  or  made  mani- 


220  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

fest  in  error  of  calculation,  but  the  principle  of  truth  is 
revealed  and  made  manifest  by  correct  calculation  or  state- 
ment of  the  principle  or  idea.  In  no  way  is  it  possible  for 
us  to  demonstrate  knowledge  of  principle  through  a  mis- 
statement  or  false  representation  of  principle.  The  mistake 
or  error  made  in  the  problem  is  false  calculation,  and  has 
no  true  relation  to  the  principle  or  idea,  for  it  does  not 
represent  or  symbol  it ;  hence  nothing  is  manifested  unless 
principle  is  truthfully  stated. 

The  Infinite  Spirit  which  underlies  all  manifestation,  is 
not  revealed  or  made  manifest  in  false  interpretation,  but  it 
is  revealed  and  made  manifest  by  correct  and  truthful 
interpretation  of  itself.  In  no  way  is  it  possible  for  us  to 
demonstrate  knowledge  of  the  Father  through  misrepre- 
sentation of  Him. 

Statements  void  of  principle  are  in  no  way  related  to 
Spirit ;  they  do  not  express  or  symbol  forth  anything  that 
truly  is,  for  when  the  Infinite  is  not  manifest  or  apparent, 
nothing  is  manifest  or  apparent ;  but  in  every  truthful  state- 
ment of  truth,  the  Infinite  is  manifest  or  apparent. 


MEDITATIONS. 


What  is  Justice? 

The  Uncreate,  Unmanifest  Being,  is  Justice,  and  this 
Justice  is  manifest  in  all  creation.  Prior  to  manifestation, 
Justice  is,  and  is  the  attribute  of  being  just,  right  and  im- 
partial, the  attribute  which  measures  wholeness  and  gives  to 
all  according  to  their  works.  It  weighs  in  the  balance  our 
inmost  thought  and  the  expression  of  thought ;  and  if  found 
wanting  in  the  Spirit  of  Goodness,  or,  if  not  in  the  image 
and  likeness  of  the  attributes  of  Infinite  Spirit,  they  are  cast 
into  the  fire  (spirit)  and  consumed.  The  imperfect  is  of 
short  duration — appearance  only. 

Justice  renders  to  every  one  his  or  her  due,  and  to 
every  expression  according  to  measure,  or  the  thought  and 
motive  producing  it.  The  method  of  Infinite  Spirit  is  now 
operating  in  creation,  and  is  exact  justice ;  therefore,  the 
science  of  the  expression  of  Infinite  Being  is  exact  justice. 
The  science  of  mathematics  is  exact  justice.  Divine  Truth 
expressed,  is  exact  justice.  Just  and  right  is  The  One — 
The  All. 

Conformity  to  truth  in  thought,  word  and  deed,  is 
Justice  manifest.  Thoughts  of  love  are  just  and  righteous  ; 
they  are  the  fulfilling  of  the  law.  "To  refuse  Justice  and 
bestow  love,  is  an  affectation  of  mercy  and  reality  of  insult. ' ' 


222  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

A  manifestation  under  the  name  of  love,  without  justice,  is 
pretence — false.  Love,  the  Royal  law  of  Being,  is  admin- 
istered with  exact  justice.  It  recognizes  neither  friend  nor 
foe — all  are  one  to  it.  The  manifestation  of  Justice  has  no 
attachment ;  it  is  passionless,  unaffected  by  emotion  or  sen- 
sation. It  is  that  which  finally  brings  all  to  re-cognize  first 
and  final  truth,  which  is  harmony.  It  acts  not  that  it  may 
receive  affection,  gain  nor  hate.  The  just  act  free  from 
self  desire ;  they  are  humble,  yet  steadfast  and  unwavering 
in  truth  and  right.  Content  to  be  just,  without  seeming, 
content  to  do  right  and  practice  truth  without  fame,  for  the 
love  of  right  or  truth.  The  practice  of  Divine  and  un- 
changing truth,  is  justice  to  God  and  man. 

HARMONY. 

Harmony  is  the  divine  and  orderly  method  of  the 
Infinite  in  creation.  The  endless  variety  of  created  things 
in  the  Universe  is  the  harmonious  expression  of  the  Infinite 
ONE.  Knowledge  reveals  harmony.  Ignorance  veils 
harmony  to  the  intellect.  Truth  is  harmony  ;  and  never 
varies  or  changes.  The  truth  is  always  truth — its  foundation 
is  knowledge  and  wisdom.  Error  or  falsehood  is  seeming 
inharmony,  and  is  ever  changing  ;  its  foundation  is  ignorance 
and  folly.  The  perception  of  the  true  relation  of  nature  to 
God,  is  the  perception  of  harmony.  In  truth  there  is  no 
inharmony.  The  method  of  the  Creator,  now  operating  in 
creation,  which  is  contained  within  himself,  i:s  perfect  har- 
mony, and  the  Perfect  knows  no  imperfection. 


HARMONY.  223 

"Good  citizens  live  in  harmony."  They  who  are 
thoroughly  conscious  of  the  presence  of  Goodness,  do  not 
give  place  to  seeming  inharmony.  Good  is  in  harmony 
with  all  goodness.  A  goodly  act  or  deed  is  in  harmony 
with  good  or  truthful  thought ;  good  or  truthful  thought  is  in 
harmony  with  the  goodness  of  the  thinker,  or  Being.  If 
thought  be  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  Being,  the  act  will 
be  in  harmony  with  the  thought  and  with  the  thinker.  This 
is  the  method  of  proving  the  harmony  of  Being  in  creation. 
Harmony  is  wisdom's  way  of  expressing  truth.  It  is  the 
perfect  adaptation  of  a  part  to  the  whole,  or  of  expression  to 
the  expressor.  It  is  infinite  order,  and  there  is  no  other. 

"There  is  none  good  but  ONE/' 

One  is  the  number  of  Unity ;  and  Unity  is  the  order  of 
and  is  as  permanent  as  THE  ONE.  There  is  but  One  all, 
hence  all  good  is  that  One  ;  therefore  there  is  none  good  but 
One.  Infinite  Being  means  that  which  is,  was,  and  ever  will 
be.  It  is  interior  and  anterior  to  the  finite,  which  is  the 
expression  of  the  Infinite.  Being  and  the  good  are  one  : 
therefore,  to  be  is  to  be  good,  that  which  is,  and  is  uncreate 
and  unmanifest.  A  knowledge  of  what  being  is,  furnishes 
a  basis  that  prepares  us  for  just  and  harmonious  thought 
and  action ;  without  this  knowledge  individuals  are  at 
a  loss  to  know  how  to  control  thought  and  action— 
hence  "they  are  like  a  wave  tossed  to  and  fro  by  every 
wind  of  doctrine."  Not  until  we  become  stable  and 
unwavering  in  our  thought  and  action  is  it  possible  to  under- 


224  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

stand  and  work  with  the  orderly  and  harmonious  method 
with  which  the  law  of  Being  works.  When  thought  is 
adjusted  to  and  is  representative  of  Being,  the  edenic  order 
is  maintained  in  consciousness  ;  then  all  expression  is  dressed 
and  kept  in  order,  for  if  thought  be  adjusted  to  God,  the 
effect  therefro*m  is  harmonious  and  pleasant :  this  is  recon- 
ciliation— regeneration — or  atonement.  Thus  the  individual 
will  becomes  a  manifestation  of  universal  faith,  and  love 
expands  to  include  all.  God,  or  Goodness,  made  everythino- 
that  was  made,  and  pronounced  it  good.  It  is  race  belief — a 
personal  opinion — a  false  and  perverse  method  of  interpreta- 
tion, which  presumes  to  claim  and  clothe  self  with  the 
corruptible,  the  opposite  of  God,  or  Good.  When  false 
interpretation  ceases,  we  shall  see  as  Spirit  sees,  that  all  is 
good.  All  of  anything  is  one,  and  there  can  be  but  one  All, 
which  is  goodness ;  therefore,  there  is  none  good  but  one. 

' '  Thy  faith  hath  saved  thee. ' ' 

If  by  faith  one  was  saved  and  made  whole,  by  faith  all 
are  saved  and  made  whole.  All  are  alike  under  one  divine 
law,  and  all  error  is  subject  to  that  law,  for  truth  is  that  law. 
As  all  are  saved  by  faith,  from  what  are  they  saved?  Not 
from  truth,  for  truth  is  the  law  and  is  itself  salvation.  Is  it 
not  clear  that  we  are  to  be  saved  from  error,  which  is  false 
interpretation,  erroneous  belief  and  action,  or  from  taking 
things  for  what  they  are  not?  Is  it  not  clear  that  Spirit 
perception,  truthful  interpretation,  and  right  action  can  alone 
erase,  save  and  set  free? 


"THY    FAITH    HATH    SAVED    THEE."  225 

How  is  Spirit  perception  gained  ?  They  who  would 
witness  within  themselves  the  perception  of  Spirit,  should  lay 
aside  blinding  prejudice,  and  accept  truth  when  and  wher- 
ever expressed.  If  you  do  not  willingly  accept  truth  when- 
ever and  wherever  expressed,  you  do  not  accept  the  mani- 
fest Christ.  Acceptation  of  truth  is  faith  based  aright,  and 
is  life,  substance  and  harmony.  By  accepting  the  present 
truth  perceived,  and  demonstrating  it  in  word  and  deed, 
we  make  it  our  own,  or  in  thought  we  accept  that  which 
we  are  in  being,  and  thus  the  way  is  opened  to  all  truth. 
They  who  would  climb  the  ladder  of  progress,  which  leads 
from  earth  to  Heaven,  or  which  guides  from  the  letter  to 
Spirit,  from  error  to  truth,  must  climb  it  step  by  step  ;  thus 
it  is  necessary  that  they  accept  truth  perceived,  and  stand 
firm  therein  and  adjust  the  thought  and  act  to  it,  before  they 
can  ascend  to  the  next  round  or  advance  a  step.  Through 
spirit  perception,  and  thought  made  perfect,  all  is  adjusted 
to  the  source  of  Divine  Being.  This  is  the  faith  which 
saves.  They  who  fulfill  the  law  are  in  love  with  truth  ;  and 
when  all  are  loved,  all  is  forgiven ;  but  to  whom  little  is 
forgiven,  the  same  loveth  little. 


FREEDOM. 


Freedom  is  the  state  of  being  free.      It  is  that  which  is 
exempt  from  control,  and  which  is  unlimited  and  unenvironed. 


226  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

That  which  is  free,  is  not  under  the  law  of  being,  but  is  the 
law.  Can  it  be  said  that  the  visible  universe  or  any  visible 
thing  therein  contained,  is  exempt  from  control?  or,  is  not 
subject  to  its  source?  Verily,  that  which  is  made  is  subject 
to  its  maker. 

Manifestation  angl  appearance  of  every  kind,  be  it  the 
physical  form,  or  that  of  health  or  disease,  joy  or  sorrow, 
truth  or  falsehood,  love  or  hate,  knowledge  or  ignorance,  is 
subject  to'  the  manifestor,  which  is  not  apparent.  That 
which  is  uncreate  and  which  creates,  is  unlimited  freedom. 
All  Being  is  uncreate,  hence  to  be  is  to  be  free,  and  not  to  be 
subject  to  the  created  ;  therefore,  "whoso  looketh  into  the 
perfect  law  of  liberty  and  continueth  therein,  he  being 
not  a  forgetful  hearer,  but  a  doer  of  the  work,  this  man  shall 
be  blessed  in  his  deed. ' '  They  who  forget  not  what  Being 
is,  and  wrhat  they  are,  will  come  to  realize  the  freedom  of 
Being.  Forgetting  is  losing  consciousness  of  the  immortal 
self,  the  real,  and  is  the  cause  of  all  belief  in  limitations.  To 
know  ourselves  is  to  know  that  we  are  free,  one  with  the 
unlimited  and  boundless.  Dear  friends,  they  who  try  to 
realize  these  truths  seek  in  the  right  direction  for  true  free- 
dom, and  they  who  thus  seek,  find. 


14  Hl.KSSKI)  ARE  THEY  WHICH   DO  HUNGER  AND  THIRST 
AFTER  RIGHTEOUSNESS." 

It  is  written  that  they  which  do  hunger  and  thirst  alter 
righteousness  are  blessed,  for  they  shall  be  filled. 


WHO    ARE    BLESSED.  22J 

Righteousness  is  a  state  of  thought  and  consciousness, 
which  is  in  unity  with,  or  conformity  to.  Divine  love,  the 
law  of  God.  To  hunger  and  thirst  after  righteousness  is  a 
desire  to  work  with  the  law,  and  to  realize  oneness  with  God, 
the  whole  Spirit  of  Goodness.  If  they  who  have  that  desire 
also  have  sincere  belief  and  faith,  they  have  the  necessary 
receptivity  and  substance  for  success,  and  are  seeking  to 
know  and  to  fulfill  the  whole  law  of  God,  or  Goodness. 
When  seeking  that  which  is,  which  is  the  Infinite,  we  enter 
the  straight  way  that  leadeth  to  exact  knowledge — perfect 
faith  or  power.  To  be  receptive  to  Omnipresent  Goodness, 
is  to  quench  the  thirst  at  the  fountain  of  Life.  So  to  hunger 
and  thirst  after  righteousness  is  a  blessed  condition,  because 
it  is  the  condition  which  precedes  its  attainment. 

It  is  blessed  to  seek  and  blissful  to  find.  We  cannot 
expect  to  find  unless  we  seek.  So,  "to  do  truth  is  to 
practice  God's  command."  His  truth  reveals  the  adjust- 
ment of  all  to  himself;  His  word  is  Goodness  manifest,  or 
made  apparent. 


HOPE. 

Hope  is  where  the  affections  are.  That  which  we  are 
attracted  to  we  hope  to  attain,  and  hope  causes  the  necessary 
tftort  for  its  attainment ;  in  other  words,  if  we  have  a  desire 


228  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

or  aspiration  and  make  an  effort  to  attain  it,  it  is  hope  that 
prompts  us  to  make  that  effort.  If  it  were  not  for  hope, 
effort  or  seeking  would  cease.  Faith  is  the  silent  and 
absolute  power  or  substance  of  hope,  effort,  or  seeking. 
St.  Paul  said,  "we  are  saved  by  hope  :  but  hope  that  is 
seen  is  not  hope ;  -for  what  a  man  seeth,  why  doth  he  yet 
hope  for ;  but  if  we  hope  for  that  we  see  not,  then  do  we 
with  patience  wait  for  it."  So  when  we  work  diligently 
and  patiently,  as  if  already  possessing  what  we  hope  for, 
faith  is  manifest  which  brings  the  condition  desired.  If  our 
hope  be  in  God,  or  Goodness,  we  hope  for  that  which  is,  and 
is  for  us.  If  it  be  not  in  God,  or  Goodness,  it  is  based  in 
negation  or  denial  of  Him  ;  verily  both  bring  their  reward. 
What  we  sow  the  same  do  we  reap. 


FAITH,  OR  DIVINE  WILL. 


Faithv  or  Divine  Will,  is  the  substance  or  power  of 
Infinite  Spirit  or  Mind,  and  is  prior  to  thought,  and  is  that 
which  prompts  mind  to  act  or  think,  and  which  causes  us  to 
express  thought  in  word  and  deed ;  so  it  is  the  substance  of 
thought,  word,  and  deed,  and  of  things  hoped  for.  It  makes 
manifest  and  proves  the  unseen. 

Through  faith  worlds  are  framed,  and  forms  are  crea- 
ted; without  it,  is  not  anything  made  that  is  made.  As 
there  is  but  one  parent  source  or  uncreate  cause,  there  can 


FAITH,    OR    DIVINE    WILL.  22Q 

be  but  one  method  of  creation  or  manifestation.  The 
method  of  the  Parent  Source  is  manifest  in  the  son  of  man  : 
they  who  understand  this,  consciously  work  with  the  Father, 
and  do  His  will ;  then  the  Father' s  will  and  perfect  faith  is 
manifest.  Faith  is  the  power  which  enables  us  to  success- 
fully perform  our  every  day  duties  ;  by  it  we  think,  speak, 
act,  and  move  our  bodies  from  place  to  place ;  by  faith  we 
accomplish  all  that  is  accomplished.  It  is  faith  in  our  ability 
to  succeed  that  causes  success  in  all  our  undertakings  of  life. 
All  our  works  are  done  in  faith  ;  beside  it  there  is  no  power. 
Consider  the  lilies  how  they  grow,  they  toil  not,  neither  do 
they  spin,  faith  grows  the  flower ;  it  is  fullness  of  power  or 
substance,  and  is  manifest  in  all  things  ;  it  knows  not  fear  or 
anxiety  ;  the  more  we  live  in  the  fullness  of  power,  the  more 
powerful  we  are  in  manifestation.  They  who  have  watched 
a  little  child  making  its  first  effort  to  walk,  have  witnessed 
the  increase  of  power,  as  it  expressed  faith  with  each 
successive  step,  with  the  result  that  in  a  few  days  it  walked 
about  the  house  with  perfect  faith  in  its  ability  to  do  so. 
And  this  simple,  child-like  faith,  which  wavers  not  in  effort, 
is  the  power  which  removes  mountains,  and  enables  us  to 
rise  to  the  pinnacle  of  the  temple  and  to  mountain  tops  in 
consciousness  and  understanding,  above  temptation  and  the 
limited  view  of  sense,  into  eternal  freedom  and  power, 
Without  this  high  perception  and  faith,  it  is  impossible  to 
realize  the  parent  source  and  do  what  we  see  the  Father 
doing.  Inexhaustible  is  the  fountain  of  faith,  therefore 
exercise  it  daily  and  hourly. 


230  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

How  SHOULD  DESIRE  BE  OVERCOME  ? 


To  desire,  is  to  long  for  the  enjoyment  or  possession  of 
something,  to  feel  the  want  of,  to  mourn  the  loss  of.  So, 
desires  result  from  a  sense  of  limitation,  which  is  attention 
fixed  in  and  limited  to  manifestation.  They  who  do  not 
know  themselves  desire  much,  and  great  are  their  beliefs  in 
sorrow  and  affliction. 

In  the  universe  there  is  the  unmanifest,  and  the  mani- 
fest. The  unmanifest  is  one  and  inseparable,  perfect  and 
complete,  from  eternity  to  eternity  ;  and  in  the  manifest 
there  seems  to  be  many — this  seeming  is  limitation.  So 
when  the  attention  is  based  in  manifestation,  it  is  focused 
to  the  limited,  and  thus  come  the  delusions  which  arise 
from  sense  and  beliefs  in  separateness,  which  prevents  us 
from  realizing  that  the  whole  Parent  Source  is  the  life  of  all. 
Desire  is  caused  by  not  having  true  knowledge,  and  can 
only  be  overcome  by  gaining  it.  True  knowledge  consists 
in  perceiving  one  inseparable,  omnipresent  Spirit,  manifest 
in  all  that  lives,  or  in  creation — one  Creator.  Desire  should 
be  overcome  by  making  what  we  find  to  do  accord  with  the 
Spirit  of  Truth,  and  by  unremitting  effort  to  realize  that  we 
are  the  unmanifest  and  one  with  the  all,  which  possesses  all 
things.  When  we  realize  what  we  are,  desire  is  overcome  ; 
we  do  not  hunger  and  thirst  after  righteousness  when  we  are 
filled.  With  this  consciousness,  deeds  are  not  performed 


OVERCOMING    DESIRE.  231 

with   the   hope  of  reward,  nor  with  anxiety   as   to   results. 
Truth  is  the  food  which  feeds  the  hungry  Soul.      Partake  of 
it  freely,  and  desire  and  anxiety  will  be  done  away,   and  all 
things  made  new. 


COME  UNTO  ME." 


The  purpose  of  silent  meditation  should  be,  to  realize 
what  Being  is,  and  what  its  possibilities  are. 

If  the  attributes  be  expressed  in  thought,  the  will  of 
Spirit  done,  and  the  motive  based  aright,  resultant  there- 
from are  visible  expressions  of  Being,  which  is  harmony 
manifested  ;  this  is  the  way  to  illumination  of  understanding. 

Meditation  on  any  subject  should  be  for  the  purpose  of 
realizing  the  principle  underlying  the  subject,  of  which 
words  can  only  be  symbolic  or  representative.  Not  until 
we  arrive  at  an  understanding  of  the  meaning  of  Being  can 
we  know  that  creation  or  expression  is  symbolic  and  repre- 
sentative, for  we  cannot  be  certain  as  to  what  visible  things 
are,  until  we  find  the  Cause  which  produces  them.  There- 
fore, not  until  we  find  Being,  and  perceive  from  the  plane  of 
Being,  is  it  possible  for  us  to  distinguish  between  Being  and 
existence:  /.  c. ,  between  ourselves  and  our  expressions; 
therefore,  all  endeavour  should  be  for  the  purpose  of  getting 
understanding  of  the  reality  underlying  the  subject  on  which 
we  meditate  or  think. 


232  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

' '  Come  unto  Me, "  is  an  invitation  by  the  speaker  to 
move  hitherward,  to  draw  near  to  that  which  is  first.  ' '  If 
we  draw  nigh  unto  God,  He  will  draw  nigh  unto  us."  Me, 
means  Reality,  the  invisible  Speaker,  or  the  "I  Am." 
Therefore  the  meaning  of  this  subject  is,  that  all  are  asked 
to  come  unto  Spirit  and  learn  of  It,  and  find  rest  from  labor, 
or  from  the  burdens  which  arise  from  a  denial  or  negation 
of  the  Me. 

Though  Spirit  be  omnipresent,  the  only  way  to  accept 
the  invitation,  and  "come  unto  Me,"  Spirit,  is  to  act  with 
undivided  faith,  and  right  motive ;  and  they  who  come  in 
this  way  will  find  rest  in  the  realization  of  Oneness  with 
the  Omnipresent. 

Jesus  spoke  not  of  himself  as  the  body,  nor  did  he  act 
as  if  His  expressions  were  himself,  and  in  this  he  has  revealed 
the  way  to  us,  and  they  who  think  and  act  truthfully,  will 
think  and  act  as  did  he,  and  with  the  same  intent ;  not 
because  the  personal  Jesus  thus  spake  and  acted,  but 
because  he,  the  Spirit,  revealed  the  true  way  of  life,  by 
which  every  one  may  manifest  the  same  truth  and  come 
unto  me.  The  invitation  to  "Come  unto  Me,"  would  be 
meaningless,  if  it  meant  no  more  than  that  one  material 
form  should  appear  in  the  presence  of  another  material  form. 

We  may  as  justly  and  truthfully  expect  that  because 
the  furniture  of  a  room  is  associated  together  while  in  that 
room,  or  that  because  a  row  of  houses  are  resting  on  a 
certain  block  of  land,  that  they  can  give  life  and  power  to 


"COME  UNTO  ME."  233 

each  other,  as  to  expect  that  physical  contact,  or  that  the 
association  of  physical  forms,  can  give  life,  peace,  or  rest. 
They  who  labour,  and  are  heavy  laden,  do  so  because  they 
do  not  come  unto  "Me,"  Spirit,  and  recognize  and  claim 
to  be  life,  peace,  and  rest ;  such  are  seeking  in  effects, 
expecting  to  realize  life,  peace,  and  rest  therefrom  ;  such 
expectation  is  negation,  and  never  is  it  otherwise.  We 
cannot  manifest  the  gifts  of  Spirit,  unless  we  go  to  the  Spirit 
for  them.  We  do  not  find  them  in  expression,  for  the 
reason  that  expression  has  them  not.  Spirit  is  "theicav, 
the  truth,  and  the  life;"  then  to  find  the  Me,  the  Invisible 
Speaker,  is  to  find  God,  and  in  Him  eternal  truth,  life, 
and  rest. 

The  yoke  of  Truth  is  easy ;  union  with  God — Good- 
ness— makes  all  burdens  light.  The  Spirit  of  truth,  which 
is  wholeness,  gives  all,  yet  it  labors  not,  neither  is  it  heavy 
laden.  Therefore,  to  "Come  unto  Me,"  is  to  get  under- 
standing and  awaken  to  truth  ;  and  every  one  who  comes, 
finds.  And  they  who  live  in  a  full  consciousness  of  Being, 
can  give  to  others  rest,  by  imparting  to  them  the  truth  that 
brings  them  into  the  same  consciousness  ;  therefore  the  awa- 
kened can  point  the  way,  because  they  know  that  they  are 
the  way  of  wisdom,  and  all  who  follow  in  that  way  no 
longer  labor,  or  are  heavy  laden.  But  they  who  continue 
in  the  error  of  believing  their  manifestations  to  be  them- 
selves, or  that  that  which  is  made  is  real,  and  that  visible 
things  are  a  cause  for  happiness,  are  trying  to  make  visible 
things  serve  as  the  cause  for  what  the  invisible  Spirit  alone 


234  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

can  give.  And  not  until  they  cease  to  partake  of  this  for- 
bidden fruit  and  place  the  true  worth  on  Spirit,  and  see 
existence  by  the  light  of  truth,  can  such  know  self,  or 
''Come  unto  Me."  Not  until  we  cease  believing-  the  mani- 
fest and  unreal  to  be  ourselves,  and  believe  ourselves  to  be 
the  Unmanifest  and  real,  can  we  know  and  reveal  the 
wealth  and  power  of  Being.  Neither  have  we  "worshipped 
in  Spirit  and  in  Truth"  until  we  have  placed  the  true  worth 
and  value  on  Spirit,  by  acknowledging  in  all  our  ways,  the 
Me — which  is  prior  to  expression. 


WHAT  is  MESMERISM  ? 


A  definition  common  to  all,  is,  that  ' '  mesmerism  is  a 
supposed  influence  or  emanation  by  means  of  which  one 
person  can  act  upon  another,  producing  wronderful  effects 
upon  the  body  and  controlling  his  action  and  thought." 
"Or  the  art  of  inducing  an  extraordinary,  or  abnormal 
state  of  the  nervous  system,  in  which  the  actor  claims  to 
control  the  action,  and  communes  directly  with  the  mind 
of  the  recipient. ' ' 

If  we  would  know  by  what  means  one  individual  seems 
to  control  the  action  of  another,  we  must  first  learn  the 
cause  of  action,  and  the  means  by  which  we  control  our 
own  action. 

The  science  of  expression  teaches  that  thought  precedes 


WHAT    IS    MESMERISM?  235 

all  visible  action,  and  that  Being  precedes  all  interior  motive 
or  action  of  thought ;  hence  it  is  true  that  the  mental 
constitution,  which  is  born  of  Being,  is  the  means  through 
which  this  visible  plane  is  made,  and  is  the  action  thereof; 
for  thought,  will,  and  motive  is  our  action,  the  controller  of 
the  body  ;  therefore  it  is  the  thought,  will,  and  motive  that 
seems  to  control  the  action  of  the  mesmeric  subject. 

The  subject  enters  what  is  called  the  mesmeric  state, 
by  yielding  the  thought  and  will  to  that  of  the  operator, 
and  the  control  is  due  to  the  fact,  that  the  subject  changes 
his  own  thought  and  will  to  harmonize  with  the  operator's. 

Individual  thought  and  will  cannot  be  used  to  control 
the  thought  and  will  of  one  whose  consciousness  is  uni- 
versal, nor  can  such  an  one  become  a  mesmeric  subject. 
To  think  and  act  as  the  operator  dictates,  is  to  yield  the 
thoughts  to  obey  or  work  in  unison  with  his.  It  is  there- 
fore the  subject's  own  thought  and  will,  acting  in  concert 
with,  or  according  to  the  operator's,  that  produces  that 
which  is  called  the  mesmeric  state  or  condition  ;  both  con- 
ditions are  temporary  and  mortal. 

They  who  live  in  a  full  consciousness  of  Being,  or  truth, 
are  exempt  from  the  influence  and  control  of  individual 
thought  and  will,  for  when  the  absolute  is  come  to  the 
individual  consciousness,  it  has  come  for  the  reason  that  the 
thought  and  will  have  become  that  of  the  universal,  or 
of  Being. 

And  when  that  which  is  absolute  is  perceived,  that 
which  is  in  part  rules  not. 


236  SCIENCE  AND  HEALING. 

"JESUS  WEPT." 


As  it  is  a  truth  that  men  to  whom  the  word  of  God 
came  clothed  the  truth  in  language  descriptive  of  things 
natural,  so  the  words  of  our  text  are  purely  symbolic. 

' '  He  groaned  in  his  spirit,  and  was  troubled. "  l '  Jesus 
wept. ' ' — S/.  Jolm  .\'i :  33-33. 

To  groan,  means  to  strive  after  earnestly,  as  with 
groans.  Thus,  to  groan  in  Spirit,  is  symbolic  of  effort  made 
to  concentrate  in  thought,  and  express  the  power  of  .Spirit. 
"And  he  troubled  himself,"  symbolizes  the  fact  that  he 
exerted  himself  to  raise  Lazarus,  and  thus  do  his  Father's 
work.  Christ  raising  Lazarus  from  the  dead,  symbolizes 
the  purpose  for  which  he  came  into  the  world  :  i.  e. ,  to  raise 
from  the  dead  the  mental  conditions  of  the  race,  into  a  living 
realization  and  consciousness  of  Truth  and  Life  Eternal. 

The  Spirit  of  God,  which  is  eternal,  is  fullness,  stillness, 
and  goodness ;  and  is  brought  forth  or  manifested  by  the 
power  of  faith,  and  the  interior  action  of  thought.  There- 
fore, groaning  in  Spirit,  or  weeping  (in  Scriptural  language), 
is  symbolic  of  effort  made  for  the  bringing  forth  into  mani- 
festation the  power  of  Spirit ;  it  is  symbolic  of  preparation 
for  the  birth  of  great  power,  which  precedes  the  joy  that 
comes  to  all  who  are  raised  from  the  dead,  that  is,  from  form 
into  consciousness  ;  also  of  the  joy  that  is  for  those  who  are 
privileged  to  be  witnesses  to  the  raising  up,  or  they  who  see 


"JESUS  AVEPT."  237 

truth  lace  to  face  in  the  expression  of  the  power  of  Spirit. 
In  no  way  could  Jesus  have  wept,  according  to  the  unillu- 
mined  definition  generally  given  to  the  word,  and  to  the  text 
of  the  disciple.  The  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  verses  of  the 
same  chapter  read  as  follows  :  ' '  Then  said  Jesus  unto  them 
plainly,  Lazarus  is  dead." 

And  I  am  glad  for  your  sakes  that  I  was  not  there,  to 
the  intent  ye  may  believe  ;  nevertheless,  let  us  go  unto  him." 

Again  Jesus  saith  unto  Martha,  "Thy  brother  shall 
rise  again."  He  also  said,  "I  am  the  resurrection  and  the 
life,"  which  means,  I  am  that  which  rises  again,  and  am  the 
life  which  causes  to  rise.  ' '  He  that  believeth  in  me,  though 
he  were  dead,  yet  shall  he  live."  "  I  am  the  Truth  and  the 
Life."  They  who  believe  in  Christ,  believe  that  Truth  and 
Life  is  the  maker  of  everything  that  is  made.  They  who 
thus  believe,  though  they  were  dead  to  the  consciousness  and 
understanding  of  truth,  yet  shall  they  rise  up  and  live,  or 
return  to  truth  and  live  in  understanding. 

For  that  which  we  believe  in,  we  are  conscious  of,  and 
to  believe  in  the  power  of  truth  and  life,  is  to  awaken,  and 
be  conscious  of  Truth  and  Life,  and  the  awakened  know 
that  they  have  eternal  life  with  God. 


SEEK  AND  YE  SHALL  FIND." 


To  seek  is   to  go  in  search  or  quest   of,  to  endeavor 


238  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

to  find.  It  would  be  as  useless  to  search  for  something  that 
we  believed  did  not  exist,  or  that  we  knew  was  not  for  us, 
as  it  would  be  to  seek  God  without  believing  that  what  we 
seek  is,  and  is  for  us. 

So,  if  our  seeking  be  in  faith,  we  will  believe  that  what 
we  seek  for  is,  and  is  for  us  ;  then  we  have  a  definite  idea  of 
where  and  what  it  is  we  wish  to  attain  and  manifest. 

And  as  God,  the  giver  of  all,  is  omnipresent,  if  we  seek 
in  truth  we  must  recognize  that  what  we  wish  to  manifest  is 
at  hand,  and  in  this  thought  we  realize  that  we  possess 
what  we  seek. 

" Seek  and  ye  shall  find;"  this  promise  is  fulfilled  in 
every  one  that  truly  seeks.  To  find  is  to  gain  a  knowledge 
and  to  have  a  realization  of  Infinite  Spirit.  And  this  knowl- 
edge, or  realization,  is  only  to  be  gained  by  true  seeking: 
that  is,  through  the  acknowledgment  of  the  presence  of  the 
ever  present  Wisdom  Spirit  working  in  us,  and  by  adjusting 
and  conforming  our  will  and  way  to  it. 

For  if  we  would  act  from  the  Spirit,  we  must  not  be 
unconscious  of  its  presence  and  of  what  it  is,  but  must  be 
able  to  acknowledge  It  unmanifest,  and  recognize  It  mani- 
fest in  all  our  ways.  "Canst  thou  by  seeking  find  out 
God?"  True  seeking  will  bring  to  us  a  full  consciousness 
of  God,  for  we  ever  realize  what  we  recognize,  believe  in, 
and  conform  our  thoughts  and  words  to. 

Therefore,  acknowledgment  is  the  way  of  conformity 
to  the  Spirit,  and  is  reconciliation,  regeneration,  and 
atonement. 


rXDKKSTANDIXG    AND    ITS    REALIZATION.  239 


UNDERSTANDING  AND  ITS  REALIZATION. 


Understanding  is  knowledge  or  discernment  of  truth. 
The  word  comes  from  the  latin  verb,  "sto,"  to  stand,  and 
' '  under, ' '  meaning  under,  below,  after.  Understanding  is 
therefore  an  attribute  of  the  Reality  or  Spirit  which  under- 
lies and  supports  all  existence  ;  is  a  perception  or  conscious- 
ness of  the  Supreme  Deity — it  is  absolute  and  unchangeable. 
So,  to  realize  that  we  have  understanding  is  to  know  that  we 
are  one  with  the  Eternal. 

The  word  realization  is  derived  from  the  root,  "real," 
and  the  suffix,  "ize,"  to  become,  and  "ion,"  the  act  of. 
Hence  the  act  of  becoming  conscious  that  we  are  the  real,  is 
the  process  of  turning  from  error  to  truth,  from  nature  to 
Spirit,  or  from  the  example  to  the  Principle ;  and  thus 
realization  is  gained  that  we  are  the  real  that  understands 
the  absolute  truth,  and  that  we  cannot  understand  that  which 
we  are  not ;  therefore  we  are  truth. 

Realization  is  the  Truth  of  Spirit  understood  or  made 
manifest ;  so  to  know  that  we  are  the  Spirit  of  truth,  which 
knowledge  we  realize  in  manifesting  it,  is  divine  understand- 
ing. Nothing  but  Spirit  can  understand  the  truth  of  Spirit 
—which  is  its  own — for  truth  manifest  is  the  only  begotten 
of  God. 

The   creature   cannot   understand   the  creator,  but   the 


240  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

creator  which  pervades  the  creature,  understands  itself  and 
the  creature.  The  creature  is  a  symbol  or  example  of  an 
idea  in  the  creator.  Power  is  not  given  to  the  example  in 
mathematics  to  understand  and  demonstrate  the  principle, 
but  the  power  is  in  the  principle  to  understand  and  demon- 
strate itself.  The  question  will  arise,  if  the  finite  be  that 
which  is  manifest  by  the  Infinite,  and  it  cannot  under- 
stand the  Infinite  or  the  absolute  truth,  how  are  we,  as 
separate  individuals,  to  understand  the  Infinite  or  the  abso- 
lute truth  ?  As  it  is  not  given  to  the  belief  of  separateness, 
to  understand  unity  and  wholeness,  so  it  is  impossible  for 
one  to  realize  and  know  the  Spirit,  until  they  cease  to 
look  through  the  false  belief  of  separateness  that  would 
say,  I  am  separate  from  God,  and  from  all  that  is  made. 
Not  until  we  acknowledge  in  thought  the  same  relationship 
with  God,  as  did  Christ,  that  ' '  I  and  my  Father  are  one ' ' 
— and  hold  steadfastly  to  this  truth,  sustaining  this  relation- 
ship by  truthful  word  and  deed — is  the  eye  and  ear  of 
understanding- opened,  or  are  our  manifestations  universal. 
In  other  words — not  until  the  individual  knows  that  he  is 
immersed  in  the  Universal  Spirit,  is  thought  entirely  freed 
from  the  belief  that  we  are  the  creature,  or  example.  To 
be  free  from  this  belief,  is  to  know  that  we  do  understand 
the  universal  Spirit ;  that  we  are  that  which  we  understand, 
and  that  which  is  manifest,  is  the  manifestation  of  Spirit,  or 
the  I  Am. 

We   may  have   faith   to   know  that  if  we  practice   the 
truth  of  God,  we  will  come  to  realize  that  we  have  the 


UNDERSTANDING    AND    ITS    REALIZATION.  241 

understanding  that  Christ  had.  Be  the  law  of  love,  and 
manifest  it,  and  you  will  know  God,  for  God  is  love  ;  be 
one  with  Infinite  truth  and  manifest  it,  and  you  will 
realize  that  you  understand  God,  for  God  is  truth.  If  we 
acknowledge  that  God  is  Infinite  Being,  Spirit,  or  Mind, 
and  that  there  is  no  finite  being,  spirit  or  mind,  then  we 
know  that  there  is  but  one  Mind  to  perceive  its  truth  ;  as 
that  Mind  is  Infinite  and  is  perfect,  it  admits  of  no  error  or 
imperfection.  Then  we  are  that  Being  or  Mind,  or  else  we 
are  an  existing  creature  without  Spirit,  Being,  or  Mind, 
hence  without  truth,  reality,  or  immortality.  Therefore  it 
is  an  eternal  truth,  that  no  one  knoweth  the  things  of  God  ; 
<  >r  naught  but  the  Spirit  of  Goodness  can  realize  or  manifest 
the  Spirit  of  Goodness. 

Like  comprehends  like ;  to  realize  the  above  state- 
ments, is  the  understanding  of  Spirit  or  Mind  realized  ;  and 
upon  this  rock  we  may  build  a  structure  of  truth  against 
which  the  gates  of  negation  or  false  belief  cannot  prevail. 
Understanding  and  its  realization  means  the  Infinite  or 
divine  idea  manifest.  The  absolute  understanding  of  the 
Infinite  is  realized  in  the  expression  of  every  truth. 


GREAT  RELIGIOUS  TEACHERS. 


The  great  teachers  of  religion,  are  the  men  and  women 
who  in  their  daily  lives  have  demonstrated  divine  love  and 
truth  according  to  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  thus  proving  their 


242  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

faith  by  their  works.  Religion  is,  defined  to  mean,  to 
collect  anew,  to  bind  back  ;  properly  interpreted,  it  means 
bound  back,  relationship,  or  unity  with  God,  or  Goodness. 
This  carries  with  it  the  meaning  that  that  which  is  bound 
back  must  have  been  bound  before.  As  individuality  has 
its  origin  in  God,  to  be  bound  back  is  in  thought  to  return 
or  be  returned  to  God.  It  is  the  individual  thought  that 
wanders  out  into  the  wilderness  of  material  effects,  which  is 
virtually  an  effort  to  put  the  example  where  principle  should 
be.  It  is  therefore  deceived  by  the  senses,  not  knowing 
the  unreality  of  effects  ;  this  is  unconsciousness  of  truth. 
Therefore  it  is  the  individual  thought  that  returns  to  God 
and  binds  mentality  anew  to  the  universal.  This  is  to  be 
accomplished  by  a  divine  and  orderly  method  of  thinking, 
by  adjusting  all  conclusions  to  God,  as  all  problems  in 
mathematics  are  adjusted  to  the  principle;  and  thus  it 
consciously  returns  to  God,  knowing  that  every  decision  is 
based  in  Goodness.  And  so  we  come  to  realize  that  we  arc 
the  I  am,  and  were  never  lost ;  that  from  eternity  we  were 
in  the  bosom  of  the  Universal,  the  Father.  And  though 
thought  be  veiled  by  sense,  yet  the  I  am  is  never  veiled 
from  the  presence  of  the  eternal  Father.  Religion  is 
subjective,  and  designates  our  unity  with  Good  in  word, 
feeling,  and  deed.  It  also  designates  the  oneness  of  will, 
thought,  love  and  motive,  with  God  or  Goodness.  A  great 
religious  teacher  is  one  who  teaches  humanity  that  it  can 
be  as  perfect  as  its  Father  in  Heaven  is  perfect,  one  who 
teaches  the  way  by  which  it  can  recognize  the  same 


GREAT    RELIGIOUS    TEACHERS.  .'45 

Mind  within  itself  that  was  in  Christ  Jesus.  For  it  is  writ- 
ten, "Let  this  Mind  be  in  you  which  was  also  in  Christ 
Jesus  ;  who  being  in  the  form  of  God  thought  it  not  robbery 
to  be  equal  with  God."  A  great  teacher  of  religion  is  one 
who  reveals  the  unity  of  the  way  of  Truth  and  Life ;  he  is 
one  who  teaches  that  God  is  Infinite  Spirit,  and  reveals  the 
way  by  which  we  can  worship  in  Spirit  and  in  Truth,  and 
how  to  be  like  Him  in  all  our  ways,  prefacing  all  our  ways 
with  truthful  thought.  The  greatest  of  all  in  the  kingdom 
of  heaven,  or  in  divine  realization,  is  one  who  without  omis- 
sion thinketh  Truth,  and  speaketh  it  in  word  and  deed. 
One  who  without  omission  manifests  the  love  of  God  for 
neighbor  as  for  self,  and  whose  worship  consists  in  the 
practice  of  Truth. 


TAKE  MY  YOKE  UPON  You. 


A  yoke  is  a  bond  of  connection ;  a  chain  or  link  which 
connects  or  unites.  The  yoke  or  bond  of  union  of  which 
Christ  spake,  was  his  consciousness  of  the  truth  of  his  union 
with  God,  or  absolute  Goodness.  Hence  he  said,  take  this 
yoke  upon  you,  which  means  this  oneness  or  atonement, 
and  you  will  realize  what  I  realize,  and  rind  rest  unto  your 
souls.  The  consciousness  that  understood  the  truth  of  the 
unity  of  Being,  and  perceived  the  idea  of  being  perfect  as 
Spirit,  or  Goodness,  is  perfect,  is  one  that  realized  that  it 
understood  the  idea  of  Spirit,  or  Goodness. 


244  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

As  personality  and  false  belief  cannot  comprehend  the 
impersonal  truth  and  life,  so,  form  cannot  understand  the 
impersonal.  None  but  the  meek  and  lowly  who  are  willing 
to  love  all  alike,  who  have  turned  from  pride,  ambition  and 
worldly  desire,  can  come  to  realize  the  full  meaning  of  the 
divine  and  impersonal  idea  of  God.  The  consciousness  that 
' '  I  and  my  Father  are  one, ' '  is  the  yoke  that  connects  our 
expressions  to  all  Goodness,  to  all  truth,  to  all  life.  There- 
fore, if  we  take  the  yoke  of  truth  and  life,  the  Christ,  upon  us, 
it  will  make  all  seeming  burdens  easy  and  light ;  it  will 
give  peace  and  rest  to  the  weary.  We,  as  he,  should  not 
deem  it  robbery  to  be  equal  with  the  truth  and  Spirit  of 
Goodness,  we  should  not  deem  it  robbery  to  put  on  the 
whole  armor  of  righteousness,  the  whole  armor  of  truth,  the 
whole  armor  of  perfection.  None  but  the  meek  and  lowly 
in  personality  can  take  this  yoke  upon  them  and  learn  oi 
Spirit,  or  consciously  realize  their  unity  with  the  Infinite. 
But  they  who  through  meekness  rise  above  personality,  or 
beliefs  of  selfishness,  distinction  or  separateness,  will  be  able 
to  take  this  yoke  or  realization  of  truth  upon  them,  which 
is  freedom  from  limitation  and  rest  from  fear.  Unity,  and 
not  division,  is  the  pathway  of  truth  and  life.  Be  not  divided 
in  consciousness  by  sense-seeing,  and  you  will  cease  to  labor 
with  the  shadows  or  symbols  of  life  ;  give  up  the  testimony 
of  the  senses  and  all  the  things  of  sense  for  truth  and  life,  and 
dominion  will  be  gained  over  the  world  of  sense,  and  you 
will  know,  as  did  Christ,  that  you  arc  the  truth  and  life. 
The  same  consciousness  and  truth  that  bound  Christ  to  God, 


TAKE    MY    YOKE    UPON    YOU.  2-} 5 

or  Goodness,  is  the  yoke  that  connects  all  to  God,  or  Good- 
ness. Therefore  take  this  yoke  upon  you,  and  you  will  let 
that  mind  be  in  you  that  was  in  Christ  Jesus,  and  have 
nothing  between  you  and  God  ;  this  is  rest. 


ETERNAL  PUNISHMENT. 


To  solve  this  question,  which  has  troubled  the  thought 
of  so  many  persons,  and  which  has  caused  so  much  fear, 
doubt  and  anxiety — that  bear  not  fruit  of  the  Spirit,  because 
they  are  the  opposite  of  love,  faith  and  rest — it  is  necessary 
that  we  learn  what  the  word  4 '  eternal ' '  means,  and  what 
that  is,  which  is  eternal.  All  are  agreed  that  life,  love, 
truth,  that  power,  wisdom  and  goodness  are  eternal ;  or  that 
Mind,  idea,  or  Spirit  is  eternal  ;  the  word  represents  that 
which  is  without  beginning  or  end — without  end  of  being  or 
duration — the  state  of  being  the  same  at  all  times.  Then 
naught  but  the  unchangeable  is  eternal ;  and  naught  but  the 
eternal  is  unchangeable.  No  existing  thing  or  form  is 
without  change.  The  action  of  thought  is  a  continuous  or 
never-ending  change.  Therefore  it  is  unthinkable  that  that 
which  is  eternal,  and  which  is  unchangeable  love  and  good- 
ness, can  create  or  manifest,  or  cause  to  be  manifest,  that 
which  is  not  in  the  image  and  likeness  of  itself.  Universal 
love,  which  has  no  respect  to  person,  cannot  inflict  eternal 
punishment  on  anything  trmt  it  makes,  for  all  that  it  make? 


246  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

is  good,  and  is  like  unto  itself,  which  is  Goodness.  Punish- 
ment is  supposed  to  be  inflicted  upon  immortal  souls  for  the 
violation  of  divine  law,  and  as  God's  law  is  infinite  love,  if 
He  were  to  inflict  eternal  punishment  upon  any  of  His 
creations  for  not  fulfilling'  the  law  of  love,  He  would  violate 
His  own  law  thereby.  Then,  dear  friends,  consider  the 
meaning  of  the  word  "eternal,"  and  you  will  clearly  per- 
ceive and  know  that  that  which  is  real  cannot  punish  or  be 
punished,  cannot  afflict  or  be  afflicted,  for  that  which  is  in 
the  image  and  likeness  of  Spirit  is  in  perfect  harmony  with 
Spirit,  as  the  mental  problem  is  in  perfect  harmony  with  the 
principle.  It  is  an  eternal  truth,  however,  that  the  testimony 
of  the  senses,  when  unillumined  by  spirit  perception, 
testifies  against  the  Spirit,  or  all  that  is  eternal ;  and  this 
has  ever  been  and  will  ever  be  the  same.  As  thought  is 
ever  based  in  the  premise  from  which  we  draw  our  con- 
clusions, so  if  the  testimony  of  the  senses  be  taken  as 
authority,  the  thought  is  based  in  effect,  not  in  Spirit ;  and 
thus  we  calculate  from  our  incorrect  work,  and  not  from 
principle.  It  is  truth  that  we  ever  feel  our  own  thought, 
and  it  is  the  source  of  our  pleasure  or  pain.  From  a  false 
premise,  one  that  is  ever  changing,  we  cannot  draw  truthful 
conclusions,  and  feeling  or  sensation  will  ever  suffer  or  be 
punished,  as  it  were,  at  the  hand  of  sense  judgment ;  this  is 
eternally  true,  or  ever  the  same.  It  is  fear,  doubt,  anxiety, 
falsehood,  or  all  negation  of  God,  that  will  weep  and  wail 
when  they  are  cast,  into  the  fiery  furnace  of  eternal  truth,  to 
be  consumed  ;  and  not  the  reality,  or  immortal  soul.  Again, 


ETERNAL    PUNISHMENT.  247 

it  is  an  eternal  truth,  that  sensible  conclusions — conclusions 
-e — or  false  beliefs,  which  are  neither  reasonable  nor 
truthful,  are  the  punishments  inflicted,  and  this  is  ever  the 
source  of  suffering.  But  as  thought  is  continually  changing, 
so  every  one  who  is  instructed  into  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven, 
bringeth  forth  divine  love  in  their  thought,  and  by  fulfilling 
the  law — love — are  in  Heaven,  in  a  realization  of  the  presence 
<>t  ( j< x:l,  ( »r  ( ji  )i  xlness,  for  God  is  love. 


PARAGRAPHS. 


Statements  of  Truth  are  never  cutting  to  those  who  are 
in  Truth. 

Shrink  not  from  identifying  yourself  with  God,  "in 
which  you  live,"  for  this  is  the  truth  that  frees  from  beliefs 
of  limitation  and  suffering. 

Christian  Healing  is  healing  by  the  power  of  Infinite 
Spirit.  Spiritual  healing  is  healing  as  Christ  did  ;  therefore 
the  t\vo  are  one. 

The  object  of  Buddha's  investigation  was  to  find  the 
cause  of  misery,  and  the  remedy  for  it.  Gautama  Buddha 
found  the  cause  to  be  ignorance  ;  Christ  Jesus  demonstrated 
the  remedy  to  be  understanding. 

As  long  as  the  individual  believes  that  he  has  two 
natures,  one  good  and  the  other  evil,  thought  presents 
sometimes  one  belief  and  sometimes  the  other  ;  and  just  so 
long  will  there  be  doubt,  uncertainty,  no  knowledge  of 
the  Permanent. 

The  word  of  God  is  the  truth  of  Spirit,  and  can  only  be 
spiritually  understood.  Attempting  to  understand  scriptural 
teaching  or  the  truth  of  Infinite  Spirit  by  intellectual,  or  sense 
seeing,  is  like  trying  to  measure  the  Infinite  by  personality. 


PARAGRAPHS.  249 

Through  sense  seeing,  personal  will  and  desire,  mental- 
ity is  veiled  from  a  perception  of  truth  and  perfect  under- 
standing. The  perception  of  truth  is  light,  in  which  there  is 
no  darkness. 

Expressions  of  life  are  in  powerful  thought.  That  which 
is  called  death  is  a  denial  of  life,  or  power.  That  which  is 
loved,  is  held  in  thought  and  bears  fruit. 

The  ear  that  heareth  the  silent  voice  is  understanding. 
To  maintain  a  deaf  ear  to  the  senses,  is  to  open  it  to  the 
silence.  \Ye  are  taught  from  life  eternal,  the  Spirit  of  Truth. 

Image  God  in  thy  thought,  and  thus  wilt  thou  prove 
thy  faith,  peace,  and  truth  to  thyself.  Compare  thy  deed 
with  the  goodness  of  the  Father,  and  thus  wilt  thou  know  the 
Master  thou  servest.  The  faithful  servant  doeth  the  will  of 
the  master,  and  thus  is  the  edenic  order  maintained. 

He  who  heareth  the  reproof  of  truth  and  rejecteth  it 
not,  but  abideth  in  its  decision,  is  in  the  way  that  leadeth  to 
a  realization  of  eternal  freedom. 

To  account  for  our  existence  is  to  solve  the  problem 
of  life. 

The  awakened  are  those  who  have  become  conscious 
that  it  is  not  they,  personally,  or  individually,  who  live,  but 
the  Father  in  them. 

The  law  of  nature  is  love  in  its  harmonious  and  regular 
order  of  action,  that  by  which  God  governs  the  universe. 

To  give  alms  before  men  to  be  seen  of  them,  is  to  give 


250  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

lor  vain  and  selfish  motive,  with  desire  for  reward  ;  and  if  a 
gift  be  offered  with  such  motive  or  purpose,  the  reward 
cannot  be  from  the  Spirit  of  Goodness,  because  the  motive 
is  not  based  therein.  When  the  motive  or  purpose  be  like 
unto  God,  then  God  is  manifest  in  it.  "Verily,  all  receive 
their  reward." 

To  hold  all  in  love  and  truth,  is  to  do  what  the  Father 
doeth  ;  so,  the  recompense  at  the  resurrection  of  the  just  is 
justice.  "With  what  measure  ye  mete,  it  shall  be  meted 
to  you  again." 

Consciousness  of  Truth  is  eternal  Lite.  Truthful 
thoughts  make  truthful  statements,  which  bud,  bloom,  and 
produce  the  fruit  of  Spirit. 

The  Aura,  or  thought  emanations  of  the  awakened, 
electrify  the  atmosphere  with  the  healing  balm  of  Truth,  for 
all  who  come  within  their  mental  sphere,  as  the  flowers 
extend  their  fragrance  to  all  who  come  within  their  sphere. 

Love  is  our  being ;  and  this  we  seek  to  manifest  by  our 
thoughts.  Thus  we  may  base  our  love  either  in  the  spirit 
or  in  the  material.  That  is,  we  thus  think  we  are  Spirit,  or 
Matter.  In  the  one  case  we  decide  we  are  Goodness  ;  in 
the  other  case  we  decide  we  are  its  forms.  We  cannot  serve 
both  God  and  Mammon. 


DIVINE  LAW  is  LOVE. 


'He  that  loveth,  knoweth  God,  for  God  is  love  ;"    the 


DIVINE    LAW.  251 

same  is  obedient  to  the  law  of  his  being.  As  thought  is  an 
expression  of  the  thinker,  or  is  the  action  of  being :  hence 
the  expression  or  thought  must  be  obedient  to  the  law,  Love, 
if  if*  expressions  be  harmonious.  The  Sons  of  God  love  all 
life  and  all  things  ;  they  are  like  the  Sun,  that  shines  equally 
upon  the  seeming  evil  and  upon  the  good,  and  like  the  rain, 
that  comes  to  the  just  and  unjust  alike.  To  be  a  Son  is  to 
do  what  the  Father  doeth.  The  awakened  know  what  they 
possess,  and  their  purpose  is  to  give  continually,  that  the 
law  may  be  fulfilled. 


READ  BETWEEN  THE  LINES. 


When  we  speak  the  word  of  Spirit,  we  speak  to  all, 
for  all. 

When  we  commune  with  Spirit,  we  commune  with 
all,  for  all. 

Such  speaking  and  communing  are  impersonal. 

When  our  speaking  is  personal,  we  commune  with  like 
mental  states,  which  is  in  part,  but  "when  that  which  is 
perfect  is  come,  that  which  is  in  part  shall  be  done  away." 


THE  WAV  OF  APPROVAL. 


If  it  be  difficult  for  us  to  love  our  neighbours   and 
acquaintances  because  of  something  they  may  have  said  or 


252  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

done  which  we  did  not  see  fit  to  approve,  then  to  love  them 
is  the  thing  we  most  need  to  do  ;  we  should  never  allow  the 
error  of  a  sister  or  brother  to  prevent  us  from  expressing 
the  all-saving  power  of  love  toward  them  ;  we  cannot  expect 
to  be  strong  in  good  and  be  healed  ourselves  until  we  arise 
and  do  things  that  are  difficult.  ' '  To  him  that  overcometh 
will  I  give  to  wear  the  crown  of  life. ' ' 

To  judge  of  our  true  condition  by  examination  of  the 
physical  body,  is  morally  wrong.  To  judge  of  our  capabilities 
by  the  present  degree  of  manifested  truth,  is  mental  darkness 
and  limitation.  It  is  setting  up  our  present  manifestations 
against  the  government  of  Infinite  Spirit.  Error  is  without 
the  reality  of  truth,  therefore  it  is  without  reality.  As  we 
awaken  to  the  reality  of  Spirit,  we  lose  thought  of  matter  as 
profiting  anything ;  and  the  less  we  think  about  bodies,  the 
more  harmony  do  we  express. 

Truth  is  the  bread  of  life,  for  it  is  the  remedy  for  all 
misconceptions  and  seeming  inharmony.  Know  the  truth 
and  live  in  it,  and  it  will  free  you  from  all  limitations. 

Just  as  much  of  Truth  as  we  recognize,  just  so  much — 
and  neither  more  nor  less — do  we  manifest.  To  each  one 
is  given  according  to  the  measure  of  the  gift  of  Christ.  To 
the  degree  that  we  think  truth,  to  that  degree  do  we  mani- 
fest Christ. 

Not  until  we  claim  the  truth  of  Infinite  Being  as  the 
truth  of  all  being,  shall  be  known  for  ourselves,  that  God  is 
in  us,  or  have  we  perceived  righteous  judgment. 


PARAGRAPHS.  253 

The  harvest  of  Truth  is  always  ripe ;  postpone  not 
gathering  in  your  harvest,  thinking  that  in  weeks  or  months 
it  will  be  ripe.  To-morrow  never  comes — to-day  is  the 
harvesting  time. 


ILLUMINATION. 


THE  WAY  AND  WILL  OF  UNIVERSAL  SPIRIT  REVEALED 
TO  THE  INDIVIDUAL. 


1.  In  the   silent,    soundless   Presence,  there  is  a  still 
small  voice  which  speaks  and  says,    "Be  thou   (O  Son  of 
my   Being),   instructed  in  wisdom's  way;  know   thou    this 
truth,  that  I  am  forever  and  forever  One,  Infinite,  and  indi- 
visible;    and  the  icav  of  One,  is  the  way  of  unity  forever- 
more.      If  thy  thought  doth  abide  in  the  Unity  of  my  way, 
thy  decisions  will  be  illumined  with  mine  own  truth,  which 
leadeth    into  my  kingdom  of  perfect  Goodness,   where   all 
good  doth  abide  forever  and  forever. 

2.  Live  thou  in  the  way  of  truth  ;    it  forsaketh  thee 
never,  and  surely  doth  it  lead  unto  Me  ;  so  shalt  thou  come 
unto,    and    dwell   safely   in   me,   and   thou   shalt  share   the 
wealth  of  my  kingdom.      My  love,  and  my  faith,  and  my 
goodness,   shall    be    thine  now  and  forevermore ;    nor  wilt 
thou  know  fear,  nor  pain,  nor  sorrow. 

3.  Unite  thy  way  to  wisdom's  way,    and    more   and 
more  shall  thine  understanding  increase  into  a  perfect  whole. 
So  shalt  thou   truly  dwell  in  the   land    of  freedom,   where 
reality  and  perfection  cloth  abide  forever  and  forever. 

4.  Let  not  thy  thought  depart  from  Me,  and  wander 


ILLUMINATION.  255 

in  the  fertile  land  of  effects.  Image  My  love  and  My  truth 
in  thought,  seal  it  to  Me,  as  reality  is  sealed  to  Me,  as  father 
and  son,  or  mother  and  child,  are  sealed,  the  one  to  the 
other ;  as  Infinite  Mind  and  idea,  and  idea  and  thought,  are 
sealed,  the  one  to  the  other.  So  shalt  thy  way  be  clear,  and 
thy  charge  be  light. 

5.  Thou  wilt  ever  gather  fruit  from  the  way  in  which 
attention  is  directed  by  thy  thought — by  the  way  in  which  it 
lights  thy  mental  vision.      Let  not  thy   thought   turn   from 
understanding,  out  of  wisdom's  way,  for  unity  leadeth  into 
My  kingdom  ;  so  shalt  thou  enter  by  that  way,  and  gather 
the  golden  fruit  thereof  in   thine   experience.       Full   is  that 
consciousness  which  understands  that   I   am  All  in  All,  and 
that  it  is  in  Me  and  I  in  it.      In  this  truth  all   is   contained  : 
on  this  tree  of  life  hangs  the  golden  fruit  of  My  kingdom, 
which  is  for  all  who  will  partake. 

6.  Oh  son  of  my  Being,  if  thou  wouldst  be  instructed 
further   in   the   way   of  Unity   and  wisdom,  know  thou  this 
truth  :  that  My  love  and  will,  My  purpose,  and  My  thought, 
must  be  made  thine  ;   I,  being  Infinite,  cannot  be  less  than 
All.      My   idea  can   be   known  only  as  perfect  and  Infinite. 
My  expressions  are  images  like  unto  Myself,  nor  canst  thou 
abide   in   truth,  and   justice,  and   love,  without   consciously 
abiding  in  My  way. 

7.  Adjust  thou  all  thy  ways  unto  Me  ;  hold  thy  thought 
in  the  perfect  idea  and  consciousncs>  :  so.  verily  shalt  thou 
come  unto   Me,  and  dwell  safelv   in    Me.  and   know  that  as 


256  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

thou  art  in  Me,  and  that  /  am  in  thee,  much  fruit  will  result 
therefrom,  to  feed  my  children  which  do  hunger  and  thirst 
after  righteousness.  I  am  One,  and  My  kingdom  is  one. 
Walk  thou,  dear  one,  in  the  way  of  Unity,  and  thou  shalt 
know  the  wholeness  of  My  Being,  and  the  harmony  of  My 
way,  which  is  Unity,  Love,  One-ness  and  Atonement,  now 
and  forever. 


UNDERSTANDING. 


SCIENCE  HEALS.      TRUTH  FREES. 


There  is  no  error  in  Principle.     There  is  no  error  in  the 
solution  of  Principle. 

There  is  no  error  in   the  example  of  the  solution  of 
Principle. 

There  is  no  possibility  of  error  in  God,  the  Creator. 

There  is  no  error  expressed  in  the  image  of  God,  the 
Creator. 

There  is  no  error  in  the  symbol  of  the  image  of  God, 
the  Creator. 

Principle  is  eternal  and  infinite  perfection. 

The  solution  of  the  principle  of  the  eternal  and  infinite 
perfection  is  eternally  perfect. 

The   example  of  the   perfect  solution   of  Eternal  and 
Infinite  Perfection  is  always  the  work  perfected. 

God,  the  Creator,  is  Eternal  and  Infinite  Perfection. 

The  image  of  God,  the  Creator,  is  eternally  perfect. 

The  symbol  of  the  image  of  God,  the  Creator,  is  always 
the  work  perfected. 

There  is  no  possibility  of  error  in  God's  idea. 

There  is  no  error  imaged  in  the  ideal  expression  of 
God's  idea. 


258  SCIENCE    AND    HEALING. 

There  is  no  error  in  the  spoken  word  or  symbol  of  the 
ideal  image  of  God's  idea. 

The  attributes  or  Inherencies  of  God's  idea  are  perfectly 
expressed  in  the  image  of  His  idea  the  son,  and  the  symbol 
of  the  image  of  His  idea  or  son,  is  witnessed  in  earth,  in 
perfected  form,  word  and  deed. 

All  is  good.  All  is  perfect.  God's  ways  are  just  and 
right. 

' '  He  is  our  peace  who  hath  made  both  One,  and  hath 
broken  down  the  middle  wall  of  partition  ;  having  abolished 
in  his  flesh  the  enmity,  *  *  for  to  make  in  himself  of 
twain  one  new  man,  so  making  peace."  The  recognition 
and  affirmation  of  the  above  truths  have  slain  within  us  the 
belief  of  enmity  for  each  and  all ;  for  we  ha»ve  witnessed  the 
perfect  reconciliation  of  both  the  ideal  and  material  creation 
to  God  by  the  cross.  Science  is  freedom  and  health. 


HARMONY  I 

A  monthly    waga~inc    devoted    to    Truth,   the    Science    of 

Infinite    Spirit,     Wisdom,   and  the    Christ 

Method  of  Healing. 


TERMS  : 

TV  WFRTO*  /  One  -year  t1'*0     IN  AUSTRALASIA  f  One  year. .  .  75. 
\Singlecopy  .15        AND  BRITAIN,    (Single copy gd. 

A  club  of  six  yearly  subscriptions,  $7.50.  Each  issue  contains 
a  practical  class  lesson  in  Science  and  Healing.  Subscribers  should 
make  their  remittances  by  Post  Office  order,  payable  to 

M.  E.  CRAMER, 

324  Seventeenth  Street,   San  Francisco^  Cat. 


he   Tiome  (f/olleqe. 

@J  & 

324  SEVENTEENTH  STREET,       -       SAN  FRANCISCO,  CAL 


M.  E.    CRAMER,  President 


This  College  has  been  incorporated  under  the  Laws  of  the 
State  of  California,  for  instruction  in  the  Science  of  Infinite  Spirit, 
and  its  Therapeutic  application.  One  course  of  instruction  con- 
sists of  twelve  lessons.  Two  lessons  each  week,  on  Tuesdays  and 
Fridays,  at  2  p.  M.  Hours  for  consultation  and  healing,  from  10 
A.  M.  to  2  p.  M.,  daily,  except  Sundays.  All  communications  will 
receive  prompt  attention.  All  who  have  studied  Divine  Science, 
desiring  to  enter  the  Normal  Class,  will  be  admitted  if  found 
competent  upon  examination. 

Special  arrangements  made  for  husband  and  wife  attending 
the  Normal  Class.  Students  and  patients  from  the  country  cau 
obtain  rooms  and  board  near  the  College.  Students  from  the 
College  are  in  successful  practice. 

Arrangements  can  be  made  with  the  President  for  a  College 
course,  or  for  class  instruction  in  other  localities,  if  desired. 
Prospectus  upon  application. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


MAY  A  101$ 


9lul'57J  Z 

REC'D 

191957 


IN  STACKS 

311957 


fcv 


X      260155 


